^, ^> ^> w h V] <? /i 7 . Cm/ a^ w ^y >^ *^ .^^^ o 7 IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT^3) 1.0 IIIIIM I.I lii i£ lllllio 1.8 1.25 U IIIIII.6 Photographic Sciences Corporation •sj li ^ ,\ ^ ^^ ^<b v \ «> \;'^q\ '^\>. •v-.-^ rv ^ 23 WEST MAIN STRPfiT WEBSTER, N.Y. 14S80 (716) 872-4503 CIHM/ICMH Microfiche Series. CIHM/ICMH Collection de microfiches. Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques Technical and Bibliographic Notes/IMotes techniques et bibliographiques The Institute has attempted to obtain the best oiiginal copy available for filming. Features of this copy which may be bibliographically unique, which may alter any of the images in the reproduction, or which may significantly change the usual method of filming, are checked below. D D D D D D n D Coloured covers/ Couverture de couleur I I Covers damaged/ Couverture endommagde Covers restored and/or laminated/ Couverture restaurde et/ou pelliculde I I Cover title missing/ D Le titre de couverture manque Coloured maps/ Cartes gdographiques en couleur Coloured ink (i.e. other than blue or black)/ Encre de couleur (i.e. autre que bleue ou noire) Coloured plates and/or illustrations/ Planches et/ou illustrations en couleur Bound with other material/ Relid avec d'autres documents Tight binding may cau; e shadows or distortion along interior margin/ La re Mure serrde peut causar de I'ombre ou de la distortion le long de la marge int^rieure Blank leaves added during restoration may appear within the text. Whenever possible, these have been omitted from filming/ II se peut que certaines pages blanches ajoutdes lors d'une restauration apparaissent dans le texte, mais, lorsque cela dtait possible, ces pages n'ont pas dtd film^es. Additional comments:/ Commentaires suppldmentaires; L'Institut a microfilm^ le meilieur exemplaire qu'il lui a 6t6 possible de se procurer. Les details de cet exemplaire qui sont peut-dtre uniques du point de vue bibliographique, qui peuvent modifier une image reproduite, ou qui peuvent exiger une modification dans la mdthode normaie de filmage sont indiquds ci-dessous. I I Coloured pages/ □ Pages de couleur Pages damaged/ Pages endommag^es Pages restored and/oi Pages restauriss st^ou pelliculdes Pages discoloured, stained or foxet Pages ddcolordes, tachetdes ou piqu^es Pages detached/ Pages ddtachdes Showthrough/ Transparence Quality of prir Quality indgale de I'impression Includes supplementary materii Comprend du matdriel scjpplementaire I — I Pages damaged/ I — I Pages restored and/or laminated/ r~7| Pages discoloured, stained or foxed/ I I Pages detached/ r~7| Showthrough/ I I Quality of print varies/ I I Includes supplementary material/ Only edition available/ Seule Edition disponibSa Pages wholly or partially obscured by errata slips, tissues, etc., have been ref limed to ensure the best possible image/ Les pages totalement ou partiellement obscurcies par un feuillet d'errata, une pelure, etc., ont 6t6 filmdes d nouveau de fagon & obtenir la meilleure image possible. This item is filmed at the reduction ratio checked below/ Co document est filmd au taux de reduction indiqud ci-dessous. 10X 14X 18X 22X 26X SOX y 12X 16X 20X 24X 28X 32X ails du difier jne lage The topy filmed here has been reproduced thanks to the generosity of: National Library of Canada The images appearing here are the best quality possible considering the condition and legibility of the original copy and in keeping with the filming contract specifications. L'exemplaire film6 fut reproduit grSce it la g6n6rosit6 de: Bibliothdque nationa'e du Canada Les images suivantes ont 6t6 reproduites avec le plus grand soin, compte tenu de la condition et de la netteti de l'exemplaire filmd, et en conformity cvec les conditions du contrat de filmage. Original copies in printed paper coverr are filmed beginning with the front cover and ending on the last page with a printed or illustrated impres- sion, or the back cover when appropriate. All othef original copies are filmed beginning on the first page with a printed or illustrated impres- sion, and ending on the last page with a printed or illustrated impression. Les exemplaires originaux dont la couverture en papier est imprimis sont filmds en commenqant par le premier plat et en terminant soit par la dernidre page qui comporte une empreinte d'impression ou d'illustration, soit par le second plat, selon le cas. Tous les autres exemplaires originaux sont filmds en commenpant par la premidre page qui comporte une empreinte d'impression ou d'illustration et en terminant par la dernidre page qui comporte une telle empreinte. The last recorded frame on each microfiche shall contain the symbol --^'(meaning "CON- TINUED "), or the symbol y (meaning "END"), whichever applies. Maps, plates, charts, etc., may be filmed at different reduction ratios. Those too large to be entirely included in one exposure are filmed beginning in the upper left hand corner, left to right and top to bottom, as many frames as required. The following diagrams iHustrate the method: Un des symboles suivants apparaitra sur la dernidre image de cheque microfiche, selon le cas: le symbole — ► signifie "A SUIVRE", le symbole V signifie "FIN". Les cartes, plar'^^es, tableaux, etc., peuvent dtre filmds d des taux de reduction diffdrents. Lorsque le document est trop grand pour &tre reproduit en un seul clichti, il est filmd d partir de Tangle sup6rieur gaucho, de gauche d droite, et de haut en bas, en prenant le nombre d'images ndcessaire. Les diagrammes suivants illustrent la mdthode. rata 3 lelure, id 3 32X 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 COMPANION " > line FOURTH BOOK "I" T/IK ONT.I/^/O .S7:A'//,-.v ^V.VvV:-.//>/;-A..v SECO^^O EOaiON. REVISED ,Xn ..VV,.,/.. ;«, TORONTO ; w. J. ga(;e cV' company. j-'S ^.- — I . Entered aocordindr to the Act of Parliament of Canada, in tbe year one thousand eight hundred and eit;ht>-.six, by W. J 'J.uik & (.'(»., io the office of the Minister of Au'iiuuiture. -'i<B 5 » PREFACE TO THE SECOND EDITION. In tho soconrl ofiition of the Notks llio last twenty-six lessons have icccivcd fuller IrcatMU'iit than in the first, riinl free use has l)een madt; of tin; notes on these? lessons prcjpared by Mr. J. \i. Wells, M.A . which appearerl in the first edition. As the Foi;rth ivi;\i)i;K is " the most advanced rcsadinj^-liook that the great majority of the pnpds of the Province will use," its import ance as an aid to the f(jrination and cultivation of a taste for literature is obvious. Wlule it is true in a general sense that " the poet is bc^rn, not made," the poetic, il or imaginative faculty is capable of much develop- ment, and in this bt'lief an attempt has been maile, in some c;f the later lessons especially, to direct the pupil into methods ot study whereby he may be able to iliscover the beauty of the poet's thought and ex- pression, and picture to his own imagination something of what the poet himself has seen. Although the annotations may in some instances be considered very full, there remains much for the teacher and pupi! to do together, for many of the notes are to be regarded rather as hints to the teacher than as helps to the pupil. Thanks for valuable assistance are due to Mr. J. T. Fotheringham, B.A., late Classical Master of the Whitby Collegiate Institute; and to Mr. N. W. Campbell, late English and Science Master of the same school, now I'ublic School Inspector for South Grey. The composition exercises have been prepared chiefly by Mr. D. C. Hetherington, I'rincipal of the St. Catharines I'ublic Scliools. Whitby, March, 18S7. I"*? ... Thefagc. nf.rr.d „■ <n //„• No,., an ll.os. ..fUu- For,n„ R,.AnEP X \ i CONTENTS. Lrssov. I 11 III IV. V. VI VII VIII IX. X XI. XII, XIII XIV. XV. XVI. XVII. XVIII. XIX. XX XXI. XXII. XXIII. XXIV. XXV. XXVI. XXVII. XXVIII. XXiX. XXX XXXI. XXXII. XXXIII. XXXIV. XXXV. XXXVI. XXXVII. XXXVIII. XXXIX. XL. XLI. XLII. XLIII. XLIV. XLVI. XLVII. XLVI 1 1. XLIX. L. LI. fTiir TJla of I'orliail /,<■>; uics tiic in Itiiiu%.) Tom Brown / // Fi>i,i ii Way or Makr It Lmis of the liii'ki nli( tiil riu- Little Midsliipm iii Picliii'is ('/ M( inory .Vloxandor and the African Chii 1 Tilt: HattU'of Ha.stings Goati Lift , L'lUfr Lift- The Bait foot liov . Till' IC-'iiiiiiij; Cloud TIk; Truant . Tiir Bills of SJunidini Liiiiinif of till' Irish l-'.inii(yant Cloiul.s, Kaiiis, and Kivcr.s Till- fllllllhh Ih'c- Tlw So7,ur's SotifT The; Vision of Mirza (First Rrddini^'J The Didth ofthr Flo-.ccrs The Vision of ISIirza (Second Rendimj;) Oft, in the Stilly Nii^ht 'Tis the Last Rose of Suntifier . On His O'cn Blindness The I'^ue Af^uiinst tlie Pnm Discovery of the Albert Nyanza From " TJie Deserted Villoi^e" . The BattUiof iJannockburn I 'A. Bntec to His Troops Before the !> For A' That and A' That . Tht! I'ixed Stars To Mary in Heaven Flo7i> Gentlv, SiCeet Afton The Skylark Death of Little Nell Resi<^niation The Black Prince ai Cressv The Bell of Atri The Discovery of America A Psalm of Life Rinir Out, Wild Bells Making Maple Sugar Ladv Clare .... The Gulf Stream Dora ..... Lead, Ki)id'v Liirht Rock of Aires Epiphany Hymn The Mound-Builders The Prairies The Heroes of the Long Sault '//,• fl an no 'kh ur: '(. IS 20 .:i ■■/ 3 ' .^J .\^ .H 34 .•!'' 3« 3') 3' J .,r, ■V) 50 31 3^ 5-i 53 55 5^' 5^ 60 61 c^i ^n 66 67 60 70 71 72 7^ 73 70 IV. CONTF.NTS. Lesson. LIII. LIV. I.V. r.vi. LVII. LVlll. LIX. lA. LXl. LXII. LXIII. LXIV. LXV. LXVi. LXVII. LXVIII. LXIX. I.XX. LXXI. LXXII. * LXXm. LXXIV. LXXV. LXXVI. LXXVII. LXXVIII. LXXIX. LXXX. LXXXI. LXXXll. LXXXIII, LXXX IV. l.XXXV. LXXXVI. LXXXVII. LXXXVIII. LXXXIX. xc. XCI. XCII. XCIII. XCIV. xcv. XCVI. XCVII. XCVllI. XCIX. c. CI. ClI. cm. CIV. CV. iidinr^) R id yacquci Cnrt'hf . . . • Scene; from " I \anhr>o" LoihinTcr . . . • • Thi; History of n I'ii'Cf; of Co.'il (Fiy..t I The Honest Man .... l>roki n l''r'u}i'hliip '\'\v.\ lii^lory of M riecc! < f Coal ('^:c(.;i , Yafrnu' Unrhittd . • To a Skyliir'^ . . . • She was (I Phautuni of DcUfrht Lnnilx-'riuK' (Fir^t Rending) The li.viie of F.iin Ye Miirineisvf Fni^liind . I.umluTinf; (Second Reading) Before Sedan . . • Aniom: the TlioiKHud Fslmid: The Heroine of V't-rchurLS Tlie Chaiii^ilnu: . . • • A Cliristinris Carol The Heritaire .... 'i'ho Two Breaths . The Three Fishers Song of the River .... ThoConquehtof lien.iral Landing of the Pi! grim . . To Flarinee Nighliiigole Riding Together .... The Capture of yuclx'C Waterloo . • • • • A.^'riculture . . . ■ The Ocean . . • • • The Influence of Beauty King Richard and the Xnl>i n (I'irst R. . Marmion and Douglas Kins Kichard and tlie Nii!,ian (S.eond The Song uf the Shirt . The Demon of the Deep . . , After Death in Arabia Mercy ....•• Robert Burns .... Fdinbiirgh after Flodden The Founders of Upper Canada The Ride from Ghent to Aix A Forced Recruit a) Solferino Canada and the United States The Sublimity of God National Morality . . • ■ • The Forsaken Merman Shakespeare ...••• Scene from " King John" . . • The Merchant of Venice (First Reading; . ToaSkvlerk . . • ' ,.' , The :\Iercnant of Venice (Second Reading) Elegy Written in a Country Churchyard ading Read ■•>r:) I'Ar.K, . So Hi • «5 86 . 8S 89 . go 91 • 93 94 . 06 98 . 100 J "3 . 105 106 . 107 T09 . Ill 114 • "7 1 19 . 120 121 . 126 128 • 130 132 • 137 • '13 . ^ ^ 131 • 155 . ,S . 1 ' o 1 '3 10/ 7-: • i/f ,7s . iSi . 1S6 189 . I 74 105 . .00 -.02 . .'oC INTRODUCTION, As many "f the pupils in tli(3 I\)tirth ('las;; of tlio Public School? aro pri'pariiit; for tin; ICntrancc I'.x.imination to llif,'h ScIidoIs, it is naliir illy cxpcctrd that considcrabli; attcnliun will bo ^\\\:,{ to tlic lessons prcscril)i'(l from time to tiinu for this examination. It is not necessary, howeviT, that tlu; whole time allotleti tf) l.itiT.itnre and Keadin}^ ehonld be denoted to these lessons alone. Perhaps it would be a {,U)od plan to read over all the prescribiil lessons early in each term to find out th<ir general nuranin;,'. Other lessons may then be taben up concurrently witli the more minute study of the prescribed lessons; the former being Uied, wherever possible, to explain and illustrate the latti.r. In entering upon the teaching of Literature, as of any other subject, the first business of the teacher is to assign the les.st)n. To do this properly is not so simple a task as m.iy at f;rst appear. Th.e teacher must fust have studied tlie lesson himself, before' he can assign it intelligently to his pupils; and it is impossible f(jr him to teach intelli- gently and profital)ly unless he lie master of thi3 subject he intends to teaeh, and have in his own mind some clearly-defined plan of teaching that subject. This statement may .seem a truism, yet it is to lie feared that too often the teacher's knowledge of the lesson he unde'rtakt;s to teach is not as clear and full as it should be, and that his notion of the proper way of teaching it is very vague and indistinct. Some hints as to the niciliod of derding with a lesson are given below, Boiid'uca being seU;cted for the purpose; but these are offered merely as L'uggestions, for it must not be forgotten tliat a uniform method of treatment cannot be prescribed for all lessons. Neither would it be possible or desirable for all teachers to pursue the same plan. The teacher's own individuality must be a potent force in teaching, and to lose that would be to lose much of his power as an instructor. He would become a mere teaching machine. How to assi<rn the lesson. — As the first object is to get at the meaning of the lesson, it is necessary for the teacher to draw attention to any technical or difficult expressions likely to confuse the pupil, and either to explain such expressions or give hints that will en- able him to find out the explantion for hims(.;lf. The teacher should then give a short account of the Romans, and of their invasion of Britain. The story of licjadicja should be told, or the class instructed where to find die story for themselves. A few leading questions should be asked to put the pupil in a fair way of getting an intelligent meaning from the lesson. The length of the lesson must be determined by cir- cumstances. It is better to err on the side of brevity. Ho7v to teach the lesson. — First, get back from the pupils all the information given them when the lesson was assigned — ex{)lanation of difficult expressions, the story of Boadicea, etc. Then retpiire the pupils to read the lesson, (juestioning them us the reading proceeds to find out what general impression they have received from their study NOTi:s TO rili. I'oi Kill i:t;.M)|,K. of it. nnd correcting' any rnistnkcti ncthms thry m.iy hnvc. Thirdly, rx.'imiiH! tlu! 1( >!soiis inip.iitciv, st.'ni;^.'i by stanzi. aiid lint; by line. This should Ik: (Iiiih;, not by talKin^,' t') tluni al'ont the lesson. i)nt by talixinR li'H/i them, by (jnirstion and ansui-r, l)y sni.';^<'stion. bv explanation, ^'iving Ik'Ij) only where hel[> is needed, until e'>ery word, phrase, sen- tence, ,'iiul passaj^'e, is cle.uly understood. When an explan.ation is f,'iven, do not f.iil to i^'ct the explanation a^'ain from thi; pupils, either verbally or in writing', Si-i", too, that each answer forms a coniple'te senttMice, and does not viojat'? any rule of correct spe,al<in^'. I )o not admit of pali-h-u-urk (|ne4ini:s and ,in:v>'.>;rs, tlie pupil ta' :nji up his answtir where the traehi'r .s 'pn ->tion brcil soff; for examph Tnutur: " Jioadieea wasa ([uveii of .'"' I'up'tl: "theleeni." Teacher: "The Iceni wero ?" I'lipil: " a tril. oof the .ancient Jiritons." Theques- tions tni^dit jiroeecd a:; fo!lM\ .;: - - When arc tlu; events of the lesson suppoM.'d to hi\i; taken p! u: ? Who w.is the icarrior-qnn u ? Why (lid she bcjcome ;i uuirriir? Xanie olli< r Tedrrior-fftdiiis of lCn^,'Iancl. Is QuccM \'i(t"ii V ;>, wan-'niy ijH: lit? Wliy not.'' Would Fii'^lisli do hh well as lUili^liP h>;plaiii that liiii;lish is now oft^Mi used when; liiitish should bo used. lv\i)lain also the dilhrence in meaning between the modt;rn use of Uiitisli and its nso in the If son. Was she actually hlecdiiiir at this tiipe? b^xplain that a bundle of rods, called fascis, with an axo in the centre, was carried b fore Roman magistrates as a symbol of their power o\er life anil linii>; lait that the rods werenot used a.s instruments of punishiU'-nt, a v.hip being used for that purpose What is the me.aning of /;/(//;,'//(/.•// .-■' ointuii? What different nit^aning would (III!;;)'}' look eoavey? (live anotlKT word ])ronounced like niiiii, and use it cc^neetly in a sent(Mice. \\'liat is nu> ant by sitkiiii^ counsel? Give anothcsr word pr( aiouin ed like eoiiiisel, with its meaning. Was Boadicea asking advice, or was she wishing to iiupiirc; into the future? Why fro(h instead oiGml? Tlie bi'lief in more than one God is called polytlieis:,t. I^y what name is P)0,adicea's reli.!,'ion commonly known? Tell about the n;ligious riles of the early J5ritons; or. better still, if there is a school library, the pupils should be shown how to make use of it, and be encouraged to independent effort. They thus learn to acquire knowleflge from books, and so become their own teachers. In this way the stuily of the lesson should proceed until each thought and expression is clearly understood by the pupils, the teacher com- paring and illustrating, and leading his pupils to make comparisons for themselves and to find illustrations in tlunr own reading. The proper connection of the stanzas should be noted. Weirds and expressions should be amplified by the pupils, and stated in different language, to show th.at they clearl\- understand their meaning. Many expressions are elucidated by illustration better than by explanation, and in order to be ready with illustrations, the teacher must him.self be a student. A short sketch of the author should follow the study of the lesson, and this sketch should be made as life like as possible. If the class is sufficiently advanced, the lesson may be examined to discover any evidences of the author's peculiaritii's of style, and the literary beauties of the lesson may also be pointed out. The finer passages of prose and poetry, and whole poems of real merit, should be committed to memory. After the meaning of the lesson is clearly comprehended by the pupil, he should be prepared to read it \.ith proper expression. The f,'n to iini niol Wl necl INTKODITTION. dirtH'tion, "Do not clccl.iiin, ' ^'ivni \n the rra'lini,' hints to I.^sson I.XXN'I., will Serve for any lesson l'r<'<]n< ntly mak" n rhetorical .• ■ -. . - _, . . . ., analysis of tho passages to In- icad, to tlitrrniim' v.liat clt incnts o expression shouM l-f cnipli >' <'(1 in tin' n ulint;, where tiie emphases aiu paus(.'S • liould he plaeed, what indections should hr. used, etc. The teacher should be prepared to illustrate, I'V his own reading, th<! proper rendering of t;viT\' passnt,'e, for it is inipossiblt; to te k h young pi'ople to read well e.\cej)t l>>' si'ttin^^ a good e\ani[)le betore them. J5ut care must be taken to pre\ent pupils becurning sla\ish imitators of their teacher; tln'V must be laujht that goo<l reading consists not only in the correct and ii'.telligiblc utterance of the words used, but also in tho natural and intelligent expression of the ideas they represent. to ight im- for ler ions to are to real • the The i)i:ii\r!i()Ns ()!• ri:KMs. Figures of Speech. These are int'-ntiond deviations from the ordinary modi' of expression with a view to gre.iter I'tltct. The prin- cipal fiuures used in the I'ol'rtii Kkami.k are as folUnvs: - 1. Allegory. — A sentence or disci)urse in which the principal subject is described by means of anotlu r subject, v.hich reseir.bles it in its properties and circumstanciss, as Tin- Vision of Mirza. The great allegory of the ICnglish language is Hunyan's Pil:;:iin's Prof^ti-ss. 2. Allusion. — A rcforenci; to something supjiosed to l)e known to the hearer or reader, but not explicitly mentioned ; — " Some vill.ii^c II impdon, fh.it, with ('..-unities'; bre.i.it. The little tyrant of his tielils withstood." 3. Anaphora.- -The repetition of a word or a phrase at tiie begin- ning of several sentences or clauses following one another in close succession : — " Who loved to hunt the wiltl-lmir in the woodi-, Who loved his falcons with liieir criin on hood.,." 4. Antithesis. — A contrast or opposition of words or sentiments, to give them greater force : — " Umpire is on tts hcitr)wcd. Shame ami ruin wait lorj'ou." 5. Apostrophe.— A turning off from tin- regular course of the subject to address something absent as if it were present : — " And is this ail the world lias ^'ained by theo, 'rhou liibt and last ut fields I kin .;-niakin^ \'ictory r " 6. Climax. — A series of thouglits or sentiments each rising in importance ab(;ve the one which precedes it, so that the strongest or most important comes la.st : — " .\nd nearer, elearer, deadlier th.ui belore '. " When the series descends in importance, we 1m v«: Anti-Climax. 7. Ellipsis. — Th(3 omis'-ion in a sc-ntt-u ■■ ; f so .le word or words necessary to a full and re^;ular construclii'a : — " Blessings on thci-, little "lan." 8 NOTES TO THK FOURTH READER. 8. Epizeuxis. — The repetition of some worrl or wcjrds for the sake of emphasis : - " ,1 nn ! A i':ii '. it i^ — it »5 -tlio cannon's openinu; lu.ir I " 9 Erotesis or Interrogation. V fi'4un; which aims at conveying an opinion more strongly by k'^'H'o 't- the form of a (Question : — " Is (lie spot marked with no colo--sal bust? Nor columns trojihicd lo; triumphal show ? " 10. Euphemism. —The use of cU'icate or softened language to express what is harsli or offensive : — " Anil the sooner it's over, the sooner to sleep." 11. Hyperbole. -A fi'.;ure by which nrirh more or less than the trutli 's expressed. The exaggeration is so great that it is not ex- pecti;d that the statement will be believed by the reader or the hearer : - ' vVlicre the wind from Tluilc freezes the word upon the lip." 12. Imitative Harmony. The use of a word, ]ihrase, or sentence, whosi; sound corresi)on(ls to, or rt;sembles, tlu; thing signified. Words, eilhei alone or in combination, maj' be imitative, not only of sounds, but also of motion, bulk, etc., as in the following passage : — " She liears the sea-bird scret-ch. To and fro, to and fro." — Lesson XXIV. When a word is used to imitate sound only, the figure is called Onomatopoeia. 13. Irony. — .\ mode of speech by whicn it is designed to express a sense contrary to the literal meaning of che words v..jed : — " Ye are careful wardors," eic— Lesson LXXXVL 14. Metaphor. — A comparison based on the resemblance which one object is supposed to bear, in some respect, to another. The compari- son is merely implied ; it is not ff-rmally expressed. \Vhen personal (]ualities are attributed to inanimate objects, the figure is called Personal Metaphor: — " Oft, in the stilly niftht, Ere Slumber's chain has bound me." " Where smiling spring its earliest visit paid." 15. Metonymy. The substitution of one word for another on account of some actn.il relatit)n between the things signified, as: — the effect for the cause, the abstract for the concrete, the sign for the thing signified, the container for the thing contained, etc., and vice versa : — " Live and l.iugh as boyhood can." " For talking age and whispering; lovers made." iG. Oxymoron. — .\ figure in which an epithet of (juite an opposite signification is added to a word : — "The living tUad in m.iny siiape-; and forms." 17. Personification. -Tlu; reMrrseiiting of in.iuimafe objects or abstract notions as endued with life and actions, li is nearly allied to INTRODUCTION. Personal Mi'taphor. The latter mny be expanded into a Simile ; Personi- fication cannot be so expandeci : — " Let the dead Past bury its dead." i8. Simile. — A coinparison between two things wliic h have some pointer p(<ints of reseinblanee. In the Simile tlie sif.;n of the com- |)arison — "like" or "as" — is exjiressed. A Mitaphur may be expanded into a Simile : — " How the ma'4ic wand of summer cla<l the landscape tfi his eyes, Like the dry bones of the just when they wake in I'ar idi;,e." ig. Synecdoche.-- The fi.t^ure by which the whole of a thinp; is jnit for a part, or a jiart for the whole; also, the material for the thinj.; made of it, a definite for an indefinite number, etc. In Mttunymy a thing is named by some accompaniment, in Synecdoche, by some part ; — " Whose fla;; has braved a thovsand yean The battle and the breeze 1 " 20. Tautology. — A needless repeti ion of the same idea in different words ; — '• This was in the /in/ beginning of the fight." 21. Transferred Epithet. — The shifting of an epithet from its proper subject to some closely related subject or circumstance: — " To the golden sands and the leapvtg bar." Alliteration. — The repetition of the same letter or sound at or near the beginning of words immediately succeeding each cjther, or at short intervals. Only the intentional repetition of the same letter or sound as a poetical ornament should be regarded as Alliteration. Prose. — The ordinary written or spoken language of man. Poetry. — The expression of high thoughts and impassioned feelings in a special form of composition called Verse. The main object of Prose is to convey information; that of Poetry, to give pleasure. Verse, in its restricted sense, signifies a single line of poetry. It is sometimes used for stanza, which, properly, is a number of lines or verses regularly connected, and forming one of the regular divisions of a poem. The art or practice of composing verse or poetry is called Versification. Rhyme. — A similarity of sound at the end of words, in lines of poetry. The essentials oi perfect rhyme are : (i) The vowels should be alike in sound ; (2) the consonants before the vowels, unlike in sound ; and {3) the consonants after the vowels, alike in sound. When two suc- cessive lines of poetry rhyme, they are called a Couplet ; when three, a Tripkc. Blank Verse. — Verse in which the lines do not end in rhymes. Poetic or Verse Accent. — The stress placed on syllables, at regular intervals in a verse or line of poetry. Rhythm. — The regular recurrence of accented syllables in any species of composition. When the recurrence of accented syllables is regulated by some law, we have Metre. The chief divisions of poetry are, the Epic, the Lyric, and the Dramatic lO NOTES TO THE FOURTH READER. Epic.~An epic poem is the recital of some illustrious enterprise in a poetical form. Romance. — A narrative in which the interest of the story turns upon adventure, love being an im]">ortant elenicMit. Kom^nces may be written either in poetry or in prose. Ivanhoc is a prose romance. Ballad. — A short narrative poem, especirll} such as is adapted for sinking. The Romance and the Ballad belong to the ICpic group. Lyric. — A lyric poem is an expression i.f some intense feeling, passion, emotion, or sentiment. Song. -A short poem, intended, or fit, to be sung. It is not narra- tive, and is thus distinguished from the liallad. A Sacred Song is called a Hymn. Ode.— A short poem which expresses intense feeling in concise and energetic language. The poet acldres-ses persons and objects instead of speaking about them. Elegy. -A poem or a song expressive of sorrow. Sonnet. - See page 27. The Song, (3de, Kiegy, and Sonnet, belong to the Lyric group. Dramatic. —A dramatic poem is a picture of life in which action or narrative is represented, not related. It is generally designed to be spoken in character, and to be represented on the stage. Its two chief varieties are Tragedy and Comedy. Tragedy. — A dramatic poum representing an event or series of events in the life of some person or persons, and generally having a fatal issue. Comedy.— A dramatic composition of an amusing character repre- sent 'ng the light and trivial occurrences of ordinary life. Epithet.— A term used to express some quality of the thing to which it is applied. Synonyms.— Words having the same or almost the same meaning. Homonyms.— Words having the same sound but different meanings. Frequentative. A word formed from another word to express the freouent repetition of an action. Diminutive. — A word formed from another word to express a little thing of the kind. |i I The Paragraph. — A paragraph is a connected series of sentences relating to the same subject. The chief qualities of a properly constructed paragraph are : (i) Unity; iz) Continuity; (3) Variety. Unity recju ires that all the sentences composing the paragraph shall relate to one definite division of the subject wiiich tlu^y illustrate and explain. The opening sentence, unless clearly preparatory, should /nclicfl-te the subject of the paragraph. Contin .ity requires that the sentences shall be so arranged as to carry the ane of thought naturally and suggestively from one to the /)ther. 1 ae bearing of each sentence on what precedes should be i<^nrly seen. <^ariety requires that the sentences shall differ b )th in length and ..n structure. The form of the senten :e should hv. in keeping with the idea to be expr-.^ssed. INTRODUCTION. II Directions for constructing the Paragraph : 1. Carefully read the sentences to dibcover the subject of the paragraph. 2. Make the sentence which beiit states the subject the opening sentence of the paragraph. 3. Select the leading statements for the principal sentences, and express the others by words, phrases, or clauses. 4. Avoid bringing together in the same sentences statements that have no connection m sense. 5. Arrange the sentences in the order best suited to keep up the continuity of thought. 6. Aim at variety of construction. Make the sentences simple, comple.x, or comiHjund, as seems best suited to the purpose. For clear and forcible expression use shtjrt sentences; long sentences are suited better for the expression of lofty, dignified sentiments. Direct Narration. — That form of speech in which the words of the speaker are given exactly as uttered by himself. Indirect Narration. — That form of speech in «Iiich the words of the speaker are reported by another, in the third j^rson. Paraphrasing. — A paraphrase expresses the meaning of a passage in different, and usually, in simpler, language. The chief objects of the paraphrase are to ascertain if the pupil has a clear idea of the full meaning of each W(Td, as used in the passage, and to accustom him to express himself with facility and correctness. Directions for paraphrasing may be found in Swinton's School Composition, chap, v., and in Morrison's Composition, chap. vi. ^\^ shall :ae and should v^lh and with lUc fm i i I n NOTES TO THE FOURTH READER I. TOM P>RO\VN. Rugby, s. town in Warwickshire, gives its name to one of the great public schools of England. Other great English public schools are, Eton, Harrow, Westminster, Winchester, Shrewsbury, Dr. Thomas Arnold, father of Matthew Arnold the English critic (see Lesson xcix), was Headmaster at Rugby from 1828 till his death in 1842. By showing himself kind and courteous as well as firm, , he taught his boys that he was their friend and not their "natural enemy.' He inspired them with his own love of truth and high sense of honor, and gained their lasting respect and affection. On one occasion, when he had been compelled to send away several boys, he said : " It is nut necessary that this should be a school of three hundred, or one hundred, or of fifty boys, but it is necessary that it should be a school of Christian genilemen." Every teacher should read Dean Stanley's Life and Cor- respondence of Dr. Arnold. Tom Brown had given his teachers a great deal of trouble, and was in danger of being expelled from the school, when the happy thought was suggested of entrusting to Tom's care a boy younger than himself, in the hope that a sense of responsibility would make him more manl'- and thoughtful. This experiment proved a complete success. 17. Schoolhouse prayers.— Show that this expression refers to the days assembled for prayers, as well as to the service itself. First night — the first night of the session, or "half," as it was called at Rugby. With all . . come. — Express by a clause. Thought of it. — Show what " it " refers to. School close — klos, not kloz— the "school field," or fMc/o5<r</ play- ground. Responsible . . discipline- Express differently. 18. Fags. — In certain English public schools this name is given to boys who are required to carry messages, to attend t.) fires, and to perform other similar duties for their school .late^ in the highest H NOTES TO THP: FOURTH READKU forms. The faj^f^in^ system has led to many abusers, and is now lallinf{ into disfavor. Bound to be up— obi i Red to b<i upstairs. Verger — ver'jer — ^janitor or care- taker. Their entrance. — To whom does "tlieir" reftir ? Chatting. — Slightest a better position for this word. Clearly. — Where else in the sen- tenet; may this word be placed so as to convey (i) the sanK^ mean- ing, (2) a diri(!r<'nt meaning,'? Painful. In what n^six-ct ? With an effort. —What caused the effort ? Staring. —Why did Tom stare ? Ablutions— wash i uffs. 19. On. — The position of "on" here gives energy to the expression. Observe how the author in this par^igraph develops the trying sit- uation of Arthur and increases our interest in him. The light . . clear.— What dif- ference would that make ? This time . . ask. — Why did he not ask this time ? Agony — great distress or suffer- ing. Shied. — Distinguish from throiv, and other words of similar mean- ing. Snivelling — crying with a.snuff- ing sound. Here used as a term of contempt. Then all . . bully. — Account for Tom's action. Never . . mean. — Why does Tom not give a direct answer ? Tingling — producing a thrilling or pricking sensation. Tom's blood is heated by sudden passion. Com- pare the common phrase *' to make one's ears tingle." Unrobing— undressing. 20. Toddled — walked with short, unsteady steps. Taken to heart — seriously thought over. Flood of memories— rapid suc- cession of thoughts Af the past. Show the force antl aptness of " flood." Thinking— here, fixing or con- trolhng his thoughts. I'oint out and explain the effects producerl by Tom's excitement. Resolving — making up his mind. He was . . old. —Why is this remark made here ? Leaven — t > influence gradually. I'or the kind of influence meant here, S(!e Matthew xiii., 33. J-'or the use of this word in a bad r,ense, sec Matthew xvi., 6. The tables turned. — Express otiierwise. To turn tin' fiihlrs, a nuitaphorical expression taken from the changes of fortune at the gaming-t.able. Schoolhouse— the residence of the Headmaster, and the principal boarding-house of the school. Candle . . him out. — The same worrl should not be used in close succession in difft^renc senses, as " out " is used here. In fear . . out. - Kxplain, What different mt'aning would for fear that, etc., convey ? Notice the contrast between the conducL of Tom and that of Arthur in similar circumstances. 21. To break his heart — to cause him the deepest gri<;f. " Which " is co-ordinate in this sentence. Compare " which," two lines below. Cowardice. — Tn what respect was Tom a coward ? The vice . . loathed. — Note any irregular construction. What is the antecedent of " which " ? Burned in — made a deep im- pression. He had lied . . not do. — Change to direct narration so as to show whose thoughts these really are. Explain how Tom had lied in a threefold manner. Braggart — a vain boaster. How was Tom a braggart ? S P h( ar in iill •!■ TOM BROWN. ,rt- Icricf. this two pspect ■ Note IWhat IP im- do.— so as these |)mhad How Dawn.— Explain " dawn " here Through thick and thin.— (iivt- the mcN-ininf; in other words. Burdens. -What were these!* Compart; Galatians vi., 2. To bear testimony— to make an open profession or deel.iration. The morning . . harder. — Why ' All but . . waistcoat. -Supjily th(; ellipsis. A still, small voice. — See i Kind's xi\., i j. The words . . publican.— Sec LiiUe x\ iii., 13. Kead < ardnlly the l>ihlo storiesallnded to in this sen- tence. Humbled . . world. — Note Tom's varying,' fe<'ling whil'.' on his kn«M^s, and explain how he conld \h\ " hninbled," ,'ind at the same tinu; " ready to face the whole world." 22. Glimmer— the first faint ho. ^inninj^^'s. ("onipave " lust dawn of romfort," paf;e j f . Has conquered . . world. — B(>cause to conciner ones self is the hard('r task. vSeu rrov(.'rbs vi , 32. Exaggerated — rt^z-ai'-rr-nf-rd -over-estimated. One by one . . lead. Note the inflnence of Tom's exampU;. Compare Tom's character and Arthnr's, and point out any useful lessons that are taiiLjht in the extract. Do not neglect to read the whole story of Tom Brown's school- days. Read this selection in pure nar- rative tone, and in moderate pitch, force, and time. 17. " As Tom's . . position." — Slightly lower the pitch. 18. "At which time . . out." — Parenthetical and less important ; hence, lower pitch. Read Tom's anwer to Arthur with the rising inflection. 19. "ToopcMi . . agony." -What change in tone ? , JO. " He was . . old." -To be read with the rising intli'clion Why ? I 2[. " He had lied . . Cod."— Read wiih increasing force and I di'epening tone. I. nistinguish b<>tween new and /•'/«,-.• ; farther ■,vm\ fiiytlicr .- slight and .s7/ i'^ht : boy and hiicv: straight and stiutif : seem and si;ini : elder :\U(\ nldrr ; weak and ,-,•<■,/{■ .- pray and /'/-/ T ; deserted .uu] /ursiikrii II. NauK! tiu! prefixes in the following words, and show how tlieyaffert the meaning: undress- ing, attc^ntion, understood, resolv- ing, outward, unlaciii},'. III. I'ara phrase : I'oor little .\rthur wasoverwtielmefl with the no\-elty ()f his position. Tin; idea of sleei)iiii,' in tii<- room with stranj;t; i)oys had ck.-arly never erossefl his mind, before. \ few years later, when Arnold's manly piety had begim to lca\cn the school, the tables turned. The fir^t dawn of romfort r.i me to him in swearing that he would stand bv that boy throu-li thick and thin. He found Ik; had greatly exaggerated I lie ('frert to be pr()- ducinl by his act. IV. NauK! and explain the use of the punctuati(>ii marks in the first paragraphs on pages 17 and 21. V. Combine into one sentence : (i.) There! was sudden silenre. Tom was sitting at the foot of his bed. lie was uidacing his shoes. His back was towards Arthur. He did not see what had happened. He looked up in wonder at the silence. (ii.) The liltU; fellows w(Mit quietly to their own beds. They began undressing. They began talking to each other. They talked in whisptTS. Tom was among the older boys. These sat i6 NOTES TO TIIK FOURTH RKADF.R. chatting on one another's bods. They had their jackets and waist- coats off, VI. Keproduce the lesson from the f()llowin>4 heads: —The descrip- tion of the sleeping-room. The preparation for retiring. Arthur washes and prays. The attack on Arthur, and Tom's defence of him. Tom's thoughts as he lay awake, His action in the morning. The effect of Arthur's course. II. riJ. I'lND A WAV OR MAKE IT. M ! 22. Rome s . . day -the period of Rome's greatest power. Otinr instances of the use of " clay " with extended meaning are, "the days of our fathers," " he was useful in his day." Croaker — one who complains without cause. Castle — in Roman times, a for- tified camp or stronghold ; not a permanent place of residence like the castles of later times Aspiration —what you aspire to, or arilently desire to reach. So, 'ambition " in third stanza. Her path . . high. — Paraphrase so as to lair.g out fully the mean- ing of " steep " and of " high. " Her temple. — Explain. Com- pare ; "Ah ! who can tell how hard it is to climb The steep where Fame's proud temple shines afar ? " — Beattie's Minstrel, Book I., st. i. grammatical who is con- Content. — The construction is, he tent, etc. Shining- throne — the throne re- served by the goddess Fame for each one who seeks her. Why " shining " ? Roman firmness. — Firmness was characteristic of the Roman people. See also, "Roman will " and " Rf)man courage," in the third and fourth stanzas. 23. No royal road— that is, to learning. An allusion to the an- swer of Euclid, the great mathe- matician of Alexandria, to Ptol- emy, King of Egypt. It is .said that the king asked him if geom- etry could not be made easier, and received the reply : — "There is no royal road to geometry." Hel'icon— a mountain of Ba^otia in Ancient Oreece. On its slope were two famous fountains of the Muses, Aganip'pc and Hippo- crri'ne. The waters of these fountains were fabled to bestow poetic inspiration upon those who drank of them. Slake — (juench. Boon — favor, blessing. Read, and compare with this poem, Eliza Cook's poem, Win re There's a Will, There's a Way. Read in a firm, vigorous tone. St. I. Pause after "castle," "safe." Emphasize "no." Strongly emphasize " On ! on ! " Pause after " way " in last line of each stanza. 2. Apply the rules in the Fourth Re.ader for Pause and Emphasis. P-mphasize " Her." 3. b2mphasize "no." Pause after " learning." " alike," " Heli- con." n •Si C( a I fe inP on Otlj coJ H ; THE LOSS OF I HI': lURKhNHKAD. 17 III. THE LOSS OF THE BIRKENilEAl). The author of this poum is a second cousin of Sir Charles Hastings Doyle, the first Lieutenant-Governor of Nova Scotia after (\>nfetlcr- ation. this \Vhcii' vy ■ )ne. tie," [ongly ;t line )tIRTH ihasis. I Pause Ueli- 23. Flank - side ; usually ap- plied to an army, a regiment, etc. The corresponding naval term is btam. Crimson sun.— Explain. Rolled . . repose. — The s. ip struck at 2 o'clock in the morning, on a reef of sunken rocks near Algoa Bay, in South Africa. " The night was clear and the sea was smooth except for the existence of a lung swell." Like . . rose. - Examine the correctness of this comparison. Stout — strong. Give other meanings. Without hope- — Complete the phrase. Her timbers . . shock. — The effect produced by the crashing of the ship upon the rock is here compared to that produced by an electric shock oipon th.e nervous system. Why "Her"? See Mason's Gramnmr, par. 40. 24. Before — in presence of. Rush of steel — bayonet charge in battle. Disorderly. What is the gram- matical relation ? Paraphrase this .stanza, bringing out clearly the comparison bet ween the "cowards" and the " planks." White sea-brink. —"White" re- fers to the foam of the surf dash- ing upon the shore, which was only about two miles distant. Could . . all. — Why not say, "could not hold all " ? Ere . . devours. — Express otherwise. To what is the sea compared here ? Colors. — Here used to symbol- ize the iioud name and fame of the suldiers. Hence, to do a disgr.ice- ful act would be to stain the colors. Without a spot.— Express by one wonl. Loose babblers — Babbler, an idle talker ; strictly speaking, one who keeps on saying ha ha. sylla- bles imitative of the first efforts of a child to speak. What mean- ing has " loose " here ? Made no reply. In words, or by action, which ? Compart; •• We would not . . not," in the pie- ceding stanza. Colonel — Colonel Seton of the 74th Highlanders. A former spel- ling of colonel was coronel, which is tlie Spanish form of the word, and has given us the {)resent pro- nunciation, ciir'nel. OiK)te lint^s similar in sentiment to this stanza, from T(innyson's Charge of the Light Brigade. Shameful . unhonored. -Show thi; ai)tness of these two epithets. Quit. — Give synonyms. Our post . . weak. — Express in different words. The oars . . again. — The poet no doubt means that the boats, while being loaded, were repeat- edly carried away from the vessel by the swell. Only three boats were safely launched ; one of these succeeded in lauding after j^reat difficulty, the others were picked up by a passing schooner. Still under . . men. — Para- phrase the stanza so as to bring out the full meaning of this line. i8 NOTES TO III I. loiKrii ki:adkr. ^5 The bloody surf tin- se.i iii.'ulu nil Willi till' l>Ktt)il ol lliosc who fell a pr*')' ti» tho sharks Cumparc " purph; tide. " Wild Krave. -Why " wild ' ? Wearing . . stars. - An allusion to thu stars, medals, crosses, etc., ^ivcn tosoldicrs l»y their. sovereign, as rewards for v.alorous conduct. Joint heirs with Christ Set; Koiuans viii., 17. The (Tew of the Birkenhead nunihered I so. and she had about 3oi> troops, with women antl chil- dren, «)n ho.ird Of this num- ber only !<>[ wire saved. The OiU't-n ordered a monument to * erected m (ireenwich llospitn to tl:e memory of those who died, and it is recorded that the present Minpc-ror of Cierinany had the story read to every regiment in the Prussian service, as a les- son in heroism and disciplme. St. I. (Iroup " Ki^ht . . flank," and pause after "tlank." KtMd with iiij.;lier pitch "like . . town." 2. I'ause after "cauj^ht," "hope." Strt)ugly cmphasi^e " thrilled as inTves. ' .\. I )etpfn the tone at " not all." 5. (Iroup "Out . . boats"; pause after "boats," "clamciring." C. Kead with increasing lirm- ness throughout. 7. I'ause after "better," "line." ICmphasize " to die." 8. Emphasize " no," " not," and avoid the verse accent ui)on " were." 10. I'ause after " died " and " dinching," in 1. z. Note the change of expression in the last two lines of this stanza. 11. Read in a deeper ton.;, ani- mated at first to express exult ition. becoming more earnest and im- pressive in " because . . vain." IV. THK LITTLE MIDSHIPMAN. ill i I' i 25. Jean Ingelow. — Pronoun- ced /c"« hi'Jt-lo. Midshipman— a young oflicer in training on board a ship of war ; so called because he holds a tiiiii- dlc rank between that of a supe- rior officer and a common sea- man. They . . wood. — Note the change of subject. Checkered shadows.— Ex- plain. Give another spelling of *' checkered." 26. Dark -looking. — Note the meaning here. Impulse — influence acting on the mind. Wayfarer — a traveller. 27. Under . . canopy— fern 'o/)v — a covering overhead. Notice the peculiar use of "under." Heyday — ha' da — an exclama- tion of astonishment ; usually a joyous exclamation. 28. Dairy — dCi'ry. — Distinguish from dl'ary. In all words in which d (or its equivalents ai and ci) is followed by r, be careful to pro- nounce it like a in pare, and not like a in pane. 29. Where . . cloud. — Point oui and explain fully the metaphor in this cl luse. Blinking — twinkling, shining with a quivering light. The fixed stars twinkle, the planets do not. Very jaws of death. — Death is here represented as a huge monster about to seize his victim. What is the force of " very " ? Holloa. — Written also hollo and holla. THF'. I iTTf.!-. NfinSUII'MAN' — I'lCTURI'S Ol' MKNfoUV 10 ( Benighted overtaken with niulit. I las it anyadilitional nn-an- \n^ here? Si;e the boy's answer. Youngster. ~Sl,-r was a femi- nine sutMx in AiiK'lo-Saxon, nsed to denote the .ij,'ent, as in sf^iiist' r. Lone — for lonely. Xuiice the collotiuial expressions in this par v- f^raph. Quarter-deck— that part of the nppt^r deck which is abaft or be- hind the mainmast, or which e\- tv.iuhi from the mainmast to tl e stern. 30. Dark night enough —With what word is " enough " connected in meaning. Sea-serpent. — This is a favorite snbje'Ct for s:i\\)vs' yarns. Goes back again.— Is "again ' necessary here ■* Frustrated— baffled.— F>'»s/rrt/f, to defeat; bajjic, to check. We frustrate plans, designs, etc. ; we baffle persons. Show that the difference in the meaning and application of these two words is here correctly indicated. Jib-boom— a spar running out from the bow of the vessel. Main - top - mast cross-trees — pieces of timber supporting a semi- circular platform called the main- top, where the main - mast and main-top-mast are joined together. See the illustration of a full-rigged ship in Webster's Dictionary. Why are these places dangerous ? 31. Beset — surrounded on all sides. -ee I.uk( Our eyes see. x\i\ , i'> Not a sparrow . . ground. — See Matthew x., ^i). Note the animated style of this stor\ , and point out any striking n.itural descriptions. Show, too, what lessons one may learn from the story. A lively narr iti\('. What tone, pitch, etc., should be eniployeil in reading it? Note any changes in moilulation. I'ersonate the speak ers in tlu; selection. I. Distinguish between presently and ininuilidtily ; wood and fi'f, st ; impossible and imf^csstihli : glitter and shiiu' ; benighted and lost : voyage axxQl jolt I'Hiy ; provide and supply. il. Show the effect of the pre- fixes in the following words: — for- bear, apart, impossible, impulse, asunder, arrested, surface, impa- tient, benighted. III. Transpose: — "I wish you good night," says the man when he passes. Fast and faster the man runs, and as fast as he can the boy runs after him. IV. Writeout the story of "The Little Midshipman " from the fol- lowing heads : — Who he is. Where he is going. What he sees on the journey. The man who desires to rob him. How the Midshipman escapes in the wood. How we all resemble the Little Midshipman. V. PICTURES OF MEMORY. 31. Among . . wall.— Memory is compared in this metaphor to a picture-gallery. Gnarled — knotty, twisted. Mistletoe— wJ27-^o.— The name seems to mean fwig of darkness or mist; hence, probably, the epithet " dark. " It is a European plant, and is parasitic—that is, it derives its nourishment from the tree upon which it grows. It is common enough on certain species of trees, such as apple trees, but is very seldom found on the oak. It 20 NOTliS lO Till-; rolRlM KKADF.R. was con«;rrrnt«'(l to religious pur- poses by tlic ,-ui( iciit (\;ltic ii.i- tioris of l'"iir<)|)i!, briri),' held in K'rcat veneration by the I)rni(ls, <ir ('eltic priests, particularly svhen it was found growing on the oak. Violets golden. — Arc viol(!ts "goldi'U"? The yc.Uow f^d II sy is a <»pe(i(!S of violet. ' Milk-white lilies.— The lily is an eiulilcin <if purity. I )(jes the epithet "milk-white" accurately describe t Ik Molor of f lie white lily ? Coquetting . . sunbeams. Ivx- plain. Cixjiht (ko-k(!t'), to flirt, to play at Imvc making. Stealing . edge. -This refers to tilt; white lily becoming yellow with age. Upland— higher ground. (^'arefuliy not(^ the grammatical construction of the sentence, " not for its gnarled oaks . . best." 32. Deep. —I'A plain. in the lap asleep. - Para - phr.tsc, showing the full force of the comparison implied h(>r(!. Long ago. — Used poetically n«? a noun. Note the grammatical construc- tion of the four preceding lines, " fj'ght . . ago." On the hills. What is the gram- matical rel.ition of " on " .' -Why " yel- -E.xpress Yellow leaves. low ' > As the light . . face. otherwise. Arrows of sunset— the last rays of the setting sun falling upon the tre<! tops, atul hlling them with light. Show th(; full forci; of the beautiful metaphor in this and the following line Gates of light. - \ reference to the beantifiU simset, which, to the mind of iXw. poet, appears like the gates of the celestial city opening to admit the dying child. 'i'he reading of this poem should be marked by t<Mider feeling, and by a touch of sadness, especially in the pathetic lines " lint his feet . . gates of light." VI. ALEXANDER AND THE AFRICAN CHIEF. 11 I si' 3j. Alexander the Macedonian — commonly known as Alexander the Great — was king of Macedon, a country north of Ancient (Greece, now forming part of Turkey. Dur- ing his reign, B.C^ 336-j23,hecon- (juered Greece, F.gypt, and a large part of Asia. He died at Babylon, in his thirty -third year, of a fever brought on by excessive drinking. Remote -secluded. —Distin- guish. In peaceful huts.— Does "peace- ful" apply to the huts or to the dwellers in the huts? Hospitably — in a kind, friendly manner. Golden.— What is the forceofrn ? I take it . . us. -What does the chief mean by this indirect answer ? Tempted— attracted. Give other meanings. Manners and customs. Cus- toms, common practices ; vituiucrs, general mode of life. Make short sentences introducing these words properly. Rejoined. -i?tyo/>/ is to answer to a reply (see p. 34). In law the answer of the defendant to the plaintiff's declaration is called a plea : the plaintiff replies to th« defendant's plea, and the defend • ant rejoins to the plaintiff's reply. ;i;i! ALEX.\NI>KK AM) IIII, AlKICW rHII I h(»AI»l( I.A. 21 Sojourn - siVJnni t") Ii\i' in ;i place .'IS a tnnpKrary resident. (ii\e syiKin\ ins Conversation.- Distinmiish from its synonyms, cluit, talk, dia- l(ii;iif, di^idiiisf. Plaintiff phlu' tijj—h\ law, the person who coniniences a suit : opposed tni{ifi)tt{iiiif. 3}. Beneath it. (live ilie |)ro- per substitution Icr " it " Contingent- posslMt" or liabU." to arise, out not certain or ex- pected. Ke write the sentence in simple lan^ua^'e. Supreme Judge. — Tiy what name is tliis ollicial known in Canada? Recapitulated--^<tvoa sminnary. or brief statrnn nt of. Distin^uisli from rtpc-at and riitiratv. Reflection — close or serious thought. Marriage-portion. — M.\ press by a single worii. Would- should. —Note the cor- rect use of these words here. Taken into custody.— ICxprcss otherwise. But are there. — Show the force of " but " here. ill it shi>uM be l< ,i<l will) the f.iil 1114 ililUetioii. Point out the <]uestions in this feelection that should be re.ul with the rising inflect ion, and those I. I )istin^Miish between people and iiiitiuii : hut and /ions, : hither ;ind lurr : surprised .and (^cifl, U(/,- answered and ;.//.'.(/. II. SeUct the prefixes in the follnwin^ and shov how thev .illei t tile meinin^'s of tlie wonls : -rejoineil, understooi!, unjust, as- sure, disow n, immortal, disorderly. III. N.'ime antl aeroiint fortht; position of the puiu tuation ni.irks in first paraj^'raph of this lesson. I\'. Combine iiitoone s»'ntence : (i ) \ pciiodical was published in i^('0 and i.^io. It was called The I'liiiiJ. It was published by Coleridj^e. It was published at CrasiiR-re. ruasmerc,' is in Cum- berland, ICn^land. ( ii. ) .Mcs.in- der visited an obscure pcDplc in Africa. He was led to the hut of the (liief. The Chief set lHk)re him f^old for food. The Chief did this as thoii;,di undi-r the belief that .\lexander liadcomefoi ^^I'ldi-n food. V. Reproduce the lesson from the followinj;' heads : — TIk; ban- (|uet and the conversation about it. The Court of |ustice. The .African Chief's opinion of ,\k\- der's country. VII. F>o.\nici:.\. 35. Warrior - queen. Name other ivary'tor-qticiHs of ICn^land. Bleeding . . rods.— Koad the story of Boadicea in Thompson's History of England, and in Epochs of Enfr/ish History. Indignant — angry, with the added notion of scorn or contempt. Mien — jucn — air, look. Ciive other words of the same sound, with their meanings. Sage. Give the meaning and llif ^,'ramm;itical nlation. Druid.- Tht; Druids wcnr the priests among the ancient Celtic nations of Britain, b'ranre, and Ciermany. They formed a distinct and separate class, and possessed great authority. They regard(>d the oak as sacred, and the oak groves were their temples. See note on " Mistletoe," \y. 31. 22 NOTES TO TH1-: FOl'KTH RKADEK. I 1^ , Hoary chief. — Huayy, white cir gr;iy willi age. The chief Druid was elected l^y his fellow-priests, and enjoyed his dignity for life. Burning word. — Explain ' binning." Princess . . tongues. — This passage is somewhat obscure. By making " ties " equivalent to " has hitherto tied," the meaning may be, that the Druids had hitherto remained silent because of the very intensity of their indignation, and had wept in private' over the wrongs of their (|ueen ; but, moved by her personal appeal, they now give utterance to the denuncia- tions that follow. " Resentment " may possibly refer to the anger of the Romans against the Druids. The meaning then would be that the Druids were silent because the Romans had cruelly imposed silence upon them. The Druids were believed to have the power to bring down the wrath of heaven upon any one that opposed their authority; and we are informed by Tacitus that the Druids had just before, by their curses and threats, caused a panic in the Roman army, and that in consequence their groves had been cut down and a garrison placed over them. Matchless — unequalled. Write . . spilt. — This has refer- ence to the sure fulfilment of the prophecy. There is an allusion here to the cru' !ty of the; Romans, and, perhaps, also to a custom among robbers, assassins, etc., of signing agreements with their own blood, thereby indicating that the breaking of the agreement involved thei'- death. Abhorred hated extremely, de- tested. Deep . guilt. — Explain. Give grammatical relation of "Deep." Thousand— a definite used for an indefinite number. Soon ground —Express by a paraphrase. Gaul- an inhabitant of Gallic, or ancient France — here taken to include all the northern nations of Europe, by whom Rome's power was destroyed in the fifth century. " Cioth " is a suggested reading, because it does not appear that the Gauls were among those invading nations. 36. Other Romans — the Ital- ians. The description in the next line was true of thQ Italians in Cowper's time. Does it apply now? Sounds . . fame.— An allusion to the love of the Italian for music. Paraphrase this stanza. Harmony — musical science. Progeny— pyoj'cn-y — offspring. What is the reference here? Armed . . wings. — Explain. Paraphrase the stanza. Caesar — Nero, Emperor of Rome, A.D. 54-68. He was an infamous blood-thirsty tyrant. He murdered hisown wife, and mother, and many of the best citizens of Rome. During his reign there was a fii^rce persecution of the Christ- ians, in which the Apostle Paul is supposed to have perished. Thy posterity . . sway.— In what sense is "posterity" used here ? Where . . they. — The cafrlc was tile Roman military standard. "They" refers to "posterity." Express the meaning of these lines by a paraphrase. Invincible — that cannot be con- (juered. Pregnant . . fire. — Explain. See Gray's ii/r/^i , twelfth stanza. 'J'he Druids were pruphcts and IxirJs, as well as priests. Bending . . lyre.— The Druid is represented as requiring the use of music to bring on the inspira- tion. See 2 Kings iii., 15, and compare Gray's Bard : "And with a master's hand, and prophet's lire, Struck the deep sorrows of his lyre." BOADICEA — THE BATTLE OF HASTINGS. 23 Felt . glow. — ^The "burning words " of the Druid kindle a de- sire for revenge in Boadicea's breast. Rushed . . died. — See Epochs «f English History. RufR&ns — Rn/'y an s. — Give synonyms. Heaven . . due. — See Romans xii., 19 ; Hebrews x., 30. Empire . . you. — What is the meaning of "empire" here and in the fifth stanza ? The Druid has made Boadicea believe that " the whirligig of time brings in his revenges." St. I, 2. Pause after "bleeding," "counsel," "sage." Emphasize " burning . . spoke." 3-8. The voice of the Druid is at tirst tremulous with rage and grief, but as he proceeds with his prophetic denunciations, it assumes a firmer and more defi- ant tone. Pause after "weep." Emphasize "resentment." What inflection on "tongues"? Strongly emphasize "Rome shall perish," "blood." Bring out the contrast between "Sounds" and "arms," " knew " and " sway." II. Bring out the force of the contrasted expression in the two last lines. VIII. THE BATTLE OF HASTINGS. ;1 I 37. The Confessor. — Edward the Confessor was King of Eng- land, 1042-1066. He was the last of the Saxon or Old-English Kings in direct descent from Egbert. The title "CoH/t'sso^-" — here equivalent to "Saint" — was conferred upon him, about one hundred years after his death, by Pope Alexander III., for his zeal in behalf of the Church. A f ter the death of Edward , Harold , hisbrother-in-law, son of Earl God- win, was chosen to succeed him. Norman William.— William the Conqueror, who was also Duke of Normandy. Normandy was a province in the north of France, the capital of which was Rouen (roo'un) on the Seine (sdn). Ambassadors— high officers of state who represent their own countries at foreign courts or gov- ernments. They are also called ministers. Ambassadors are of two kinds — those who reside in the country to which they are sent, and those sent on special occasions. The latter was the only kind known in early times. To keep his oath. —Harold had at one time been driven to the coast of France by a storm, and, having fallen into the power of Duke William, he was obliged to swear that he would help VVilliam to become King of England. Leagued— joined for mutual aid. Rebel brother. — This was Tostig,the outlawed Earl of North- umberland. He fell at Stamford Bridge. Gurth and Leofwin, two other brothers of Harold, fell at Hastings, fighting bravely for their country. Flanders — formerly an impor- tant manufacturing and commer- cial district in the north-east of France, including also portions of what are now Belgium and Hol- land. It was ruled hy Counts, who were nominally vassals of the Kings of France. Vassal— a feudal tenant. What were the relations of vassal and 24 NOTKS TO THE FOUr^TH READER. (•II !! III I ,' 1 1 1!' lit lord, under the feudal system ? See Collier's History, or Epochs of Evfj^Ush Hiitory. Har'drada— that is, sfern-in- cuunsel, because of his harsh rule. Two nobles— Edwin and Mor- car, brothcrs-in law of Harold. Stamford Bridge —south-east of York. Derwent — a tributary of the Ouse, in Yorkshire. Brave —makinf^ a fine display in bearing and general appear- ance. Distinguish from its ordi- nary meaning. 38. Such a fight . . led.— E.\- press differently, and note the peculiar use of "led." S'). Galley — a low, one-decked vessel, navigated with sails and oars. Prow — proH — bow. Whereof. — What is the more common expression ? Three Lions — device or emblem on the Norman banner, now form- ing part of the royal arms of Great Britain. According to some, the third lion was added by Henry II. Vanes— strips of metal or wood to show the direction of the wind. Decorations — ornaments. Gorgeous — showy, glittering v/ith gay colors. Castle —See note on "castle" under I'll Find a Way or Make it. Pevensey —a hamlet or village ten miles south-west of Hastings. Pillaged — nearly synonymous with plundered. Ascertain— find out. Outposts — troops stationed at a distance from the main body of an army. Some proposals.— William sent a messenger to Harold to propose that he should either surrender the Crown, refer it to the disposal of the Pope, or fight a duel for it. Harold rejected all three, and the messenger came a second time with the offer to leave to Harold all the country north of the Humber, if he would giv^ up the Crown at once. This oft'cv was also rejected. Reconciliation — agnem ' ;n t . 40. Senlac -a hill about eight miles north of Hastings. Rood — a crucifix, or cross bear- ing an image of the Savicjur. The royal palace in Edinburgh, former- ly the residence of the Scottish sovereigns, is called " Holy rood " (hi'dlyrood). Norman knight —This was the minstrel Taillefer, who rode in front shouting a war-song in praise of Charlemagne {slnir-le-nidn) or Cliarles the Great, and his brave kai<ihts. First beginning. - Tautology. Compare the expression " latter end." 41. Golden — silvery. -Compare "red sunset" and " white mcjon- light," six lines above. These distinctive epithets are common in poetry. See "gle.im of crim- son," p. 45; "silver sphere," p. 318. 42. Carousing — drinking and making merry. Norman lions . . field— What is meant ? Point out any peculiarities of expression or of style, which show that this selection was written for children. I. Distinguish between (i.) Sent, cent, and scent ; resign and re-sign ; threw and through; sail and sale ; vane, vmn and vein; faint and feint; rode ^.ndroad; knight and night; mail! and mane, (ii.) Drop- ped and drooped ; among and he- tivccn ; mortal and deadly ; fight and battle; coA&t a-nd shore ; clash and din ; council and counsel. II. Name the suffixes in the fol- lowing words, and show how they affect the meaning of the words : — Hunting, freely, powerful, distinct- ly, silvery, pitiless. HI. Punctuate in two ways . — My men replied Harold will find GOOD L!FE, LONG LIFE — THE lUREFOOT BOY. 25 them good soldier!?. Give reasons for your puiictii. tion. IV. I'araphrase : - He had good need to be quick about it. He found them drawn up in a hollow circle. " The King of Norway be- ing a tall man, perhaps a little more." replied the captain. The intelligence was true. The sun rose high, and sank, and the battle still raged. V. Combine into one sentence : Harold was at York. It was after the battle of Stamford Bridge. Messengers came. They had rid- den far and fast over the rough ground. They brought news of the landing of the Normans. The Normans had landed on the south- ern coast. They were laying waste the land. VI. Describe the two battles. IX. GOOD LIFE, LONG LIFE. This selection is from an ode to the memory and friendship of Lord Falkland and Sir H. Morison. Morison had died young; Falk- land espoused the royalist side in the struggle between Charles I. and the Parliament, and fell at the first battle of Newbury in 1643, praying that peace might come to his distracted country. He was then only thirty-three years of age. The main thought in this poem is that it is not necessary for a man to live many years in order to live a life that is pure, noble, and complete in itself. Show how this thought is devel- oped throughout the poem. It is related of Achilles, the great Grecian hero, that, having the choice of a short life lull of glory, or a long, inglorious life, he chose the former. X. THE BAREFOOT ROY. 43. Blessings.— Supply the el- lipsis. Redder . . hill.— Explain. Through . . grace. — Para- phrase, giving the full force of "jaunty grace." Painless play — play not followed by pain, as the amusements of men often are. Laughing day. — Each morning brings joy and gladness to the boy, free from care. Mocks . . rules. — Neglects the doctor's rules, or has no need of them — which ? Knowledge . . schools. — Ex- press otherwise. Note tha enu- meration that follows. Wild fiowers . . place. — Ex- plain. Habitude — customary mode of life. Woodchuck— also called ground-hog. 26 NOTES TO THE FOURTH READER. t,ii Ground-mole— .1 small insect- eating animal which burrows in the earth like the woodchuck, the rabbit, etc. Oriole's nest. — The oriole, or hang-bird, suspends its nest to the branch of a tree. Blow. — What is meant ? Com- pare the expression /M//-/>/oze'M. 44. Mason . . clay. — Explain. Hornet — a large and voracious species of wasp ; so called from its antenna: or horns. Are ''archi- tectural plans" peculiar to the hornet? Artisans— skilled workmen. EscheTving — es-choo'ing — avoiding. What is the grammati- cal relation ? Nature . . talks. — Explain. Na- ture is his teacher. Compare "Knowledge, never . . schools." Fcctal dainties. — Explain. What is the meaning of the wish expressed here ? O'er me . . fold. — Note the beautiful description of the sky at sunset. It is compared to a royal tent hung with beautiful curtains. Explain the epithets in this de- scription. Parse "bent." Pied— ;^^rf — party-colored, marked with spots of different colors. Orchestra — a band of musicians. Distinguish from choir and chorus. Which is the most appropriate word here? Pomp — splendor. Pomp . . boy. — Show how this was the case. In an omitted stanza occur the lines : — " All things I heard or saw. Me, their master, waited for." Are there any imperfect rhymes in this stanza? As boyhood can— as only boy- hood can. Note the metonymy in " boyhood." Sward — the grassy surface of land . Explain ' ' stubble-speared . ' ' All too soon.— Parse "all." Prison cells of pride.— Is tha notion expressed here a correct one ? 45. What is the grammatical relation of "lose," "be shod," " (be) made" ? Moil — drudgery, severe labor. Note the comparison between man's ceaseless toil and the old punishment of the tread-mill. Quick . . sin. — Sin is here com- pared to a shifting quicksand, which appears firm to the eye, but proves fatal to those who ven- ture upon it. Ah 1 that . . boy.— What is the meaning of this wish ? Write a description of the plea- sures of boyhood, as set forth in this poem. St. I. Read in a brisk, cheerful tone. Emphasize "Blessings." 2. What feeling is to b^ ex- pressed in the first line ? Do not pause after "O," but prolong the sound into the next word. Pause after "Sleep," "Health," "fowl." What change of modulation in "Never . . schools"? Group "habitude . . wood." Note the emphatic words, and any changes of modulation, in the two last lines of each stanza. Carefully bi"ng out the dift'er- ent feelings expressed in the last stanza. Paraphrase: — With the sun- shine on thy face, through thy torn brim's jaunty grace. From my heart I give thee joy. The archi- tectural plans of gray hornet artisans. Nature answers all she asks. Part and parcel of her joy. These feet must hide in the prison cells of pride. Lose the freedom of the sod. THE EVENING CLOUD — THE TRUANT. 27 XI. THE EVENING CLOUD. 45. Gleaun of crimson.— Explain. See note on " (xolden," p. 41. Braided snow— the light, rteecy edge of the cloud. The glory — the beautiful sunlit cloud. Still radiance . . below — the quiet lake lit up by the glowing rays of the setting sun. Tranquil — quiet, peaceful. Spirit. — Used poetically for the cloud itself. Even . . rest. — I low could this be ? Note the different expressions used to indicate the gentle motion of the cloud. Traveller. -What? Emblem —type, symbol. Gleam of bliss. — An allusion to the heavenly radiance which is said sometimes to light up the face of the dying Christian. Show the points of resemblance which the poet discovers between the evening cloud and the dcpartid soul. Examine the descriptive words in this sonnet and show if they ,\vc. appropriate. The Sonnet is a poem of fourteen lines, generally lyrical in its nature, and dealing with one idea, pre- sented under various aspects. Ap- ply this definition here. To express the quiet, subdued feeling that characterizes this poem it should be read in the purest of tones, and in slow time. Fau.se after " cloud " to avoid the harshness of the recurring c and / sounds. Group " Even . . motion," with increasing emphasis on " very motion." Read the last six lines with deeper tone and in slower time. XII. THE TRUANT. ifier- last Explain the allegory as the study of the lesson proceeds. 46. Daifydowndilly— another name for the well-known daffodil. Schoolmaster.— Why is Mr. Toil represented first as a school- master ? Worthy character. — Has "character" its usual meaning here? Distinguish from reputa- tion. Had done . . good.— How ? Certainly . . good. — Compare the thought in Good Life, Long Life. For . . Eden. — See Genesis iii., 17-19. Severe and ugly . . disagreeable. — Why is Mr. Toil thus described f 47. Sedate — calm, composed. Distinguish from "grave." Trudging . . pace. — Why ? Dis- tinguish "trudge" from "toddle" (p. 20). Sort of kindness. — Moderate toil is pleasant. _ Whence . . going ? — How does the style of this question corre- spond to the stranger's appear- ance ? Ingenuous — frank, free from reserve or deception. Distinguish from ingenious. Dismal. — So Daffy thought. Why ? 48. Make . . shone.-Give the proverb, and explain it. Precisely— exactly . ill 28 KOTES TO THE FOURTH READER. Si liii: i; :i Fijnire . . Mr. Toil.— Why recognize Mr. Toil in the old farmer rather than in the laborers ? Quoth — said. "Quoth," always precedes its subject. People . . two. — Account for this statement. Why not tKust P 49. Bred in France.- The French area gay, sprightly people. Compare Goldsmith's Traveller, 11. 241-254. He made . . mansions. — Ex- plain clearly how Mr. Toil is .so frequently met with. 50. Torpid— dull, sluggish. Bred in Italy. — An allusion to the lazzaroni (lats-a-ro'ne), poor people in Naples and some other Italian cities, who spend most of their time in idleness, and live chiefly by begging. Most miserable . . fan;ily. — What lesson may be learned from this? Poor child . . day. — Explain why Mr. Toil joins Daffy so early in the journey, and remains with him all day. Why did Daffy not recognize Mr. Toil before ? Com- pare note above, on "sort of kind- ness." Good lesson.— What was the les- son ? See introductory note, p. 46. Whit. — This word is contained in aught (a whit). Naught— not a whit. And, when . . mother. — Com- pare the sentiment in " The labor we delight in physics pain." Sliakespeare, Macbeth, Act II., 3, « Read in a bright, cheerful tone, being careful to change the tone whan required to express disagree- able ideas, as in the third para- graph. In personating the speakers, try to enter into the spirit of what is said. Imitate the tones of Daffy's voice, where he shows discontent, excitement, pleasure, fe^r, resigna- tion. 47. "Daffy was delighted . . Mr. Toil." — Express the contrast between the pleasant and the gloomy thoughts in this sent«noe. I. Distinguish bet\/een flower and flour; idle and idol: choose and chose ; ramble and journey ; trudge and walk : place and plaice ; mown and luoan ; bred and bread ; profession and trade. II. Select the suffixes in the fol- lowing, and show how they affect the meanings of the words: — beau- tiful, agreeable, worthy, certainly, Daffy, employer, entering, likeness, toilsome, idleness. III. Paraphrase; — Trudging at a moderate pace. Make hay while the sun shone. Dancing to the sound of a fiddle. He hates to see people taking their ease. Dili- gence is not a whit more toilsome than sport or idleness. IV. Combine into a simple sen- tence : — Little Daffy ran away from school. Mr. Toil was his teacher. He ran away to escape the lessons. The lessons were very tiresome. Mr. Toil gave them to him to learn. V. Write a short account of " The Truant " from the following heads : — Daffy runs away from school. He meets Mr. Toil, the farmer, the fiddler, the Italian vagabond. Daffy returns to school. i!»! THE BELLS OF SHANDON. XIII. THK HELLS OF SHAXDON. 29 fc This poem first appoareil in 1^34 in Fraser's Ma^azhie. Mahony was a native of C'ork, and tin: b jIIs, uliosc; music ht; luis sent all around the world, still chime the hours from the steeple of St. Anne, or Upper Shandon, in that city. The spire of Shandon was built on the ruins of old Shandon Castle. 51. Magic spells —charms pos- sessed ot supernatural powers. These two n ords are closely allied in mean in J,'. Sweet Cork. 'The s^ctitness of Cork has beou sunj,' by one of its melodious sons in e.isilv remeni- bered lines, but its beauty was surely in the glamor cast upon it by his own fondness." River Lee — tlu; river on which Cork is situated. Sublime — calculated to awaken noble, elevated feeling. Cathedral— the principal church in tlie jurisdiction of a bishop. Shrine —a sacred place; or object, hallowed from its history or from its associations. This word is added for the sake of the rhyme ; bells toll in cathedrals, but not in the shrines. Glib. — Here, lively. Note the defective rhyme in glib rate — vl'bratc. Belfry. — Properly, the bell- tower. Adrian's mole — the mausoleum or tomb of the Roman em))eror .Vdrian, on tiie wt,-st sitle of the Tiber. This building, stripped of its ornamt'iiis, forms the citadel of modern K<jme — the castle of St. Angelo. Vatican — palace of the Pope at Rome ; so called because it stands on the 'Vatican Hill, west of the Tiber. Cymbals -musical instruments of brass, of a circular form, struck together in pairs when used. Tiie poet seems to use this word for its agreeable sound. The clashing of cymbals cannot well be com- pared with the pealing of the bells of Notre Dame, which Victor Hugo descrd)es as "mingling in the air like a rich embroidery of all sorts of delightful sounds." Notre Dditnt—nijt' r-diim — Our Lady. It is the old French name of the Virgin Mary; here, the name of the great cathedral at Paris. Dome — a structure with a rouiuled roof raised above the or- dinary roof of a church or other building. Dome of Peter — St. Peter's Church at Rt)ine, the dome of which was designed by Michael .Vngelo, the celebrated Italian painter, sculptor, and architect. It stands on the west side of the Tiber, and is the largest cathedral in the wcndd. S.J. Bell in Moscow — "the mon- arch of Moscow " — the largest bell in the world, twent)-one feet in height and diameter, and weighing one hundred and ninety - three tons. It was cast in 1734, was broken by a fall in 1737, and now f(jrms the dome of a chapel. Kiosk -A'7-(;sA;' - an open pavil- ion or summer house ; here, an open cupola or dome. "C)" is in- troduced merely for the sake of the rhyme. Saint Sophia— the great mosque of C(jnstantinopl(,'. It wasorigin- ally a Christian church, but when Constantinople was taken by the Turks in 1453 it was converted into a Mohammedan place of wor- ship. The name is pronounced Suphl'a here. The church was 30 NOTES TO Tin: FOURTH READER. not, however, dedicated to a s.iint of that name, hut to the second I 'erson of the Trinity, called Ili^'ta Soph'ia, or Sacred Wisdom— that is, Christ. Turkman— T u rk . Minarets— tall, slender turrets on Mohamm'idan mosques, from which the pet^plc are summoned to prayer by the viutzzin or crier. Phantom— that which has only an apparent existence, a fancy. Anthem. — Distinguish the meaning here from its usual mean- mg. Observe the rhyme at the mid- dle and end of the first and third lines of each stanza. Lines having this peculiarity are called Leonine r^Tst's, from the inventor, Leoninus, a canon of the Church of St. Victor, in I'aris, in the twelfth century Shelley's Cloud is another example of this kind of versification. To express the ringing melody (jf this poem it should be read in a clear, orotund tone, and in slow time. The rhyming sounds should l)e prolonged, especially " Shandon " and "grand on." Pause after "wild" (St. I.), but not long enough to destroy the effect of the rhyme. XIV. THE LAMENT OF THE IRISH EMIGRANT. 52. Stile — a step or set of steps to assist in getting over a fence or wall. Corn. — Here applied to grain in general. And the red . . eye. — A refer- ence to Mary's youthful freshness and beauty. 53. They love . . sends.— Ana- lyse. For the parsing of " the," see Mason's Grammar, par. 270. Hoping on. — For what ? And my arm's . . gone. — Ex- plain. 54 And the sun . . there.— What is meant ? Grand old woods.— Where ? An Idyl, or Idyll — I'dil — is a short poem which presents in sim- ple language a picture of the ordi- nary scenes and events of pastoral or rustic life. A feeling of sadness and of ten- der regretful longing should mark the reading of this poem. Care- fully observe the rules for Pause. The inflections should be short, and not strongly marked. XV. CLOUDS, RAINS, AND RIVERS. 54. I'oint out any synonymous expressions in the first paragraph. 55. Where , . sea. — Express by a phrase. Stream. — Discuss the use of this word here. Give other terms for running water, in addition to those occurritig in this paragraph. Streamlet. Oive force of let. Mention other endings with simi- lar force. Constitute— form, make up. Cots'wold. — Literally, a wold, or pasture land, where there are sliccp-cots. Point out on the map the mountains and hills here men^ CLOUDS, RAINS, AND RIVERS. 31 tioncd, and trace the courses of the rivers. A brief residence. — Express dif- feri-mly. Per'colated — filtered, worked its way tlirou^h, drop l)y drop. Orifice—or' i-jis — opening,'. 56. Condensed — made more dense, slirunkcn. See next para- graph for explanation. Locomotive.— 1'"< t locomotive cn- <fj;ine. Properly, nio\in',', or causing,' to niovi', from place io place. Opaque — u-p<lk' —that cannot be seen through. Opposed to tniiis- piirtiit. Minute — »ii-it tit' — very small . Derived from the same root as minute (mtn'fit)— a minute' portion of time. Particle — a very small part. Cloud-banner.— Explain. Humid — moist. Licked up. — Express otherwise. Reconverted. — Give the force of tins word. 57. Finely-divided — divided in- to mmule particles. Atmosphere — the air. Water — in the form of mois- ture.— Give familiar examples. Aqueous — watery, charged with water. The vapor-charged . . attains. This may be proved by the i(jl- lowing simple experiment :— If a bladder, partly filled with air, and tightly tied at the neck, Le heated before a fire, the con- tained air will expand and the bladder will be distended. The bladder will be distended also, if, when partly filled, it be carried to a great height. The colder higher air.— Why colder ? 5S. Further stage.— Tra:e the different stages. Tilted . . side.— Explain. Driblet. — Formed, with the diminutive ending. 7, from drihhle, a frequentative form oi drib (drip). 59. Glacier — ^'las'l er (Ayres' Orthoepist) ; gld'ihl-cr (Imperial Dictioutiry ). Temperature — state of the at- mosphere with regard to heat or cold. Freezinp-point — the tempera- ture at winch uater freezi-s. At what degree is this point marked on a common — Fahrenheit's — thermometer ? Atmospheric— pertaining to the atmosphere or ai' Note that in this sentence the writer summar- izes his arguments. I. Distinguish between preceded and proceeded; steam and jv;,''.'/' ; transparent and invisible : quantity and number : current and ti'irent ; example and specimen ; accumu late and increase. II. Select the prefixes and suf- fixes in the following words ami show how they affect the mean- ings ; —streamlet, assure, enable, discover, fineness, di.sappearance, reconverted, surface, pressure, sur- rounding, condensed, original. III. I'araphiase: — Every occur- rence in nature is preceded by other occurrences. These consti- tute the source of the river. A brief residence among the moun- tains would prove to you that they are fed by the rains. It has been reconverted into true invisible vapor. Without solar fire \vt; should have no atmospheric vapor. I V. Paraphrasebychangingfroni passive to active or from active to passive construction: — They are usually foundamonghills. WJience do the earliest streams derive their water ? Yoii discover at once a likeness. The air is also chilled ' by coming in contact with < e colder higher air. The human mind is not satisfied with study- ing and observing any natural occurrence alone. V. Combine into one sentence : — The sun's rays fall on the earth. They heat the earth. They heat 32 NOTUS TO TIIK roi'RTlI KIIADKR. the water. The water lies in large or small bodies on the siirfact; of the earth. The heat changes the water into steam. The steam ris(;s intt) the air. Clouds are formed from the steam. VI. ICxpand the italicizi'fl phrases in the followinR, into pro- positions : — In drv ji'fdtlitf you would find the streams teiiljle. At every puff of llir enf^ini', a cloud is projected into the air. Without solar fire, therefore, we could have n<j atmosjiheric vapor. liy trui- iiifr a r'nur Ixiikauint, from it.s t!nd to its rt'dl hti^innini:;, wi; come at last to the sun. To produce the cloiiii, li'Tit is necess;iry. \'I I, Write out the lesson, from the following heads: — i. Tracing a rivt;r to its source. 2. Whence the rain whicli forms the river, c(jmes. 3. River formed from glaciers. 4. How glaciers are formed. XVI. THE HUMBLE-BEE. i Co. Fine . . humble-bee. — .An- other reading is " Burly, tlozing, humble-bee." Humble, in humble- bee, is a different word I'rom hum- ble, lowly, weak. It is a frequenta- tive form of hum, and means to hum often ; compare humm'nii^-bird. By a process of attraction humble- bee becomes bumble-bee. Porto Rique — Borto Rico (Rich Port), one of the Spanish West India Islands. Its climate is very hot, but healthful. For what does " them " stand here ? Seas. — What seas? Thou . . zone.— Explain. By following the bee tiie poet can always enjoy a warm climate. Zigzag steerer. — Explain. What is a bee-line ? Waving.— Is this word recon- cilable with " zigzag " ? Singing.— What is the gram- matical relation .' Flower-bells . . frequents.— Explain. Is there a reference here to camping out in hot weather ? Epicu'rean —generally epicurean — pleasure seeker. Epicurus was a Greek philoso- pher who taught that the chief good in life was the pursuit of pleasure, meaning thereby freedom fi-o)<i pain and anxiety. His fol- lowers perverted his system, and gave themselves up lO sensual pleasures. Jvvplain all the epithets given to the l)i;e in this stanza. Prithee- th as in ///t-— pray thee. It is generally used without the pronoun. Earshot— hearing distance. Martyrdom -t lie st;',te of being a martyr. A r.itiier strong term to express the feeling that separa- tion from the bee produces. Shining ha ie —a lackof transpa- rency in tlie air. Why "shining" ? 61. Colorof romance.— An allu- sion to the fresher and deeper color of the countenance in spring. Is thistrueof the human countenance only ? See Tennyson's Locksley Hall, ninth and tenth stanzas. Infusing — gradually introduc- ing. Subtle heats.— ^An allusion to the hidden and quietly workittjr in- fluences of the spring warmth, which cause the flowers to spring up in profusion — "turns the sod to violets." Sunny solitudes — open places in the woods, where the sun shines. .B4._ THF- HrMRr.F.-nfvE — rnK sowf.r s song. 33 Green silence- the silence of tlic^'rccn uiulcrwoocls — an expres- sion thoroii>,'lily pr)otic. Mellow . . bass. ICxplnin " mellow " and " breezy." Crone. --( Generally a contemptu- ous name for a withered, Kirrnlous, old woman. It has reference hero to the croottiitir or hnmminj.; sound made by the Ix-e, and his perhaps the adiled meaning' "f crony or companion. Gulfs of sweetness -socludt>d places in th(3 woocls full of flowers. Of Syrian . . leisure. Analln- sioti to the (piiet of hot countries at mid-day, when the pi'ople take their siesta (se es'-ta), or mid clay rest, when the birds C(.'ase to sin^;, and all nature seems to feel the oppressive (>ffects f)f tlx; extreme heat. In general the people of these countries lead a careless, easy-f:j<'ii"i,T lif«. Unsavory disagreeable to the tastt; or sm(;ll. Bilberry the bln(di(>rry. Daffodils— yellow Mowers of the lily family. Catchfly — a plant whose leaves fold up and entrap any fly that touches the upper surface. It is also called Viiins's Jly-tfap. Adder's tongue— a species of fern whose seeds are produced on a spike supposed to resemble a serpent's tongue. Dwelt amongf. — What is the ^r.immatical relation ? All beside, .passed. — Explain. Seer. — Her(\ a wise man, a phil- osopher. For reasons why the bcv; is wiser, see the four lines " Seein>.( only . . wheat," ami the three last lines of the potmi. Yellow-breeched. — Explain. T)^. Slumberest deep. — The bee lii;s in a torpid or inactive state through tlu! wintt^r. Much of the pleasing effect of the; po(!m depends on the quaint but appropriate' epithets used. I'oint out instances cjf these. Carefully observe the contrasted words and expressions in the read- ing of this poem. Point out the lines that should be read with the rising inflection, giving reasons. See the rules for Inflection in the FoUKTH kK.\nfc:R. Paraphrase: — Thou animated torrid zone. I-lpicnrean of June, wait I prithee, till I come within earshot of thy hum. -all without is martyrdom. Thou in sunny solitudes, rover of the under- woods, the green silence dost dis- place with thy mellow breezy bass. XVII. THE SOWER'S SONG. 62. Now hands . . cast.— This is a reference to the old custom of sowing grain from a sheet fastened to the body in such a manner as to form a seed-bag; the sower casts a handful of grain at each step. Old Time's on wing. — Express differently. Harvest's joys.— What are these ? Corn. — See note on "corn," p. 52. Beast and man.— Why this un- usual order ? In sunshiny . . green.— Explain. 63. Six thousand . . sires — the harvests since the Creation. One more . . requires.— Ex- plain. M-an and corn are both regarded as children of Mother Earth. Are there any traces of Carlyle'a ruggedness of style in this poem ? i^ 34 NOTKS ro rilK I'OIJKTII Ul- ADKK. XVIII. riii': VISION of mirza. MKST KliADINCl. ^)3. Mirza. — Arnrrnplion nhhn Persian title Emirzadch, son of llu; prince — rmir, prince, and ziiiUh, son. This name— perhaps, too, Hdi^nfatl, pnyntiisr, f^i iiiiis was probably sii},'^,'este(! l)y th(! Arnliiaii Nii^f/its' I-'nti rfdiniiiiiits, a collec- tion of Oriental tales first made known to l-airopo in Addison's time. They wen; translated from the Arabic, and [)nblished in I'aris, 1704 1717. Grand Cairo -in Epypt, ki'ro ,• in the United States, hi'ro. Called Grand on account of its l)eautiful minarets, and its maf^'nificen t mosques and other public build- in<,'s. The Arabic name signifies " The Victorious (\apital." Oriental — eastern ; opposed to ociiJintal. Manuscripts— books or papers written with the hand. What is the contraction for this word .-* By me. — Express otherwise. C4. Give . . public. -In what way ? Entertainment. — Explain the meaning in this connection. Begin. — Distinguish from cvin- mcncc. See Abbott & Seeley's Eu<rlish Lessons for English People, par. 7. Translated — changed from an- other language. The manuscript is supposed to be written in the Arabic language. Wordforword. — Express other- wise. For what purpose do(\s the author pretend to have found this " vision " in an oriental manu- script ? Fifth day of the moon.— That is, fifth day of the month. Month primarily meant the time measured by one revolution of the moon. Forefathers. — Give another word with the sam(; meaning, and (Mil- with ail o[iposite meaning. Devotions -n^ligiiMis duties, pr.iyers. Bagdad -a city and pashii'Vic {•i .IS \\\fav) or pros inc(! f)f Asi.itic 'I'lirkey. The city is on the river Tigris, and was once the capit.d of a gre.'it Mohaniiuedau empire. Meditation — closi;, continued thought. Profound contemplation — deep study. Vanity . life. — Explain by paraphrase. Man . . dream. — Show the force of " shadow " and " dream." Is this the right view of life? Com- pare Longfellow's Psalm of Life. Musing. —Compare with " medi- tation " and "contemplation" above. Habit — dress. Now rare in this sense except in the compound ridintr. habit. Wrougnt. — Note the expressive- ness of this word. Inexpressibly melodious— un- speakably pleasant to the ear. Put me in mind. — Express other- wise. Paradise. — The primary mean- ing of this w'ord is garden, or park. Compare ' ' Garden of Eden. ' ' Note the melody of this sentence, and its peculiar oriental coloring. Last agonies — pangs of death. My heart . . raptures- — What does this mean? Haunt — a place of frequent re- sort. Pronounce hatvnt (Imperial Dictionary). So, daunt, taunt, vaunt, etc. Genius — jcnl-us — a spirit sup- posed to attend and direct a man through life ; also, as here, the guardian spirit of a //rtrr. Plural, Tin: \ I SIGN oi- MIK2.\. 35 frcuU { i>^'itl i). DistiiiKuish fimn iTitiiiis ( /'<7/'i //N ) ; plural, i,'. ////<>. >. But never heard. Supply ilu: lUipsis Transporting airs music sd tl('li.^lltllll lli.tl it lill^. tlu; :-<>ul with pK'asiiit! -c.init . (Hh: out ot c>- "j'sHcll. CoiiiparL; " captivMliHf,' suaiiis," p. 63, Taste. I i» i«', tc I Hjiiy. t>T Reverence < iivi synuiiyiu.. Subdued ust r( ohm'. Affability kiiiilin..s of mamur Familiarized . . imagination inatli- liiiu ajipca'- to my miiut as a pt rsou well knowu to nu;. Dispelled— drove .-luay Apprehension fear or uiuasi- luss at tin: prospect of future-.' evil. Soliloquies— cliscoursts to one's self; spokfu meditations. Pinnacle. What is the usual application of this word ? Cast thy eyes. — E.xprcss uther- wis(.'. Prodigious —pru-difits. — ( iive synonyms Suggest a more appro- [)riate word. Vale of Misery.— Why is life thus described .-' Thick mist.- -What does this represent ? Consummation — end, with the adde'd notion (A loniplitiuii . Darkness . . ends.— Same as " thick mist " above. Survey — survey. — Distinguish from survey', (iive other words differing in meaning according to accentuation. Threescore . . arches. — See I'salm xc, 10. I'^xplain " broken arches," " thousand arches," p. 66. 66. Black cloud. — Explain what is meant here. Trap-doors— pit-falls —d iseases and acciaeuis -vhicli beset u.en. Why are they reprt'sented as |j«'ing thick " .It the «'ntraui;e " ami " to wards the i iid " '^ No sooner . . but. li-rauex pl.mation of this use t»f " but " see M'bott's //./,•,■ tn /W/- ,■>«•, pal' .|','i. Hobbling . . arches. I xplain the .allusion. I. l>i>linguish lutweeu vision aiidi/r.in;/ ; musingaiid tli/u/jiiii; : visible and uppiir.iit: conversa- tion ami Idlk ; fears aiul <i/'prtluii siiiii'i : entire and iomplttc. II. Show how the preli\'S ;ind siilhxes ill the following allec t tin: me.iniug : -discovered, applitti, departi'd, impri'ssious, innumcr able, musical, musician, eastward, ruinous. III. Paraphrase : I picked \\\i sevr.d Orientrd manuscripts which I have still by me. After having offered up my morning devotions, I ft;ll into a profound C(;ntempIation on the vanity of human life. L cast my eyes to- wartls the summit of a rock. My heart mi;lieil away in secret rap tares. Consider it attentively. 1 perceived that innumerable trap- doors lay concealed in the briilge. IV. Combine into one sentence : I exaiuint:d the bridge. 1 examined it leisurely. I counted the arches. There were seventy entire arches. There were several broken arches. In .all there were about one hun- dred arches. The broken arches were at the far end of the bridge. They appeared to have been broken by a flood orother similaraccident. V. Reproduce the lesson from the ft)llowing heads: — The meet- ing with the genius. The view of the valley and the flood. The bridge, and the passengers on it. % '^^1 36 NOTKS T') Tin-: I->>l'RTH R i: A D K !< . XIX. TH1-: DEATH OF THE FLOWERS. >/. Melancholy — ^sad Why What inelan- days are meant ^ choly ••? Wailing winds. —Explain " wailing." Nakedwoods.— Whatis meant ? SiCre — withered. Eddying^ gust. — Explain. The sound of the word "rustle" re- sembles the sound made by the leaves. Give other words possess- ing this peculiarity. Calls the crow.— Another read- ing is auvs the cruiv. In brighter . . airs.— A refer- ence to spring-time. A . . sisterhood.— Express in other words. With the fair . . ours. —The dead are here compared to the fallen and decayed flowers. Com- pare Psalm ciii., 15, 16. Wind - flower — the anemone (a-nem' o-ne ). It is so called be- cause it grows ^vell on very exposed situations, and was supposed to expand its leaves when the wind was blowing. It flowers early in the spring. Note any peculiarity in this line. Orchis — oy'kis — a genus of plants, the flowers of which fre- cjuently resemble insects. Golden-rod — a plant bearing yellow flowers thickly set upon a tall, upright stem. It is allied to the aster. The aster — Greek aster, a star — is so called from the form of its flowers. Upland . . glen.— I"or " up- land " see noteon " upland," p. 31. " Glade," an open plue in a forest or w(x)d. "Glen," a secluded, narrow valley. Why are these three places mentioned ? 68. And twinkle . . rill.— An- alyse. Explain " smoky light." What is this stanza a description of? The fair . . blossom. — Com- pare " With the fair . . ours," p. 67. Not unmeet. — Why ? Para- phrase the two last lines of tlie last stanza. Compare " Pictures of Memory," second stanza. What is the predominant feeling expressed in this poem ? Account for this feeling. XX. THE VISION OF MIRZA. 68. Catching . . themselves. — Explain. Compare the familiar saying, " A drowning man will catch at straws." Posture — position, attitude. -train of thought. Give the more common meaning Sp^culation- of this word. Bubbles . meant here ? them.— What is 69. With scimitars . . them.— An allusion to the premature deaths caused by war. Sclm'l-tar or cim'itcr, is a short Turkish sword with a curved blade ; here used as an emblem of bloodshed. What different classes of xnew are described in this paragraph? Seeing . . prospect.— Explain by a paraphrase. THE VISION OI' MIR2A. 37 Comprehend— underst.iml. Hovering — hilv'cr or huv'rr, not h6v'ri'—i]\'\uji about close at hand. Flights -Nainuand distinguish ditferrnt words applied to collec- tions of animals. Harpies.— In ancient mytholopjy, raven(jus, winj^'ed monsters, haviuf^ the face of a woman and the body of a vulture. The term " harpy " is now applied to an extortioner or rapacious person Cormorants — larf,'e and ex- tremely voracious birds of the pelican family. Winged boys — cupids. The ancient C.reeks and Romans used to represent Cupid, that is, Love, as a winged boy. Perch . . arches.— Why on the iniddli' arches ? Infest - plagu(\ torment. These . . human life. — Explain the use of the capitals in this para},'raph. Fetched. — Give the common meaning; of this word. Man . . death. -The (ienius changes Mirza's view of life by reve.'iling to him the joys of the futu'"e world. See page 70. Bid.— What tense ? Prospect -sight. Existence -state of being. Cast thine eye.— Compare " I directed my sight," three lines below. Supernatural — beyond the powers of nature. Distinguish from unnatural. Dissipated— scattered. 70. Immense ocean . . parts. — Eternity, <>r the future world, di- vided into two regions, one of bliss, and one of woe, by an impenetra- ble wall, ("ompare Luke xvi., 26. Adamant. — A, poetic term for any hard impenetrable substance. Diamond is merely another form of the same word. One-half. — Th-^ region of woe, into which the Genius, in mercy, Joes not permit Mirza 10 look. The other (half) . . inscruments. — .\ description of heaven — partly Christian and partly Moham- medan. Garlands -wreaths. Confused harmony— a blending or mingling of agreeable sounds. C Mnpare " sweet confusion," p. 81. Gates of death. — See "trap- doors " and " pitfalls," p. 66. The islands. — The Greeks and Romans placed their Elvsian fields, or Paradise, in the Islands of the Lilessed. These were supposed to lie beyond the Strait of Gibraltar, in the .\tlantic Ocean. Myr'iads— countless numbers. The mansions . . death.— See John \iv., 2. Excelled— went beyond others. Relishes and perfections — tastes and capacities for enjoy- ment. Accommodated . . inhabitants — suited to the wants and capaci- ties of those who are to enjoy them. Inexpressible — unspeakable. 71. The Genius . . me. — Why does the Genius now disappear, instead of granting Mirza's re- truest? Note tlKi happy manner in which the author brings this beautiful essay to a close. Show that the allegory gives us a picture of human life. L Distinguish between mirth and jollity ; save and safe : con- fusion and disturbance ; dissipate and disperse ; immense and huf^u,- reward and prir,e ■ variet*; atul chaui^e ; multitude, crowd, ♦arong, and mob ; among and bettveen ; fetch and briufr. II. Show the force of the pre- fixes and suffixes in the following. — Wonderful, uncomfortable, exist- ence, passage, nt rfection, pLi.sure, supernatural, unmeet, interwoven, discovery. III. Vary the following sentences I M iH NOTES TO TUli KOI* RTF! READER. I by cli.'iiifjinfj the xdIcc of tfu: \ crlis : Alan w.'is ninclc in vain. I passed some time in the conteinplatinn ni this wonderful structure, niul thci ^reat variety of ohjf^cts which it presented. My hi^art was filhMl with a deep melanrliol}-. I saw nothing but the lonj,', hollow valley of Haj^dad. I\'. Paraphrase : — Multiturles w(>r(! very busy in the piusuit of bubbles. "What mean," said I, " t host; f,'r eat fli-^'hts (if birds that arc perpetually h(iv<'rin<{ over th(^ bri<li,'<:." i here; frtrhcd a deep si'di Thes(; are {]\r. liiansions <>l j^'Dod nK;;i aft(,T death. T turned i.. address my.self to him a .second time. V. Paraphrase the parnpjraph b(,'f;innin,L; " Gladness f^rew in me." VI. Combine into one or two sentences ; — Many of those on the brid^'e fell into tlu-tide. They fell throuKdi the trap-doors. The trap- doors wert> <|uil«.: nuuu:rous. They were especially numerous at the ends of the brid^'e. Some fell, through carcilessness. Some wer(! ])Ushed ujioli the tra|> doors. They were pushed b\- individuals with scimitars m their hands. 11' \.\i. oi'T i\ riir: si lLi.^■ xidiT 71. Oft around me I'ari- phrase. Why aic " Slumber's " and " Memory " written with cap- itals ? ICxpand the metaphor in " Slumbers chain." What is the f,'ramniatical rela- tion of "smiles," "tears," etc.? The eyes . . shone. — Compare ■ And the love-li^^lit in your eye,' p. .v;. y.i. When I . . weather.— Com par(^ " The I )eath of ihc I'lowers " Like l'.irs(\ And all . departed.— Show the .urainmatical conne<-tion, and sup- pK the ellipsis necessary to com- pl(>te the sense. XXII. 'TIS THi: LAST KOSi: OF SUMMKR. 72. To reflect . . sigh. — F.x- plain the comparison here matle between the rose and a frientlless person. Kindly.— Express by a phrase. 73. So soon . . away.— Re- write in prose. Parse "so." When . . flown. — Distinguish between the meaning of these two lines. Bleak — cold, dreary. What makes the world " bleak " ? ON' HIS UWN BLINDNESS. 39 XXIII. ON HIS OWN BLINDNESS. 73. Spent (>xliaiisU'd. Ere half my days. - What is the grammatical relation? Milton hc- canic blind at tlieaj,'(!of fofty-four, having sacrific(!fl his failing sight in his ficvotion to the task of writ- ing a Dtfcucf of till- ICii^lisli Pioplr for the execution of diaries I. Tliis duty was imposed on him by Crom- well's Council of Stale. One talent . . hide. -See Mat- thew XXV., I }v5o. The " on(! talent, " which Milton modestly claims to have received, was not merely his po(>tical faculty, but also the power of setting forth and def(Miding tlu^ principles of the i'liritans. Though . . Maker. Milton probably refers to his writings in defence of I'uritanism, a work done, as he himself says, in obedi- ence to that inward monitor that spoke to him from IIcavcMi. it would, therefore, seem to him a mysterious providence^ that he should be laid aside from a work to which ht! believed himself to be divinely called. Bent disposed, inclined. My true account. ICxplain the allusion. Fondly — foolishly. This is the primary meaning of the word. Prevent. — Used in the old mean- ing of (iiit'uipdti'. His own gifts— the talcnt.s given to men. Mild yoke.— Explain. See Matt, xi., 29-30. Post hasten. The allusion is to the post, or carrier of letters, etc., who used to travel swiftly bv taking fresh hor.ses at ea<-h stop- [)ing place. They also . . wait. - ()b(Mli(>nce is testeil by patient suttering, as well .'IS by active; service. Com- pare - " () fear not in a world hke this. And thou slialt kno'v ere long. Know how siiblinu; a thing it is 'i'o snller and be strtMig." - Longfellow, Tlie LicJit 0/ Stai<;. For definition of the Sonnet, see not(!S on 77/c Evruitti^ Clunil, page 45. The r»\Tding of this poem will serve to illustrate the use of tiie iMual I'ause (set; p. lO, I^oinrrii l\i;Ani:K). The sound of the last word in the lin(> should be pro- longed, and tlui voice fli'j;htJ\' suspended ther(>aft<;r, without any change of tone f)r pitch. XXIV. TIIE I'ACE AG.MNST TIIIC PANE. 74. Beacon Light. — A beacon is a conspicuous mark placed over a rock or shoal, for the guidance of vessels. Soine beacons ar« lighted at night. Here, it is prob- ably used for light-house. A-trembling. — The light would have this appearance when seen through the rain. For the initial "A" see Mason sGm>«>»«r, par. 267. She hears . . fro. — These are signs of the approaching storm. Not;! the Imitative Harmony. Crone.— See Note on "crone," page 61. Wringing . . hands.— Explain. Why " gaunt and palsied " ? Note the human voices and actions at- tributed to the hriiikcrs, the 'tcind, and the tree. Why these sounds and signs of sorrow ? •■vw 1!^ 1 ' 40 NOTES TO TUV. FOURTH KHADEK. li ii If 1 Perilous — dangerous. Reef — a rirlgt; of rocks lying near the surface of the water or projecting a little way alK)vc it. 75. That makes the water white. — Explain. Veined with fire. — Explain. Show the force of " veined." Church-bell tolls. -The bell can be heard only when the storm lulls. Unseen fingers — the wind itself. Note the Imitative Harmony in this stanza. Sweethearts. — A compound of sioeet and heart ; not from sivcct and the suffix ard, as has been sup- posed . Boom — a deep, hollow roar. Give other meanings. Shoals — shallows, places where the water is of little depth. Rocket - - a tubular case ol paste- board or thin metal filled with a combustible preparation which explodes and shows colored lights as the rocket is being projected through the air. Rockets are fre- quently used at light-houses and life-saving stations, to discover the position and course of vessels in distress; also, to throw lines over a wreck. These latter are called life-rockets. What is meant bv the dash after " sky" ? 76. Golden furrows.- I^\ plain. What . . white. — The gleam of the rocket revealed to IMabel her lover's sinking boat. From . . rubies. — Note the beauty of this picture. The storm has cea.sed, but the water is still troubled, and the crests of the broken waves sparkle like rubies in the morning sunlight. See the note on " golden," page 41. Angel . . spire.— Probably, the weather-vane. Beacon-light.— What is meant? Note tlie prevalence of the full vowel sounds and of the liquids in this poem, and the suppression or weakened force of the harsh con- sonant sounds. This poem requires pure tone and the other elements of Expres- sion suitable for simple narrative. Sec. I. Imitative modulation should be applied to such words as "trembling,"' "screech," "moan," "sobs," "grieves," "to and fro." Group "about . . cottage," and pause after "cottage." Observe the Median Stress on "crone " and the Thorough Stress on "alone."' Slower time in "Till . . hands." 2. Change the tone in "^ You are weeping!" to express surprise. Kearl " Your lovers . . white" in a (irmer tone to express encour- agement. 3. "The heavens . . fire!"' Full, forcible tone. Apply iiita- tive modulation in this section, and note any change of time, "(ind pity . . pain " — tone of prayer. 4. Head "A boom . . light"' in fastt^r lime. Why.? Prolong the sound of "fades." Why ? 5. Mark each question with the proper inflection? Rend "Did she . . rain" in a gentle, subdueil tone, and in slower time. (). Read "Gome . . hands" in slow time. Why ? Express a feel- ing of horror in reading " Two bodies . . hair." 7. In reading the last five lines of the poem express " She will . , night" in a tremulous tone, and read the remaining lines in a firmer tone, ending with therisin;: inflection. i DISCOVERY OF THE AI.RERT NVAN/A. 41 XXV. DISCOVERY OF THE ALBERT NVANZA. 77. The expedition which result- ed in the discovery of the Albert Nyanza left Khartoum, at the junc- tion of the White and Blue Nile, December i8th, 1S62. Baker was accompanied l)y his wife, a Hun- garian lady, and he has given us an interesting account of their ad- ventures, in his book, The Albert Nyanza. Prize.— What ? Quicksilver. — The common name for mercury, a shining liquid metal of a silver-white color. Expanse— wide extent. Blue mountains.— Why blue ? Tenacity— fixedness of purpose. In English style — in that hearty, vigorous style which is peculiar to the English. Nestled. — Note the aptness of this word. To unravel . • mystery. — Ex- press differently. So many greater. — Name other African explorers. Vent. — Give another expression. Vain cheers.— Explain " vain " here. Why would cheers seem vain ? 78. Reservoir — rez'er-vwar [a, as in ivar) — a place where water is collected, and kept for use when wanted. Which . . wilderness. — Ex- plain what is here meant. Memorial — that which serves to keep in memory. One . . Englishman— Who ? Read Tennyson's " Dedication " of the Idyls of the Kin/r. Nyanza. — Spelled also N'yanza — a native word meaning " the water." Pronounced as a dissyl- lable. Magimgo— a village near Lake Nyanza. Bamboo' — a species of tropical grass or reed, sometimes growing to a great size. After . . cliff. -This sentence is faulty. Correct it. Interspersed . . bush — with trees and bush scattered here and there. I rushed . . Nile. — Improve the style of this sentence. Astounded— greatly astonished. Hope deferred . . hearts. — See Proverbs xiii , 12. 79. Julius Caesar . . unravel.— Lucan, the Latin poet, born in Spain, AD. 3H, author of the epic poem, Pharsalia, is the authority for this statement. Julius Cc'tsar was in reality, though not in name, the first Roman Emperor. He was a man of varied talents; he was the first general and statesman of his age, and he excelled as an orator and as a historian. Caesar's chief military exploit was the conquest of Gaul (France) and Britain, B.C. 58-50. His return from these wars brought n a civil war in which he conquered all his ene- mies, and became master of the Roman world ; but his ambitious designs stirred up new enemies against him, and he was murdered by them B.C. 44, in the fifty-sixth year of his age. Basin. — Distinguish from the common geographical meaning. I. Distinguish between opposite and adjacent ; suddenly and i,i- stantly ; humble and insignificant ; mystery and secret ; wilderness and desert ; perfectly and complete- ly ; astounded and astonished. II. Select the prefixes and suf- fixes in the following words, and show how they affect the mean- ings: — opposition, boundless, in- land, unravel, dangerous, disbe- lieved, amizement, strengthen, gracious, beautifully. I 42 NOTES TO THE FOURTH HEADER. ! Ill III. Paraphrast! : — Here was the rcwartl of all our labour, lui^laiul had won the sources of the Nile. This was the key t > the great s(!cret that e-veii Julius Casar yearued to unravel. 'J'his was the },'reat rescTvoir of the? Nile. As ail imperishable ineuiorial of one Iov(;(l and mourned by our f,'ra- eious Oueen, and di'plored by every luinlishman, I called this ,i.;reat lake the ".Mbert Nyanza." IV. Vary the following sen- tences by. changing the voice of the verbs: - ICngland had won the sources of tin; Nile. Long before we had reached the spot, 1 had arranged with my men to give three cheers in English style, in honour of the discovery. We com- menc(.'d the descent of the steep jiath on foot. My men were per- fectly astounded at the appear- ance of the lake. No European foot had ever trod upon its sand, nor had its vast expanse of water e\er been scanned by the eyes ol a white man. V. Combine into om? or two sentences : — The morning was beautifully clear. We crossed a deep valley. The valley lay be- tween hills. We toiled up the opposite slope. We reached the top. Wt! got a view cjf the lake. We hail not expected this. The lake lay far beneath us. It looked like a sea of (piicksilver. It was Ixjunded in the distance by the horizon. It was rendered more impressive by a range of moun- tains. These iiKnintains rose frejni the bosom of the water. They were about fifty or sixty miles distant. VI. Write heads for a re-pro- duction of this lesson, and from the lu;ads write cv letter giving an account of the discovery. XXVI. FROM "THE DESERTED VILLAGE." 80. Sweet Auburn. — Various attempts have been made to iden- tify Auburn. The name, Mr. Forster tells us, was suggested by Bennett Langton, a member of the Literary Club to which Goldsmith belonged in London. If the poet had any particular village in his mind it was probably Lissoy, the home of his boyhood, a village about half way between Athlone and Ballymahon, in the County of Westmeath, Ireland. Gold- smith was two years old when his father removed from Pallas, in the County of Longford, where the poet was born, and became rector of the Parish of Kilkenny West, in which Lissoy was situated. " This poor Irish village, no doubt, lookei^ to him as charming as any .\uburn, when he regarded it through the softening and beauti- fying mist of years." Swain— a peasant, a rustic youth, a lover — a favourite poetic word of the last century. Smiling^ springf. — Personal Metaphor. Expand it. Parting — departing. What are "lingering blooms"? Note the beautiful adaptation of sound to sense in this line. How is the loveliness of the village shown in this couplet ? Bower.— Originally, a chamber or private room. Give the mean- ing in this connection. Seats of my youth.— See first note. Exj)lain the whole line by a paraphrase. Loitered. — Compare Ibt^criup, delayed, paused. Show the appro^ FROM THK DKSERTF.D VILLA&E.' 43 priateness of these words as used here. Where . . scene.— Paraphrase. On . . charm.— Explain this use of"on." Cot —cottage. Explain " shel- tered. " Decent — presenting a neat appearance, modestly pretty. Topped. —Express otherwise. The hawthorn . . made. - Compare l^uriis' Cutter's Satur- day Nii(ht, 11. 7y--Si. Talking age.— Explain. Note the Metonymy. Village murmur— the mingled sounds of village life. Note the force of "yonder," which seems to l)ring the whole scene vividly befcire us. Careless — not heedless; but, fn-i- fruin aiixiity. Mingling notes.— Notice the beauty and expressiveness of the epithet "mingling." Compan.* "village murmur" and "sweet confusion." What are these " mingling notes" ? Softened. — Explain. Compare " mellowed " in Scott's Lady of the Lake, Canto IV., st. 17, 11. 2-5. Responsive— answering. Para- phrase this line. Sober. — An apt epithet. Ex- plain. Lowed. — Onomatopoeia. Note the correspondence of sound and sense throughout this description. To meet . . young. — Express as a clause. 81. That bayed.— What is the antecedent of " that." That spoke . . mind. — That showed a mind free from care. Compare careless above. Note the rhyme, " wind " and "mind." These all. —The different sounds mentioned in the six preceding lines. Compare " The mingling notes . . below." Sought the shade.— A purely poetic sentiment ; it pri)b..'r'^' refers to the " evening's close, "vlien <;iv: sounds are heard, or to ihc gradual blendinfr and melting away of the various sounds. And filled . . made. — Gold- smith, in his Animated Nature, speaks of the nightingale's " paus- ing .song." The nightingale is not , found in Ireland, however. In 4)is beautiful picture of Auburn the poet has mixed together in " sweet confusion " characteristics of English and of Irish village life. See on this point Macaulay's OZ/rcr Goldstnith, n.nd Bhick'sOliverGuld- sinith in " English Men of Letters ' series. Copse — cOps. — A shortened form of Coppice, a wood of small growth, cut down at certain intervals. Garden smiled. — Compare "smiling spring." Paraphrase, bringing out the force of " smiled." Still. — Give grammatical rela- tion. The place disclose. — Express otht^rwise. The village preacher. — Usually identilied with the poet's father, or with his brother Henry. Henry was curate at Lissoy with "forty pounds a year," and the tidings of his brother's death had reached the poet shortly before this descrip- tion was written. See Kolph's Select Poems of Oliver Goldsmith, and Forster's Life and Times of Oliver Goldsmith. Mansion. — Here used in a gene- ral sense. So, "noisy mansion," below. Compare manse. Passing — surpassingly, exceed- ingly. How could he be rich with an income of only forty pounds a year? Compare " Poor and con tent is rich, and rich enough," Othello, Act III., sc. 3. Remote —distant. Nor e'er . . place. — This was literally true of the poet's brother, but not of his father. See tne "Dedication" of The Traveller. The poet here is perhaps thinking of his ov.'u wandering career, and 44 NOTES TO Tin-. roUKTH RliADF.R. I,. mentally contrasting it with the quiet, settled life of his brother Unskilful. — Here, naturally un- fitted, because of his simplicity of character. Another readinf.^ is, un- practised. Distinj^'uish in meaning. By doctrines . . hour. — This line modifies "(to) seek for power, " and not " to fawn." Other. — (iive a different word. Bent— strongly disposed. Note the grammatical relation. Another reading is, skilled. The vagrant train — idle wan- derers. See following lines. Com- pare with this couplet, 11. ij and lC^ of The Traveller. Chid — reproved, blamed. Long-remembered. —Why ? Spendthrift — one who recklessly spends his thrift or gains. Ciive other compounds made up of a verb and its object. Goldsmith may have had himself in mind while writing tliis couplet. Broken soldier. — Broken down byageorwar. CompareCampbell's Soldier's Dream: "And fain was their war-broken soldier to stay." Bade. — For bidden. Talked . . away. -K.\plain. Done —ended. An ab.solnte con- struction. Shouldered . . won. — Compare Dry den's Alexander's Feast: ' ' Fought all his battles o'er again . ' ' Glow — warm up with kindly in- terest. Show how the poet brings out the preacher's sympathy with his guests. Careless . . began. — Their tales of woe move him to pity, and he relieves their wants without caring to enquire if they are de- serving of charity. " Charity gives to a worthy object ; /'ity appeals to the feelings without regard to worth in the object. ' And e'en . . side.— Show how this could be. Prompt— ready. 82. Fond endearment -mark of fender affection. . skies. — Mn press Note the beautiful Tempt . otherwise, simile. Allured -attracted, enticed — in a good sense. Th(; preacher, by his teachings and life, presenter! religion in itsproper light— assome- thing tnost pleasant and attractive. Led the way — walked in the way he pointed out to others. CJive familiar sayings expressing the same sentiment. Parting life. — Kxplain. Dismayed — terrified the dying man. Champion. - Properly, one who fights for another. Show how this name is applicable to the preacher. Anguish -extreme distress. Dis- tiiiguish from despair. Fled. —V}stn\ actively. Compare " 1 h; tied the countrw" Comfort came down.— That is. from Heaven, like a ministering an,L,'el, to the dying m;in. And his last . . praise. — Para- phrase, l)ringing out the full force of "filtering" and " whispered." With meek . . grace. — Explain by a paraphr,-isc. Venerable — worthy of the higliest respect, from associations of religion, dignity, or age. Truth . . sway. — What made his words so inii)ressive ? Steady zeal- — Ciive the full meaning of " steady." Rustic— countryman. Wile. — Here, little tricks to attract attention. Explain " en- dearing." To them . . heaven. — He is ready to rejoice with them that rejoice, and to weep with them that weep ; but no trouble that comes to him from this sympathy with his fellow-men is able to dis- turb that calm peace of mind that comes from " setting his affections on things above." The same thought i.s brought out in the beautiful simile that follows. r.l Iv/ay . storm.— Exolaiii. FK( M 'I H1-. I KSl Kl 1 \ III ACK. 45 Though round head. - in- stitutt! a coinp.irisMn l)t:t\vitii the (Kscriptioii of the chit in this coup- lt;t and that t)f the preacher in the couplet "To them . . hi-avini." Does this siniik; of the " tall cliff " accurately illustrate tl;e character portrayed in the village preachiT ? Care-fully cNaniine the gram- matical structure and relation of die four preceding' lines. Yon. —Not a contraction for^'o»- /( /-. Yon is th(! earlier word. Straggling fence. — Here, the untrininied hed^e. With . . gay. The furze is an evergreen shrub with brij^ht yellow flowers, which, though beautiful and gay. are not followed by fruit: hence, probably, the epithet " un- profitable." It is not altogether unprofitable, however, for it is useil in some pl.-ices as fuel, and some- times as {oih] for sheej) and cattle. The village master. - TIk; orig- inal of this sketch was probably the poet's early teacher, Thomas (l^idih') iJyrne, an old soldier, whose marvellous tales awakened in (ioldsm^h a pnssion for wan- d(;ringand advcMiture. See Irving's Lift- of Goltfsiiiitli. Stem to view. — See Mason's GnniiiiKii', }>ar. 102. I knew . . knew.—Is it implied here that (Goldsmith was among the truants ? The boding tremblers — pupils trembling in anticipation of pun- ishment. Why ? S3. With glee.— Paraphrase so as to bring out the full force of "counterfeited." Circling round. —Explain. The love . . fault -Ouote an- other line from tliis poem similar in sentiment. Note the imperfect rhvme in this couplet. Village. — For rilhi^crs ; an example of Metonymy. Terms . . tides. 'Terms " re- fers to the " sessions of the univer- sities and law-courts"; "tides," not to theebband flow of the ocean, but to " times and seasons," as ICaster-tide. Compare "Time and tide wait for no man, ' where tide me.'ins scdson. Presage— foretell. Gauge - measure the capacities of casks, etc. The very spot, forgot.— That is, tlir rilUti^,- inn, which is next described in tht; poem. Triumphed. How See " For even . . still," six lines above. " Tlie demure humor of this d(!scription of the village m.aster heightens the pleasurable effect of the pr(!vailing tout; of pensive sad- ness." !'".xplain what is meant, and point out instances of this " demure humor." Tn reading this selection there will be a tendency to fall into a monotonous or sing-song tone. This may be avoided by observing the pauses carefully, especially the ca'iui-al pause, by bringing out the forces of the contrasted words and phrases, and by expressing as clearly as possible all the different shades of thought. With what inflection should the enumeralion of the charms — "the sheltered cot," etc. — be read? In "a man . . dear," avoid the verse accent on "was," and em- phasize "all" and "dear." Mark the contrast between "to raise the wretclied " and " to rise." The simile, " as some tall cliff . . head," requires the orotund qualitv oi voice and slow time, especially in the last line. :.i' 46 NOTES TO THK fourth kHADEK. XXVIT. THE BATTLE OF BANNOCKHURN. 84. Bannockburn .1 villagt; three miles to th(! south of Stirling'. on the Bannock hum, or riviiU;t ; hence the name. Trace the course of events that led to the Battle of Bannockburn. French provinces. — Large dis- tricts in the west and north of France belonged to England at this time; See Thompson's His- tory of England, Henry II. and John. Irish -Welsh. — By what Eng- lish kings were Ireland ancWWales confjuered ? * Nobles and barons.— The dis- tinction between these two classes arose from the peculiar mode of holding land in feudal times. All noblemen were barons, whatever might be the higher ranks in the peerage which they occupied; but all barons were not noblemen. How is the title Baron now used? Robert the Bruce. -"The." ' when used before Scotch and Irish family names, has somewhat of the force of a title, and indicates the head of the clan or family. 85. Expert'— skilful. The Dousflas -Sir James Doug- las, surnamed "TheCiood." He was so formidable an opponent of the English that the name of "The Black Douglas," given to him because of his dark com- plexion, was used by FInglish mothers to frighten their children. After the death of Bruce, in 1329, Douglas set out for the Holy Land to bury the heart of his royal master -n the Holy Sepulchre; but he was killed in Spain while fighting against the Moors. Bruce's heart was carried back to Scotland and buried in Melrose Abbey. Experienced— taught by prac- tice. Under every . . numbers.— Express by a clause. Supply — make good Address' — tact, skilful manage- ment. Stratagem — plan or scheme for deceiving an enemy. Show what this was. Near . . it. — Explain. Note any peculiarity of construction. Water-courses - channels for water, whether natural or artifical. Steel spikes — Caltrops or Cal- throps. — The caltrop is an instru- ment with four iron points so ar- ranged that whichever way it may be thrown, it will fall with three of the points resting on the ground, and the other pointing upward. 86. St. Ninians— a village near Stirling. St. Ninian was a British bishop who became the apostle of Christianity to the Picts about the beginning of the fifth century. Succors — troops which serve to aid or assist other troops. Dismissed -despatched. Mareschal— A/<J^V-i/;rt/. — Same as marshal; in the Scottish army,\ the commander of the cavalry. \ This office was held by the family of Keith, but was forfeited through rebellion in 1715. Survey' — examine attentively. Distinguish from sur'vey. Beautiful and terrible. — Ex- plain how this could be. Men-at-arms— soldiers clad in full armor, heavy-armed troops ; distinct from archers and other light-armed troops. Standards . . pennons.— The Standard is the principal flag or ensign of an army; the Pinnon was a small pointed flag carried on a knight's lance ; the Banner was a pennon with the point or points cut off. These distinctions are not now observed, banner being a general term for any flag. Gallant brave, splendid. See note on " brave," p. 37. T}It BATTLE or BANNOCKnURN. 47 Christendom — the Christian world , Chaplet — garland or wreath What duty had bt-cn assi^'iied to Randolph ? Kxplain tho king's remark to him. 87. Redeem . fault.— Explain. Encompass sin round. Randolph . . field. " That was nobly done, especially as l)oUK'las and Randolph were always con- tending which should rise highest in the good opinion of the king and the nation." — Siott. Van -the first lino or front of an army. Give the opposite word. Helmet — a piece of armor for the head. Career. — Distinguish from its usual meaning. 88. Falkirk.— South-east (f Stir- ling. Here Edward I. defeated Sir William Wallace, the famous Scottisli hero, in 129S. Wallace was captured in 1305, and executed at London. 89. Reserve— a body of troops kept in the r'oar of an army in action to give support where re- quired. Distinguish from its ordi- nary meaning. Gillies' Hill. From gillie (^rhard), a page, or servant. Forlorn forsaken, wretched. 90. Exile. — Soon after hiruce was crowned King of Scotland (1306) he was defeated by an English army. Aftttr many adven- tures in the Highlands, he was forced to take refuge iov a time in the little Island of Rathlin, off the north coast of Ireland. It was here that the incident t<ujk place which forms the subject of Elizi Cook's poem, Bruct' and the Spider, found in the Tfiiru Reader. Conquered province.— By whom conquereil .■' Hostility— enmity, acts of war- fare. Talents— ability, genius. This application of the word is pro- bably borrowed from the Scrip- tural parable of the tah-nts. Com- pare note on "one tak-ni," p. 73. Patriot— one devoted to the in- terests of his country. Gratitude - thankfulness. Name (Uher impcjrtant battles between England and Scotland. Compare the stylt; of this selec- tion with that of The linttle vf Iliistinf^rs, page ^y, noting the object for which each wasuriiteii. The Tdirs of <i Crratidfather, from which this sehxtion is taken, were so called because Scott urott; tlu;m for the instruction of his grandchild, John Hugh Lockhart. .\ comparison might be made in this resptxt between Scott and \'ictor Hugo, the great French novelist (see page jGfi), who wrote fairy tales and The Art of hein'^ a Crnindfather to amu.se and instruct his grandchildren, (leorge and Jeanne. I. Distinguish In.'tween number and quantity ; address and strata- gem : occupied and iiihahited : a.d- vanceandd/'/'redi// .• diligence and haste; alarmed and fri'^Jttened ; enemy and anta!n)iiist : sustain and iissist; pursued and/ci//(;. -•',(/,• pre- tensions and ilaims ; recollection and yeitumbraiue ; less and /t«vr. H. Form new v.ords from the following by adding prefixes, and show how the change affects the meaning : -join, heard, armed, turn, broken, placed, drawn, order, action, able, press, place;, took, dependent, covt.;red, honor. HI. l^lrapllra^.c : — The whole army did not exceed thirty thou- sand men. To use the utmost dili- gence to prevent any succor fn^ni being thrown into Stirling. " See, Ivandolph, there is a rose fallen from y(jur chaplet." The; king re- fused him permission. The ICng- lisb, losing all heart, began to shift every man for himself. IV. Vary the form of the follow- 48 XOTI'.S TO IIIH ForRIH KKADKK. ,1 \t inj(scnt<'nc(.'s by cliruij^'iti^ tht^voico of the vc'rl)s: — Kii)^,' I'^dward as- st!ml)lt;(l one of the larj,'cst armies whic h a kiu^ of ICiiuland (n-er coni- manded. With this purpose the army was led to a plain near Stir- ling'. Thes(! were iilUnl with liuht hnishwoofl, and the turf was care- fnlly replaced. H(! drcnv out his army, therefore, in the order he had hefcjre resf)lved on. They killed many of the SccjIs, and mi).,'ht, as at I'alkirk, have dtjrided the victory but for the preparation whuh Hrure had made for them V. Sketch th«r Hatlle of H.in- nockbtirn as though you had been one of tlu; Scottish army. Heads : — The preparation for the enemy ; the conllict ; the pursuit. XXVIII. BRUCE TO HIS TROOPS, Etc. ¥ i Qi. Tht! two followinti stanzas, said to hav(; been writtt;n by Sir Walter Scott, are somcUitnes pre- fixed to this porm as an intro- duction : ".\t Hannockbnrn the linj^di.sh lay. The Scots th(;y wi.-rena f.ir away, Hut waited for the break o' day That ^dinted in the east. "Hut soon the sun broke through the he.ith. And lij^hte(l up that field o' d(?ath, When i^ruce, wi' soul-inspiring breath. His heralds thus addressed." Gory bed . . victory.— Bruce presents to his troops the altcsrua- tive of victory or dcatli. Lour - also spelled lower— io appear dark or gloomy, to threat- en. I'",xplain "front of hattli'." Power. - Here used for army — a common use of the word in Shakespeare. Chains and slavery. — What is the meaning here .■' Traitor— one who betrays his country: in opposition to patriot. Here used as an adjective. Strongly.— Explain the force of this word. By oppression's . chains. — What is me.int? Paraphrase. We will drain— shall be free. — Nf)t(; the correct distinction be- twiien 7i'ill and shall. ()i. Usurpers -those who seize property or power without right. Is it correctly ajiplied h(?re ■' Let us do or die. — Note the meaning of "do" here. "This expr(;ssion is a kind of common pro]>erty, being the mcjtto, we be- li<;ve, of a Scottish family." — Scott. The Sc(jtch pronir- -iation of " die " is dec, rhyming free, me,o\c.. Qiiot<; a similar 5 leiit from Tenn) son's Charge of the Liirht Ihii^ade. Give the b'.nglish equivalents of all the Scotch words and contrac- tions in this ode. Burns composed this celebrated ode in 1793 under the inspiration of an old air which was said to have been Bruce's march at lian- nockburn. Carlyle tells us that it " was composed on horseback in riding in the middle of tempests over the wildest Galloway moor." "Doubtless," he continues, "this stern hvmn was singing itself, as he formed it, through the soul of Burns, but to the external ear it should be sung with the throat of the whirlwind." The bold, stirring thoughts of this spirited poem require loud force, and a full, pure tone of voice. Begin abruptly the first three FOR A THAT ANP A THAT. 4') lines of each si.lnza, marking the strong initial stress. Ni'tc the fxprt'ssion of scorn in "Chains and slavery. ' .md rea<l with increasing force the scorn and contempt expressed in the next Ktanzu. Bring ont the strong ct>ntrast between the third and fourth Stan/, IS, fspci i.ill\ in tlie I.i^t lines Kc.id with int reasing eiu r^y ili«; two last Stanzas, strongly marking the emphasis on "shall . . free" anil " clo . . die." XXIX. FOR A' THAT AND A' THAT. 92. Is there head. — Is there (any one) that hangs, etc. For a' that— in spite of all that. Show to what the expression "a' that " r<'fers wherever it occurs in this poem Guinea's stamp. -The stamp makes the coin ciirnnt, but does not affect its intrinsic or real value. Expand the metaphor fully, aiul show how the poet intends to apply it. Gowd— gold. Hoddin-grey — also spelled /jo ' </<«-/,'-r</_>'— cloth made from uu- dyed wool. Tinsel show— Explain. Note the scorn here expressed. A prince . . a' that. -Compare " I'rinces and lords are but the breath of kings." — Hums' Cot- ter's Saturday Ni<:[lit, I. 163; also, " Princes and lords may flourish, or may fade — A breath can make them, as a breath has made." —Goldsmith's Destittd VilLiKe, H. 53-4. Aboon his might— above his power to make. Mauna fa' that— must not try or atten)pt that. The pith . . worth.— Express otherwise, so as to bring out the full meaning of pith and pridf. 93. Bear the gree — gain the prize, have the victory. Compare the qualities and possessions of the p()(«r man with those of the rich or noble, as mentioned in the poem. What general peculiarities of dialect may be obsrr\ed in this and the preceding poem ? For the influences which prompted these song's, see Shairp's Hums in " linglish Men of Let- ters ' series. St. 1. l<t;ad the second line with an expression of C(^ntempt, increas- ing to scorn and indignation in the third line. Emphasize strongly " We . . poor. ' Emphasize the contrasted words in the two last lines. Mark " that " with the pro- per inflection, when it occurs at the end of a line. 2. Express the strong feeling of independence that characterizes this stanza. In 1. 4, emphasize the second " man " with rising inflec- tion. Emphasize "king" in last line. 3. Falling inflection on "knight," " manjuis," "duke" Emphasize " honest man " and "aboon." In 1. 4, emphasize " that " with rising inflection. Kead 1. 6 with an ex- pression of C(mteinpt. Emphasize "higher" in 1.8. 4. Mark emphatic words and pauses, and note the change of expression in reading this stanza. T^^- 50 NOTES TU THK FOl'KlH KhAUhK. XXX. THE FIXED STARS. li f. 93. Fixed stars.- These are so named Jrcjm ilieir rLinainiiiu ap- pait.'iitlv iiiiinovabli; wiili rrs{)r( t to one aMvjther. They are nut absolutely immovable, however, as has le;ii cornpUtely proved in numerou'i eases. Vault.- An arcluid roof. K\- plain, as used here. Plarets. - /'/«;;t7 iscU-rivitl from a iTlreeli word meaning; zidndinr. The planets are so naini'd from their Tii'jtion .around the sun. They sliine with a cle;ir, steady li^ht, while the fixed stars hav(; a sp.'uk'.inj,' or twinklinj,' aj)pearance. Telescope an instrument used to help the eye to see distant ol)je( ts more distinctly. Would look. - It is not usual to Mse look with a noun followinj.;, in Ihe sense of siim. Compare its use in the next line. Same instrument. -The spec- trosct)pe is here referred to — an in- strument for ascertainiuf^ th.e com- position of btnlies by an e.xaniiiia- iion of th(! light th(\- ^'i\e ou.i. 9). Vapors . . substances.— These vapors or f^ases arise from the combustion of the substances rneutioned, and enter into th(; composition of the atmosphere of the sun, etc. Only half . . time.— Explain. Doi:s this hold true for ever) point on the eirtli's surfact;? Conceive— form any conception or proper notion of. 95. Pleiades tlcya-di'z (Ayres' Oytliucpist); pl't a-dcz (Impfrial Diitianary ) — a cluster of seven stars, SIX of which are visible to the naked eye 'I'he middle one, called Al-cy'o-ne, is supposed by some 10 be the centre of the universe. Prapsepe — prc-sd'pS. — A Latin word meiiiirg b«-hive. Nebulae — plural of ueb'u-la (Latin), mist or vapor. The clus- ters of stars called utbula: appear like jiatches of mist. Nitro-gen — a gas which forms the i)rincipal ingredient of the air we bri-athe. Hydro-gen — one of the two gases of which water is composed ; the other is oxyi^un. In a telescope. — Express other- wise. Mira. — Mira (Latin) means tvundi yfitl. 96. it is well . . little.-Why ? L Distinguish between present 'And present ; made and »«»/</ ; lie and lye ; so, sew, and sow ; some and sum; pair, pear, and />ur*; faint and /I'i;//; real and rtv/; to, too, and hco. II. Form new words from the following by adding suffixes, and show how the meaning of the words is changed : — plaice, large, near, speak, present, direct, bright, cloud, small, go, travel, probable, mass. III. Vary the form of the fol- lowing by changing the voice of th.e verbs : -These can be seen without a telescope. Some among the stars change in brightness. Sciinetimes three, four, or more stars are grouped together, when, without a telescope, we see but one. With a large telescope hundreds of clusters can be seen. This is called the Milky Way. IV. Account for the punctuation marks and the capital letters in the last paragraph of the lesson. V. Combine into one sentence: (i.) The sentences in paragraph vi.; (ii.) Light takes three years to reach the earth from the nearest fixed star. Li.Ljht travels 185,000 miles each second. Light takes THE FIXED STARS —TO MARY IN HEAVRN. 51 much longer to r«ich us from the. more di.-^tant st;irs. VI. I'^xpaTid tin; fnllo\vin<,' itali- cized phrases iiitcj prop.jsitions : Kach one of tht; fixed stars is a sun, shining with its uwn Hi;ht. Without a trli'SLiipi' we can sci; at once about three thousand stars. With a large tclcsiopc hundreils of clusters can be seen. Un u clear flight a faint streak of cloudy light (.an be i^ccu.foi innig itn arch round the lieavens and iil\'ii\s in tha siime position autoiig the stars VII. Reiiroduce the lesson from the following,' hi.'ads . — Wh.it the fi.Ked stirs are. What thi- t<:lf- s( ope revi'.ds to us. The Milky Wav. 'riii> Wonderful Star. The light from t!ie lixcd stars. XXXI. TO MARV IN ni:.\vi:N, 97. This beautiful poem was comp)osed on the third anniversary of the death of Mary Campbell, " Ilif^hland Mary," to whom Burns was en^af;ed to be marrieU. The last place they met was on the banks of the river Ayr, wlun-e, Bible in hand, tlu;y pledj^ed them- selves to be faithful to each other. She then went to visit her friends in Ar}:;yllshire to prepare for her marriage, and while on her wav back to meet liurns, she died at (ireenock, in October, 17S6. Burns married Jean Armour. We are told that, as this third anniversary drew on. Burns was observed to grow sad. In the evening he went out and wan- dered about the farm-yard, where Mrs. Burns found him, towards morning, lying upon a heap of straw, gazing intently at a beau- tiful planet. She persuaded him to return to the house, where he immediately sat down and " wrote, Aith all the ease o* one copiying from memory, these sub- lime and pathetic verses." Thou lingering star . . mom. — What star? Explain "lingering" and " lessening." Ushcrest. — The business of an usher is to introduce people, or announce their arrival. Departed shade — What is meant ? ! See'st thou. Sliow the forc(' of I " set- hi, and of ' hearst " in next line. Sacred hour hallowed grove. -- ICxplam. Why 'sailed' and " ha!l(jwe(l " ? .Another reading jilaces interrogation marks after " forget " and " love," and a semi- colon after "embrace," What differenct; in meaning would thest; changes in punctuation make ? Efface — remove, wear away. Records — memories, deep im- pressions. Transports— feelings of rapture or great joy. Ayr gurgling . . spray. .Ml nature is re|iresented as bi'ing in sympathy with the hjvers pledging tiieir troth. ICxp.lain " gurgling. ' Thickening green. Explain. The meeting took place on the second Sniidav of M.'iy. The fragrant . . scene. —Ex- plain "hoar." Kc-write in prose. The flowers . . pressed.— Par.iphra.se. Spray twig. The glowing west . day. — Explain by a paraphrase, showing the force of "glowing" ami " winged." Broods— dwells upon. Miser care— care that allows memory to lose no part of the scene or incident. Compare " I'.ternity . . past," in second stanza. 52 NOTES TO THE FOURTH RE/>^ER. Time . makes.--This is con- trary to the guiicralh' received idea that " Time softens sorrows and aa- suatjes j,'rief." At tlie same season, three years later (i7<jji, Jiurns wrote another sf)nK in memory of his Highland Mary, beginning, " Ye banks and braes, and streams around The castle o' Montgomery." The' reading <jf this poem must be niark(!d throughout by great tenderness of ft;eling, the voice becoming tremulous in the more pathetic passages. St I. Emphasize "see'st thou " and " hear'st thou," and read the rt;mainder of the two lines in a monot(jne. 2. Strongly emphasize "Eternity." Jvising inflection on "embrace." Why? Express the deep, tender emotion of the last line, the most pathetic line in the pt)em. 3. Pause after "amorous " Emphasize "('very," " too soon." 4. Emphasize the contrasterl words in the third and fourth lines. XXXII. I-^LOW GKXTLV, SWIJCT AFTON. t»i 9S. Flow gently. — Why "gently ' ? Sweet Afton— .\fton Water, a rivulet in (ilen .\ftoii. in the south- east corner of .•\yrsiiire, tlcnving north into the Nith. Braes. Hrai . a declivity, a hill- side ,1 grassy slope. My Mary " Highland Mary." Stock-dove a speciesof pigeon. Lap-wing a wading bird, be- longing to the plover family. It receives its name from the peculiar motion of its wings in llight. It is also called pnwit, in imitation of Its plainti\-e (•r\ Neighboring hills— the Lowther Hills. There daily . . eye. — Para- phrase. Primroses blow — Explain " blow." Compare " a full-blown rose " Evening weeps.— Explain. Lea meadow, or grassv plain. Birk liirch. Compare " frag- rant birch ' in the preceding poem. Crystal stream. — Explain "crystal." Wanton sportive. Compare "wanton ' in the preceding pt)eni. Lave -wash. Stems . . wave. — Express othtirwise. Lays. —Why not "lay " ? The plaintive air to which this song is usually sung, naturally gives the impression that the poet is here writing in a mournful strain. Show from the poem itst.'lf that this is not the case. XXXIII. THIC SKVL.\RK. 09. Bird . . wilderness.— The poet probably refers to the lark's wild and unrestrained spirit. "The lark sings well in confinement, but flutters its wings whilst singing, as if still desirous of soaring in the air." Blithesome— merry ; th as in the. Cumberless -free from care. Matin— morning song. Explain " matins " and " vespers." Moorland— barren land covered with heath, and sometimes marshy Distinguish from Ua. THE SKVr.ARK — DEATH OF LITTLE NELL. 53 Emblemof happiness.— Why is the skylark so called ? Oh, to abide . . thee.— What does the poet mean by this wish ? Wild . . loud. — Explain. J.G. Wood, the naturalist, mentions the lark's "rich, wild mek)dy." Downy cloud. — Explain "downy." See note on " braided snow," p. 45. Love gives . . birth. — Explain. Dewy wing. — Explain "dewy." Thy lay . . earth. — Paraphrase. Fell — a barren or stony hill. Sheen — bright; a poetic word. Red streamer . . day— the glow in the cast that ushers in the morning. Perhaps the poet refers here to the Auro'ra Borealis, or "northern lights." Could these he said to herald the day ? What is the duty of a herald ? Compare " Shot like a streamer of the nor- thern morn." — Tennyson, The PassittfT uf Arthur, 1. 284. Cloudlet. — Distinguish from cluud. Why "dim"? Cherub — an angelic being, usually represented as a beauti- ful winged child. Show that this is a suitable word here. Note the order of the phrases in this stanza. The poet appears to be watching the lark as it takes its morning flight and soars higher and higher until it is lost to sight. Gloaming — evening twilight; a Scotch word, but adopted by I'"ng- lish writers. The morning twilight is distinguished as the dajvn. Heather blooms— heather blos- soms. Heather is the Scotch name for heath, a small flowering '■hT-'"). The land covered with thi . shrub is also called heath. What is the grammatical relation of "low " ? Bed of love. -Compare the last line of the second stanza. The thoughts of the poem are gay and cheerful, in accord with the song of the lark. Note how agreeably the one long syllable at the end of the third and sixth lines of each stanza breaks the monotony. St. I. In the last line prolong " Oh " into the next word. 2. Dwell on " far." Emphasize " love " in 1. 3. 3. Read the first five lines with gradually increasing pitch. Lengthened pause after " rim." 4. K(>ad the first three lines with gradu.dly decreasing pitch. Strongly emphasize " sweet." XXXIV. DEATH OF LITTLF. XFJT. 100. She seemed . . death. — Note the beautiful thought under- lying this sentence. Here and there. — Note the position of this phrase. Strong heart. — l-lxplain the force of "strong" here, and note the contrasts brought out in the sentence. Sorrow . • born. — Explain. Observe the beautiful imagery in this sentence, and compare the language of the first two sentences. Haunts . . care. Express otherwise. The poor schoolmaster. Nell anrl tier grandfather hatl lost their home in London, atid had wan- dered away into the country to escape furtlier misfortune. In their wanderings they arrived at the village where this schoolmaster taught, and were kindly enter- tained by him. Furnace fire — the fin^ of an ini- mtMise iroii-uork, in wliith they had once found shelter for a night. On the second day after, when almost starving, they fortunately met the schoolmaster again, and 54 NOTES TO THE FOURTH READER. ii i' lii- were taken by him to the village where they spent the rest of their days. Nell was appointed church-l<pep- or. She kept tiio keys of the church, and her duties were to open and close the church for the service, and to show it to strangers. The dying boy — the schoolmas- ter's favorite schnl.-ir, wlu) died the dayafter Nell arrived at the school- house. loi. The old man— Nell's grand- fnthr-r. Languid — weak, drooping. Ever and anon.— IC.xprcss differ- ently. Past . . of help.— What sug- gested this thought ? Ancient. - Would o/rf convey the same meaning here ? Compare "Ancient fishermen, " p. 76. Waning — failing. What is the opposite word ? Noiseless . . hour. — Express in (liff(>rent language. Winged . . flight.— Expand tlx; metaphor. Deliberate — well-considerod. Give a word with opposite mean- ing. 102. Waking . . air.— Re write this sentence, so as to bring out its full meaning. Never . . or. — Why is " or " correct here ? The child — one of the village children who had become deeply attached to Nell. Made. — For <i similar use of this word, see Luke xxiv., 28. Soothing - calming. Artless- -simple, natural. 103. They were . . bed. -This was a. pretext to induce the okl man to leave the bedside. Remorseless toll. — Why "re- morseless " ? De-crep'it— weak, infirm. Note the epithets and phrases used to describe the gradations of age. Still then. Living dead . forms. — Ex- plain. Note the contradictory epi- thet "living." Compare "idly busv." Whose day . . fleeting.— Ex- plain. Point out the antecedent of " whose" 104. Stifled sob. — Express in other words. Pensive. — Distinguish from ili(>iiQ;htful. Compare "musing," on the preceding page. Had wondered . . bold. — Is there anything in this to cause wonder ? Teem> — abound. The last sentence is poetic both in language and rhythm. It is a fine example of " Poetic Prose." See Abbott and Seeley's Eiif^lish Lessons for Eit^lish People, par.6o. * Point out any poetic expressions and forms of words in this selec- tion. Notice the fine effect fre- quently produced both by the repe- tition and by the omission of words. State the character of this selec- tion, and show with what tone, pitch, etc., it should be read. 100. Lower the voice in reading the parenthesis in the second paragraph. What inflection on " fatigues" ? 103. Lower the pitch in reading the parenthetical clause, " the bell . . voice." Lower the pitch also in reading "poured forth" and " to gather . . tomb," and read " decrepit age . . infancy" and "on crutches . . life" in the general pitch. Account for these changes in pitch Notti any ot'icr changes in mod- ulation on tins page. io,|. Express the deep solemnity of the last sentence by reading it in a deep, full tone, and with scarcely perceptible inflections. T. Distinguish between gentle and patient; fatigued and rrrnrv ; imploring and askifi^ ; ancicut and DEATH OF LITTLE NELL — RESIGNATION. 55 41 old; noiseless and silent: utter and speak; murmured and com- pliiimd ; remorse tuuX rcptutancc ; sincere and canust ; delicate and feeble. II. Show the force of the pre- fixes and suffixes in the foUou iiig : — Beautiful, creature, pressure, mo- tionless, unaltered, calmly, favor- ite, abroad, replaced, immortality, assurances. III. Paraphrase: — Imaged in her trantjuil beauty and profound repose. They were all about her, knowing that the end was drawing on. Soothing him with his artless talk, the child persuaded him to take some rest. Decrepit age, and vigorous life, and blooming youth, and helpless infancy, poured forth. IV. Combine the following state- ments into a paragraph :~ She was dead. Her death occurred two days before. She was surrounded by her friends at the time. They knew she was dying. They had read with her. They had ^'ked with her. This was in the early part of the night. Later, she had sunk to sleep. Dreams came to her. They were of her wanderings with her grandfather. They were not unpleasant. She dreamed of the kind people whom she had met in their wanderings. Many ex- pressions of thanks fell from her lips in her sleep. They were uttered very earnestly. When awake she did not wander but once. On that occasion she said she heard be.iutiful music. The music was in the air. V. Change the voice of the verbs in ; — Along the crowded path they bore her now, pure as the newly- fallen snow that covered it. Thfe child persuaded him to take some rest. One called to mind how he had seen her sitting on that very spot. And now the bell — the bell she had so often heard by nigh I and day, and listened to as a living voice — rung its remorseless toll for her. VI. Write a description of the burial of Little Nell frf)in the fol- lowing heads : — The people who came to the funeral. The place where she was laid. The memories of her brief sojourn in that place. Impressions on the mourning fricnils and relatives. XXXV. RESIGN vTUr 105. Express briefly the main thought of the first stanza. The heart . . comforted.— See Matthew ii., 18, ami Jeremiah x\xi., 15. Paraphrase, showing what class "Rachel" is taken to represent. These severe . . arise.— Show what comparison is implied here. Compare "earthly damps" below. But oftentimes . . disguise.— Afilictions are often blessings in disguise. This thought is repeated in the following stanza. Compare : "Behind a frowning provielence He hides a smiling face." — Cov'pcr. Damps— vapors which arise from old wells, pits, etc., and are hurtful to animal life. Give the meaning and force of the word here. Funereal -/«-"cV«-rt/ —suiting a funeral, dark, gloomy. What custom is alluderl to here? What . . transition. — Transi- tion — change, passage from one place or state to another. Com- pare " Gone . . from this room into the next."' — Tennyson, The Grtindmother. This life . . death. — Re-write in prose language, so as to bring out the full meaning of this beau- tiful passage. 56 NOTLS T(J Tii:-: FOLKTII KLAUER. IL Suburb —the outljinf? parts of a city or town, the (jutskirts. Elysian - exceedingly delight- ful, pertaining to Klysium, which in ancient mythology was the abode of the blessed after d(\'ith. See note on "The Islands," p. 70. Portal -gate. 106. Cloister's . . seclusion.— Heaven is here compared to a (juiet and secluded school, where, under the guardianship of angels, the child lives safe from tempta- tion and sin. Pollution— taint, impurity. The bond . . gives.— Explain Raptures. — Feelings of extreme joy. Clothed . . grace. — Express otherwise. And beautiful . . face. — The poet in this and the preceding stanza very biiautifully gives ex- pression to the belief that there is growth and development in Heaven ; that the soul expands in the Divine sunshine. Impetuous — eager, passionate. What is the grammatical relation .' Assuage — soften, moderate. Stay r(!press, keep back. By silence . . way. The poet rt.'fers to llie ' sacredness of sor- Cumpare : row. I sometimes hold it hrdf a :iin To put ill words the grief I feel. — Tennyson, In Meinoriani, v. St. 1. Emphasize " no," " one." Read "however. . tended," and " howsoe'er defimdud " in lower pitch. Why? 2. Group "farewell . . dying" and " mournings . . dead." 4. ICmphasize "dimly." Slower time in " Sad . . tapers." 5. Rising inflection on " death " (l.i), and " transilioii." Group " this life . . breath." 7. What tone and time in this stanza ? Emphasize the con- trasted words in last line. Notecarcfnllyany other changes in modulation, so as to give a sympathetic rendering of the poem. :r XXXVI. THE BLACK rklNCE AT CUi:SSY. 107. Cressy— or Circy — a vil- lage in the north o{ I'rance, near the mouth of the river Somme. Ed\vard the Black Prince was the eldest son of Edw ird HI., who became King of England in 13.J7. In 1339 Edward HI. claimed the crown of France in opposition to Philip VI. The accompanying table shows the claim of each to the throne, and shows further, that accv-nding to the law of primogeniture, on which Edward leased his claim, the true heir to the throne was Charles of Navarre. T'liiLip HI., KiN<; 01 Fkantk. 1 1 rnii-ip IV. Cli.irlcso V.ilois. t Piiir.ip VI. ofValois. 1 1. 01 IS X. Pmii.ii' v. Charles I\'. Jane. Isa 1 wife ot Edwai riiarlcs 01 Enj^'dud, ot Navarre. EUWAKI K-.Ua, (Dll. J III. For further particulars in refer- ence to iulward's claim, see A'y''^^"^''^ (</ Kiii^Ush Ilistuf}'. THR lU.ACK PRINCE AT CRESSY. 57 Campaign t'l^ <im-* nn nnny keeps the lit-'ld during one season. Maternal inheritance. — Pon- thieii, a (iistriet around tlie north of the Soninie. 108. Heritage— inheritance, an estate tli.it passes from an ancestor to an heir. Do'wry — dower, the property which a woman brings to hvv husband in marriagt-. Flooding. — Explain, showing the force cjf the comparison here. Genoa — jai'u-n. — These Italian archers were mercenaries, or hired troops. ' Incidents— chances, events. Evening sun . faces. —A sun issuing from a black cloud was the badge (>f the ]>lack I'rince —prob- ably, from this occurrence. 109. Panic —sudden fear. Oriflamme. - "The OritlaninK- of rVance, like the green standard of the ProphcU in the Turkish Em- pire, had the effect ot declaring the war to be what was called a ' holy war"; that is, a war of extermi- nation." Win his spurs. — Spurs were especially the badge of knight hood. Ili'nce, to i>.'in one's spurs meant to become a knight. Here it probably means to shoiV hiinsclf icorthv ofkni<(lit/i(i()<l, as the Prince had already been knighted. Let the day be his.— l*:xpress in other words. no De Beaumont— f/? (r as in met), Bo'iiiont (English), Bu-muS (n iinsiil, French). Reverential — showing rever- ence or great respect. Carnage- slaughter. Imminent — close at hand, threatening, Calais — A'u/75s, or Kd-ld (French). This was the last place in France that was held by the English. Black Prince. — Note thi ex- [i!.in:'tioii here offered of this name. The I'rince used black banners and black iltvices in tournaments, and rode a black pony on his famous entry into London, 1357. III. Aquitaine — a province in the west of F'rance, south and west of the Loire. Answer briefly the four ques- tions which the author proposes in the opening paragraph. I. Distinguish between learn and titir/i ; retreating; and ntract- iiiir ; accident nnd iitcidfut ; adver- sary and ciu'iny ; remarkable and iiiniiuniblr ; human and humane; assailants and r)/>/>o«<-;//5 ; eminent and distiniruishcd ; describe and portray. II. Show the force of the pre- fixes and suffixes in the following words: — undertake, overtaken, in- herit;incc\ encam{' -d, remarkable, peasantry, extrp rdinary, over- hanging, pursuit, embracing, dar- ling. III. Change the voice of the verbs in : — The first of these ques- tions involves the second also. Each helps us to understand the other. These were made to stand in front. Though the storm had done a part, we must not forget the prince. The assailants were driven back. IV. Expand the italicized phrases in the following, into propositions: — On his return he was publicly embraced by the king. Unable to stand they turned and fled. The young prince, lately made a knif^ht, was the hero of the day. The French army had ad- vanced io overtake the Jiying enemy. V. Write heads for a re-produc- tion of the lesson. 58 NOTKS TO THE FOURTH RHADKR. XXXVII. THE HKLL OF ATRI. 'I ! u ^ ! T7 ' 111. Atri — d'trec (a as in/cjr). Abruzzo — a-broot'so — a moun- tainous district in central Italy between the Apennines and the Adriatic. I climb . . upward.— In what double sense may this be taken ? Explain the use of the dashes. Re Giovanni — rd jo-viin'nee. — Italian for King yohn. And, with . . proclamation. - .\ r«!feronce to the old custom of calling the p(!ople together by the blast of a trumpet when an im- portant announcement was to be made. He, the king. — Why is the ap- positive expressed ? Syndic. — This officer was in- vested with different powers in different countries. At Atri he was evidently the chief magistrate, or mayor. A derived word now in common use is syndicate. Thereon. — On what ? Give the proclamation in the king's own words. Swift. — What would we say in prose ? Happy days.— Why "happy " ? Sumce it — let it be sufficient (to say). 112. Inpassingby.— Express by a clause. Briony — brl'o-ny — a wild climb- ing plant. Spelled 3.\so bryony . Votive garland— a wreath of flowers placed at some sacred spot in consequence of a vow. Votive offerings were usually given as a sign of gratitude for some Divine favor. Shrine — a place or object con- sidered sacred from its history or its associations; as, the shrine of St. Thomas (a Becket) at Canter- bury. Falcons-^<nf'it«5— birds of the hawk family, formerly trained to catch other birds. When taken out to hunt they had their heads covered with hoods till the game was sighted. Prodigalities— wasteful ex cesses. Note the repetition of "Who loved." Note the change in the knight as he became older. Account for this change. Naked stall.— E.xplain. Eating . . off. — Express other- wise. Of the long . . street. —Note the expressiveness of this line caused by having the sound har- monize with the sense. Forlorn. — What is the gram- matical relation ? Compare " But a poor . . forlorn" on next page. Suburban- near a town or city. One afternoon . . dozed. — Com- pare note on "of Syrian . . leisure," page6i. Sultry — very hot and close. 113. Alarum. — Voci'icior: alarm. Donned. — Ciive the opposite word. Reluctant. — Why ? Note the repetition of "and" to indicate that the syndic's movements were slow and deliberate. Panting. —What caused him to pant? Persistent— persevering. Half -articulate jargon — sounds almost as expressive as words. ' ' J argon ' ' proper 1 y means confused, unintcllifrible langnaire. Belfry's lightarcade — the light- ly-built archway of the bell-tower. The name arcade is commonly ap- plied to a lane or passage in a town, containing stalls or stores (shops), and usually covered with glass. Tiomtn^Adxo—do'men-ed-de^'o.— An Italian exclamation of surprise. Like . . cloud. — Show the force of the comparison. Gesticulation— motions of the body or limbs, in speaking. tnr- BFt-I. OF ATRI. 59 And told . . zeal.— Note thi^ natural description of the e.iKer and noisy crowd. " Much f,'t!stir- ulation" is characteristic of thf French, as well as of the Italians, when they are talkiiifj earnestly. Appeal . . gods. -Many Italian oaths and exclamations are nanvs of heatluMi ^ods. 114. Pride . . way. — Hxpl.un. See Proverbs xi., 2, and xvi., )!S. Fame . . deeds, lame is com- pared to the fra^'rani e of llowers. To carry on the fi),'iire, heroic deeds may be called the blossoms or flowers of a noble nature. Chivalry — shiv'al-ry — knight hood. Proverbs. — Short pithy sen- tences expressing practical truths. Apply this definition here. Fair renown. Show the mean- ing of "fair " here, by introducing its opposite. Ciivc synonyms of this word as used hero; also, its homonyms, with meanings. Repute. — This word when used alone has a good meaning. We also say "good repute," "bad repute." Name other words simi- larly used. He who . . door. — Compare "They also serve , . wait," p. 73. Shall take heed. — Note the force of "shall." Mass — the chief religious service of the Roman Catholic church. Unknown to the laws — not recognized in law as possessing any rights or privileges. Explain the comparison which the king makes between his bell and the church-bells. What moral lessons may we learn from this tale ? What quality of voice, pitch, tone, etc., does this poem require ? Sec. I. Lower pitch and slightly faster tiint! in the parenthesis, " nnr. . . may,"atidin " so many . . name." Keatl with incre.ised force the proclamation " that . . ther«'on." 3. I'ause after " .\tri " Very slight suspension of the vpice after "dwelt ' so as not to destrov its C(^nncction with the next line. Note the emphasis on "had" (1. 7). Observe carefully the casural pause (see p. i(>) in this section and throughout the poem 5. Imitate the grumbling, dis- contenttMl tones of the old knight. Kead " of tlu; long . . street" in slow time.dwellingon the epithets 6. Ke.id " loud alarum " in a loud, forcible tone. How should the syndic's movements be ex- pressed ? To imitate the sound of the b(,'ll read in a de(>p mono tone with full force, marking the strong initial str»>ss on "done" and " wrong," prolonging the sound of " wrong." 7. Oroup "appeal . . gods." Imitate the angry undertone of the knight in the last line. 8. Kead the syndic's words in slow time, and in a grave tone, becoming still slower and more deliberate in pronouncing the de- cree. Note the contrasted words and phrases. 9. Read the king's words in a loud and joyous tone. Firmer and more deliberate in the two last lines. Distinguish between renown, repute, and crrdit ; proclamation and durce; provender and pro- vision < ; reluctant and lusitatiiii^; persistent and perscviri}i<j; ; de- jected, forlcrn, and forsaken; ap- peal and petition. I' 6o NOTES TO THE FOURTH READER. XXXVIII.— THE DISCOVERY OF AMERICA. i 115. Canary Islands-a group of islands, belonging to Spain, in the Atlantic Oc<'an, off the north- west coast of Africa. Tenerift; is the largest of the group. Colum- bus was detained about four weeks at these islands, repairing and re- fitting his ships. Ferro— the most westerly of the Canary Islands. The hearts . . failed them.— E)xpress in a different manner. Literally world. -M.xplain. Chaos, mystery, peril. - G i \ e synonyms Glorious anticipations — great and glowing expectations. What were they? Trade wind. —Socalled, because favorable to navigation and trade P'or another explanation of the origin of the term ' ' trade wind , ' ' see Skeat's Dictionarv. These winds occur on both sides of theequalcr to the distance of about thirty ile- greesfromit. They blowconstantly from the same quarter, their gene- ral direction being from north-east and south-east towards the etjua- tor. SeeGeikie's or Vzigc^ Physical Geography . 116. Uniformly aft. — Express differently. What i.s the opposite word to " aft " ? Conjured -hUn'jcrd. Distin- guish this verb from conjure' . Vague terrors. — Explain. Among these terrors was the fear that they woidd never be able to return to Europe, since it was not possible to sad up hill. Harassed — har'ast — annoyed. Mad desperado — a reckless, daring man, who pursues an ob- ject regardless of the consequences. Critical. — Here, attended w-ith risk or danger. What other mean- ings has this word ? Portuguese navigators. — Among these may be mentioned li'irtholomew I>i;iz, who discov- ered the Cape of (niod JIojh;, and Vasco de Gama, who made the first voyage to India Had discovered birds. — Show how this could lie 1 17. Turbulent clamor - a vio- lent, disorderly outcry Sanguine — hopcfid. Give another use of this word. Ploughing the waves. — Ex- pand the mctaph(jr. The Pinta. — The three vessels forming the fleet of Columbus were the Santa Maria, in wliich Columbus himself sailed, the Pin- ta, and the Nina {neen'ya). 118. Lay to. — A vessel is said to lie to when h(>r progress is checked by bringing her head to the wind, and l)y arranging her sails in such a manner as to keep her in this position. Royal standard — a flag bearing the royal arms. San Salvador.— Spanish for Holy Saviour -one of the i-5ahama Islands. It has been usual to identify this island with Giiana- hii'iii, or Cat Island; but Watling"s Island, a little farther to the east, has in recent years become a claimant to this honor. Irving himself supposes that the light seen by (\:)lumbus at ten o'clock was on Watling's Island. 119. Enthusiastic — zealous, highly excited. Firmamenc — sky or heavens. Explain "crystal." Western . . India.— This must mean the extremity reached by sailing westward, and not the western extremity proper. Appellation — name. Aborigines — ab-d-rij'in-ez — the first inhabitants of a country. Columbus made three other voyages to the New World, the last in 1502. The latter years of Tiir. niscovF.HY ov ami-rica — a psai.m of life. 6i his life were rendered (mliappy by the eiwy and in^r.ititiulc of the Spaniards at home, and by the troacher)' and hostility of ad- venturers atnonR his followers. This greatest of discoverers died in poverty in 150C, and was buried in \'allad<ilid. His remains were aftL-rwarf'.s removed from Spain to the West Indii s, and now lie in the (Cathedral of Ilavanna, Cuba. America was named after Amer- igo Vespucci [ii-tnn-rc -f;o vcs-puot'- che), an able Italian astronomer and navigator, who published the first account of the voyages of discovery to the New Wr^rld. He was a warm friend of Columbus, and must not be accused of claim- ing ihe honor of discoveries which he never made; for the applica- tion of his name to the newly-dis- covered land was the result of an accident. ^ I. Distinguish between mutiny and rcbclliun ; critical and (hut^er- ou.i ; hinder and f icvciit : voyage nndjounuy ; replied and ans7c,r- ed; attitudes and gestures ; tia.- tives, inhabitants, and nburi^incs ; sanguine and hopffiil. II. Supply ruitable prefixes or suffixes to the following, and show how they affect the meaning of the words : — calm, sight, taken, heart, spirit, favor, length, east, content, shore, open, joy, turn, rage. III. Paraphrase : - On losing sight of this last trace of land the hearts of the crews failed them. They harassed their commander by incessant rumors. In {)ropor- tion as he appro. iched the regions where he expected to fiml land, the impatienccof the crews increased. .\t sunset they were ploughing the waves at a rapid rate. The feel- ings of the crews now burst forth in the wildest transports. IV. Ciive the substance of the first sentence of the lesson in seven freight simple statements; then combine them into a sentence, showing the part each takes in the sentence thus formed. V. Vary by changing from the active to the passive, or from the passive to the active construction : — Many of the rugged seamen shed tears. Columbus determined to alter his course to tlir- direction in which he saw the birds fly. He was delighted with the purity of the atmospliere. With tlie favor- able breeze they were wafted gently but speedily over a tran- fjuil sea, so that for many days tliey did r\o\. shift a sail. The expedition had been sent by tha sovereign to seek the Indies. A level island was spread out before them. XXXIX. A PSALM OF LIFE. ^t liQ. Psalm— 5rt"/ ' ' as \\\ far) — a sacred souk' or hymn. Why is the poem called .1 Psulm vf Lift- ? Mournful numbers. — ICxpress otherwise. Tiie term " numbers" is applied to poetry because vcne is measured by the number of ac- cents in it. Pope wrote of him- self, " I lisped ill numbers, for the numbers came." Life . dream. Explain what is nicint. For the soul . . slumbers.— Wii.it is meant by "dead" and "slumbers" as applied to the soul ? Read the description of an idle soul, beginning with the line, " A spot of dull stagnation, with- out light," in Tennyson's The Palace o^ Art. 62 NOTES TO THE FOURTH READER. I \ \ i i ! And things . . seem. - In a drcMtn tliinj^s only jft»/, llit;y h,iv(! no rciil cxisteiiro. Life . . earnest. — Note the con- trast with the scntirn«'nt expressed in " l-ife . . (liciiii," anrl show how the poet disproves the latter statement. Goal -the end, or final purpose. Give the common meaning of the word, and compare its use by Tennyson in — "O vet we trust that somehow Rood Will be the (inal goal of ill." — In Memoriam, liv. Dust . . soul— See Gen. iii., 19 ; Keel, iii., zii. What Christian belief is expn-sscd here ? 120. Not enjoyment . . to-day. — We are not to make jileasure the chii ( end of life, nor are we to brood over the sorrows and dis- appointments of life. Wc are to b; active and earnest in the dis- charge of each day's duties, and sf) bi'comc stronj^er in character, and lu'tur (pialified for hif^her work. Art . . long. — This probaMv refers to the great loii;,'tli of (iui • reiiuired to att.iin peifertion in any department of work. The whole line is an adaptation of Ars loiigii, vita hri.iS "Art is long, life is short." Chaiu:er has the sameidea in ihv Assriiihlvof l-'.-.iJra, " The life so short, the craft so long to learn." And our hearts . . grave. When the drum is used at military funerals, it is muflled by having its cords passed around it in such a way as to deadmi the sound. The drum is also usually draped with crape, which helps to produce this muffled sound. What is meant by •' stout and brave" ? What is the meaning of "still" here? How may our hearts be said to beat •' funeral marches " ■• Bivouac — biv'00-ak. — Properly. a icmpoiary rncampiueut in the open air without tents, e.ach scl- fliiT remaining dressed and ha\ing his wcapoBs by hi,n. Soldiers bivouac when they are on the march, or when they expect an attack. Be not . strife. — Paraphrase, bringing out clearly the contrast here expressed. Let the dead . . dead. An al- lusion to ^^ltt. viii., 2i. \\\ what sense is the past dead .> In what not? Heart . . o'er head.— Para- phrase. I'lxplain the use of the capitals in this stanza. We can . . sublime.— Explain "sublime." Give examples illus- trating the truth of the sentiment expri'ssed here. Footprints . . time. — Sand is not iis'ially regarded as a symbol of stability. I'ootprints on the sand of the sea-shore are soon effaced liy the waves; so time effaces the memory of ordinary events and actionii. l^ut the lives of great men may inspire us to noble actions, whose inlliience will be as lasting as "the sandy foot- 1 iii"s' that "harden into stone." Compare the u.~.e of " tiiue " here, with its use i', the fou.th stanza. .vlain. (iive the rneining and application. Give other words siuMla'lv pronounced, with their me.'in'.igs. Why "solemn"? Stormy and troiihltd are commonly used in this connection. What dilferent miMuings would these epithets convi;y ? A forlorn . . brother. — Whr^* is meant? Take heart again. — Para- phrase. How would the sight of footprints cheer the 'ship-wreck- ed brother"? Is tlie poet think- ing of Robinson Cri. ..ne's 2;^peri- ence ? Then —Express by a clause. Up and doing. Explain. This is the key-note I'f the poem. Point out similar sontiinents in the poem. A I'SALM OF LIFE — klN'CJ uWT, \VII.I> lUU.I.S. 63 With a heart . fate. F.xprrss dificri.titlv. Compaif,' tlie inciii- in;:,' of " Heart w ithiii." Still achieving . pursuing— briiiKiiiK •"ir woi-k to a ptxispor'us closf, rmd coiitinnallv prcssjiiij fcr- wnrcl to the ficcomplisliiin nt ni other work. C.\irnpare "lint to act . . to-day" in third stanza. Learn . . wait. I'araphr.iso. brini,'in<4out tlieuu-anin^^oi " wait." Show the apprnpriati-ntssof tlif following tpitlut s as used in this roein: — mournful, empty, earnest, broad, solemn, forlorn. To what different tliinps is life compared in this pnein ? Show th(; aptness of tlic^c (cmparisons. " NoothtT poet has nn no Ix.'ai'ti- fully expresscfl thi' depth of his conviction that life is an oanu-st reality, something' with eternal issues and dcpcndoncies ; that tliis «'arth is no scene of nni'lry or market of sale, but an arena of contest. This is the inspiration of F.on^fcllow's Pidlin of Life " -- Gilfdhin. Apply this estimate Xo the poem. Earnestness of purpo(> is the pre loiuinant feeling,' throughout. How should this lie expressed ? To ^ivo an intellif,'ent rendering' of the poem, care must be taken to avoid th«! verse acc fut where it conies on unimportant words. Of course, the verso accent and em- ph.isis may fall on the same word. St. 1-2. Read tin? (piot.itions in slower time and sli;.;htly hi-^her pitch, with the rising' inflection on "dr<:iiu " and "returnest." V.m- ph.isi/.(<"dead." "real," "earnest," "soul" (St. 2). 3. Risiii',' inflection on "enjoy- ment." l'"mph,i'..ize ".u t "stronf.;ly. Slight t;mphasis on " farther." 3. Risinj.( inflect* m t>n " battle," "life." Why.'' brinj; out clearly the contrast in lines 3 • d 4. (i. l-'niph.isi/.e " no," and the second "act." M.irl; theiontra^t expressed by "Futui.'," "Past," and " rresent." 7. I'ause .iftor " men." Em- phasize " onr," " b'ootprints." o Read throii^^hoiit in a firmer ami more detc^rmiiuil mannei i^mphasize and group " up and doing " Strong emphasis on "a(hie\ing," "pursuing, ' 'labor," " wait." 'I 1)1 XL. RIN(i Ol']\ WILD 15I:LLS. 11 121. It is customary in m.iny parts of England to ring the church bells at midnight on the last day of the year, to ring c>tit the old year and ring iu tin; new. The poet, in allusi(jn to this cus- tom, expresses the wish that all that is false, sclhsh, and impure may jiass away with the old year, and that the pure, unselfish, and true may come instead. Wild bells. -Why "wild"? Frosty light glimpses of the moon tlirough the flying winter clouds. Happy beils.— The bells ring out a happy -New Year's greeting, and seem to express svmpathy with the hopi' that the New Year will hrinu; happit-r tiini:s. The grief . . mind. Excessive grief tends to weaken the mind. Saps— undermincjs, or destroys, as it by some secret process. For those.— Hive the gram m.itical relation of " for." Feud . . poor -the contest between capital and labor. Is this fend real or imaginary ? Redress — undoing of wrong Compare the angels' song, Luke ii., 14. Slowly dying cause.— Any bad 6+ NOTES TO THE FOURTH READER. cause has iii itself liic germs of decay. And ancient strife. The poet probably refers to the coin- inon experience, that the strife of parties co'uinues ionj; after the condition of things that gave rise to the parties ceases to exist. The old p-rly names and cries " thro' which the spirit breathes no more" are meaningless. iz2. The faithless . . times - the prevailiiig indifference and scepticism of the times. Mournful rhymes. —Why "mcjurnful " ? Compare "mourn- ful numbers, " p. 119. Fuller minstrel. — The poets mind is oppressed with pnef for his dead friend, and he can sing only in a mournful strain ; but he hopes that with the aclvent of the New Year he will have a fuller in- sight into the mystery of life, and be able to touch all the chords of the human heart. Ring out . . blood. — Para- phrase, showing what is meant by "place" and "blood." The civic . . spite.— The abuse of men in pul)lic positions — a re- sult of "party strife." I^istinguish between sl(iniiiri\.n(\ scandal. Old shapes . . disease. — Ex- plain what is meant. The narrowing gold. — Ex- press " narrowing" by a clause. Thousand . .wars. — A definite, for an indefinite number. Thousand . . peace. — An allu- sion to the millennium. The kindlier hand. Explain. Ring out . . to be. — Christ, " the Light of the World," is here contrasted with "darkness." These two lines are a summary of the whoiT poem. The poet in the last clause expresses his belief in the ultimate triumph of f;ood, that is, of Christ's Kingdom, on the earth. The term clcrriac lay, by which this poem is characterized, means a poem or song expressive of sorrow. In reading this poem bring out the force of the many contrasted words and expressions, by properly emphasizing them. XLI. MAKIX(^i M.VPLi: SUGAR. 123 Tubs the articles enume jects. The sap is evaporated. -The Jap is boiled, and tlie water it con- tains passes off in the fo-m of steam or vapor. The sugar is clarified. — Ex- press otlu.rwise. Prohibition . • boy. — What is meant ? Intimate with one.— Which one ? Qui vive-Xrl vcv. — The chal- lenge of the French sentries to those who approach their posts ; equivalent to the English " Who goes there ? " Hence, to be on the qui vivr, is to bo on the alert ; to be watrhfut, as a sentinel is. Spring stir. — Note the different uses of " spring" in this para^jraph. Parse "stir." Making mapls sugar. 65 The sap 3tirs . . little. -I. \- press in other words, bringing out clearly the meaning of " sap." 124. Campaign. — Give the or- dinary meaning. In what respects may the period of sngarmaking be compared to a military cam- paign ? Spindling up. — Show the ap- propriateness of this expression. Twittering. — r.ive other words derived, like this, from the sound. 125. Re-covered. — Distmguish from rccovi rtd. Cauldron kettles.--These words are nearly synonymous. A caul- dron is a largo kcttli." used in fur- naces, and {ov ont-door work. Sap-yoke— a frame to fit the shoulders and neck of n person, and support a pair of buckets, one at each end, i^"''). Piece of pork. — The fat from the pork forms a coating on the surface of the boiling sap, especially around the edge, ancl keeps it from boiling over. Grimy ^T/'/'M — dirty. A perfect realization . . read. — I''xpress tin; meaning., in other words. Affectations of fright.— Para- phrase, showing the full force of " affectations." 127. The scene play. —Show in what respects this comparison is applicable. Point out instances of the author's humor in this selection. I. The following words !-«avc each two or more meanings ; write sentences to bring out two meanings of each : — active, save, leave, arch, spring, arms, soil, still, present, watch. II. Analyse, giving, where pos- sible, the force of the prefixes, suffixes, and Latin roots: — enjoys, btisiness, carefully, clarify, unc-asi- ness, naturally, excitement, super- intending, establishment, avidity, unobstructedly, expression. III. Paraphrase: — The old fun and pictures([ueness of the busi- ness are pretty much gone. The boy's desire is to "sugar off" per- petually. If there is a good " sap run," the establishment is under full headway. The shanty is re- covered with boughs. IV. Combine into a connected narrative: — The maple sugar sea- son commences about the 25th of March. It lasts as long as we have frosts. The warm spring wcither begins. The snow begins to melt. The frost begins to come out of the trees. The sap-buckets are taken from their store-houses. The caulfirons for boiling the sap art! taken from their store-hous(!s. The hogsheads or barrels are also produced. These are thoroughly cleansed. They are taken to the woods. The trees are tapped. Th(! buckets are placed in posi- tion. A great space is cleared of snow, for the sugar-cimp. Two monster logs are rolled near each other. The cauldrons are swung on poles over the spact; between the.selogs. Smallcrwood isplaced beneath the cauldrons. Sap is placed in tiie cauldrons. The sap has been gradually collected in the buckets. The wood bem-ath the cauldrons is now set on fire. Sugar-making is fairlv undc^r way. The sap in thecauldronsgradually evaporates. Tiie cauldron at one end is filled up from the otluTs. Cold sap is placed in the partially emptied cauldrons. This in turn finds its way to th(! other end. The sap in the end cauUlron gets sweeter and sweeter. It is called syrup. At last enough is collected therefor a "sugaring off." It is re- moved from the fire. It is strained. It is otherwise purified. It is re- placed on the fire. It is slowly boiled. It becomes thick. (Ireat care is taken that it does no'i: burn. It is removed from the fire. It is placed in suitable vessels. It is 66 N'OTCS TO TMF ForRTH READER. I ' ij allowed t'l col gr.nlually until it becomes hard. V. Describe the modern way of makinj; sugar, as given in the third paragraph. VI. \Vrite an account of the boy in the sugnr-innking stnsoii, fn^m the fcjllouing huads ; — li(jw he knows the sap is running, lluw and why he enj-u'S the prepara- tions for the sugar-making. His impatience with the Jilow-running sap. His private sugar-camp. Th« jircjduct of his boiling. His care of the boiling kettles, ffis appear- ance. The night in the woods. Hi)> trick on the d(;g XLII. l-ADV (L.Vki: I.'^ Blow blofiin And cloud.s . . air. The at mo sphere is dry and clear. \^ hat season is referred to ? Doe — the fcmalt: of tlu; fallow deer. What is the corresponiling masrnlint! n.-mie ? TrOV^ tin; Impirhil Diifinii (try, tnio— trust, believe. I'.xpress the meaning of this liiu; afluina tivtlv, tli.it is, without using tiat. Betrothed —5. Ayres' Ort/i<>,fi.st : (', Imp, rill I D'utiiiiitirv — promise(l in marri.'ige For my birth. — Express bv a claus(\ Said. — Supplv tlu> subjeit. Just . . fair. — I'arse. 'i'he nur.se is delighted that her scheiiit; has turned out so favorably, and exactly as she had intendi.'d. Are ye. — Yc is oft»m used in convers.ition instead of yon, with a singular meaning, as in "How d'ye do ? " This usage probably arose from the cf)rruption of yun in rapid utterance. Out of your mind. — Give syn- onvmous expres.sioiis. As . . bread. — .\s it is true that I live- by bread. Like . . child. — Express the meaning fully by a scntenc*?. Why did the nurse act in this way ? I '<>. His due. — Whit is meant ? But keep . . life. — Explain. Sec stanza i J!, 1. 2. I dare not He. Show that it wouUl be a lie fur i.ady Clare not to speak out. Faith in man. What is meant ? ("(nii|>.ire l.,id\ (hire's v.ords in the tliird Stan/a. Nay now . . right.— Why does the niiise hohl the opinion here «'X pressed ? I sinned for thee.— Explain. If this be so. -\\ hat is meant ? Russet of <i reddish brown color ; also, coarse, rustic, as here. Compare " drest . . maid" in stanza 17. 130. By dale . . down — by vallev ami bv hill. Tiuse words really add nothing to the meaning, for the whole line means simply " she went." It is common in ballad poetry to find words and phrases epeated. and ex|iressions introduced, whi(h do not add any- tiiing to the meaning. With a single . . hair.— This shows the simplicity of her dress, " the sin;;le rose " taking the place of gold and diamonds. You shame . . worth.— Express otherwise. That are . . earth. -Tara- phrase. What is the antecedent of "that" ? To read— to see through, to understand, as applied to a riddle. Proudly. — Explain. For the use of "and" in this line, see note on " bv ilale . . down, ' p. 1^0. He laughed . . scorn.— At what > We two will you shall. —Note the change from will to shall. In I.ADY CLARE — TIIK (iULF STREAM. 67 both cases the speaker expresses his own will or determination. i'oint out passages that show- Lady Clare's true nulnlity of character. Read in a lively narrative tone. St. I. Avoid the vi;rse accent on "was." Oroup "highest . . air." 2. Pause after " lovers," " be- trothed," " wed." Rising inllec- tion on " morn." 3. Lmphasi/e the contrasted words. 4. I'alling inflection on " thee." Why ? 5. Pause after " Ronald " and "you," and read the last two lines in slower time. C. Express in a proper manner the excited feelings of Lady Clare, and read the nurse's words slowly and in a deeper tone. Emphasize "you " and "my " in the last line. 7. Read "I speak . . bread" in faster time. Why ? 8. Express Lady Clare's indig- nation in this and the tenth stanza. 9. Read the nurse's words to express caution and secrecy, with increasing emphasis on " for your life." II. Read with firmness the words of Lady Clare in this and the twelfth stanza. I J. Bring out clearly the sorrow of the nurse and the bewilderment of Lady Clare, as expressed in this st.'inza. I.}. Emphasize and dwell upon " mother dear " in line 2. 15. Pause after " longer." Em- phasize " Lady Clare." 17. Pause after " you," 1. 3. 20. Read in a tone expressive of admiration. 1 'ersonate the speakers as far as possible throughout the poem. XLiiL THE (jUlf stream. 131. The Gulf of Mexico . . fountain.— In what sense is this true ? In what, not ? Volume. —Distinguish different meanings. Movements.— Name other ;;/(;rt- ments of the waters of the ocean. They both change . . latitude. — While I lis statement is tnii', the substitution oi altitiiili {or latitude seems to be recjuii I to gi\e a proper meaning to tlu' rest oi the sentence. Which decked . . sparrow.— See Maitlunv vi., 28, 29, and _x., 29. 132. Jconomy ~ a wisely ar- ranged and well-ordered manage- ment. Compare "economy," Phenomena— plural of /'///^(/om^'- nun. A term usually appli»'d to manifestations or appearances, out of the ordinary course of nature. He must look design. - Paraphrase, so as to bring out c K'arly the meaning of " exquisite machinery," "harmonies of na- ture," "developments of order," and " evidences of design." Marine productions.— Such as fine spongi's, mosses, etc. Genial mild, cheering. Coral formations — rock -like substances formed bv deposits of the bodi<>s of a small marine animal, commonly called the coral insect. Approaches.— Distinguish from its Midiiiary meaning. New England. -A collective namegiven to the six most easterly States of the IJnited States': Maine, New Hampshire, Ver- mont, Massachusetts, Rhode Island, and Connecticut. 133 Making coming near; a nantic.d use of the word. ■ Bark. -Here, a sailing vessel of any kind. Baiquc is usu.ally ap- plied to 3 large thrce-masteJ •f I 68 NOTES TO TH . i-OUKTH K^AD^iR. I!'! I I 1 i i : vessel rigged like a ship, witli tlie exception of the niizzen-mast, which has no square sails. Tep'id — moderately warm. Antaeus. — In Greek mythology, a mighty giant and wrestler who was invincible so long as he re- mained in contact with the earth. Mercules discovered the source of his strength, and killed him while holding him in the air. Neptune— the God of the Sea in ancient myth(jlogy. Ocean currents.— Name others besides the Gulf Stream. Equilibrium— state of rest or balance. Disturbs . . seas. — How ? Ro'tatory — same as rotary -- turning on an axis, as a wheel. 134. Intertropical— within the tropics. Direction . . earth.— In what direction does the earth turn on its axis? Trade -winds.— Sec note, p. 115, and observe that the ocean cur- rents and trade winds have the same genc^ral direction. Mean velocity— average swift- ness. Caribbe'an.— So called from the C<ir/7>.s, the aboriginesof the eastern islands of the West Indies. The presence . . conformation. — Does this conformation in any way account for the rapidity of the current of the Ciulf Stream ? Ultramarine blue a deep, sky- blue color, so called because it was first obtained from the mineral, lapis lazuli, which was brought from beyond the sea, i.e., from Asia. Thermometer.— Distinguish from barometer, as to form and use. The instrument here referred to must be self-registering. Why ? I. IS Benign— kind. Amelioration -(i-»H('/-_vSm'-s/n/M — a making better; improvement. Fend — keep off; same word as defend. Temper -to moderate. Give ! other meanings. Erin, Albion jxxtic names for Irelanil and England respec- tively. Emerald Isle.— This name was first ap|)li(''l to Ireland by Dr. Drenuan (1754-18.J0), in a poem called Erin : " .\n emerald isle set in the ring of the sea." i^c>. Evergreen robes. —What is meant ? Another branch. Trace on the map the diflereni branches of the Gulf Stream. Ssirga.sso—Sari;;azu (Spanish) — sea-weed. Consult maps for all geographi- cal nanus in this lesson. I. Distinguish between current and currant; water and jvaters; Pole and pole ; fishes and Jis/i ; naught, knot, and nut .• extent ami extant ; proceed and precede ; presence and presotts : principal and principle; blue and blew; approach and appru.ximate. II. Show the force of the pre- fixes or suffixes in : — interchange, elevation, regulator, inhabitants, surrounded, p. rform, machinery, replace, dangerous, helpless, re- freshed, contest, ultramarine, dis- charged, motionless, III. Paraphrase : — They carry on a constant interchange between the waters of the poles and those of the equator, and thus diminish the extremes of heat and cold in every zone. No part of the world affords a more difficult or danger- ous navigation than the approaches of the northern coastsof the United States in winter. His scientific labors were directed towards the improvement of practical naviga- tion. The enormous quantity of water there carried off by evapora- THR GVl.r STREAM — DORA. 69 '■| lion disturbs tht; equilibrium of the seas; but this is rcstorccl by a ' perp(;tual flow of water froru the poles. Asa rule, the hottest water oftheCiulf Stream is at or near the surface. I V. Paraphrase the fourth para- ffraph in the lesson. V. Write the substance of the lesson in answer to thi; following: — Mention and locate any streams in (111! ocean. How is animal lift; in the ocean affectr-d by these streams,^ In what wav does the (lulf Stream affect navij^ation between luiropc and America? What causes ocean currents ? What effect has the land on these rurrcnts ' Trace the course of the Clulf Stream. Why does it lose so little of its heat in crossinp the Atlantic? Show how it aflects the climates of lOiiRland and I'rance, giving reasons for your answer. XLIV. I)()K.\. ^^7 "I'll make . . wife." Allan is sclf-will<:d. I'oiiit out other passages where he shows the saiiK." spirit. And yearned . . William— f« It a strong desire for William's l(i\-e. Match union by marriage. Well to look to attractive, worthy of attention. Thrifty careful in the manage- ment of household affairs. Bred -brought up Pack — leave at once. This sense is derived from that (4 piuk- iii<r (i)u-'s I'll i,\i,'(f!^u' ft)i- travel. Com- pare hiouilc off. i,vS. Broke away— turned away abruptly. What trait of William's character is here shown ? Change a word. — Cham^t' for I'xihtiiii^t . Compare "change " three lines below. By stealth — secretly. Why did I )ora act thus i^ I have sinned.— Docs D'/ra blame herself justly ? I >,()• Well. Not used here, as often, to avoid abruptness, but to show that Allan agrees to Dora's proposal T }o. The bowed . been. — Dora novv begins to realize- wh.it it means to be driven from home by her uncle, who had been to her as a father, and her mind is filled with grief as thoughts of her home and its associations crowd in u[ion her Teach him hardness teach him to !><■ hard heart<'il. 141. Rue— regret. Passed — passed away, died ; frequently used by Tennyson in this sense. And all . . remorse.— .Mian was completely overcome by re- mnrs(> and regre't for the harsh treatment of his son. The language of this poem is remarkable for its simplicitv. SouK! of its mo'^t expressive lines contain only monosyllabic words, as, for e\.imple, " .Viul the sun fell and all the land was dark." " Its pathos is like that of the simple stories of the old Hebrew lid)le. the storv of Joseph or the story of Ruth." Show that the poem was pro- perly named "Hora,' and point out any moral U.'sson it teaches. Refer to passages that show Dora s gentleness, bravery, unsel- fishness, and faithfulness. Show in what respect William is like his father in disposition. " Mary is an ordinary woman ; she is touched by Dora's devotion, does what she can, but makes no sacrifice for others." Toint out passages that justify this estimate of Marv's character. ; (' yo KOTEb TU IHE FOURTH KEADfiR. Ill !■ I i i In rcarlitiK lilaiilc verse, a pause of I()n;;or()rshorl(!r{lur.'itionsl;uul(l l)(; ni.ide .it the ond of each hue, (itl)crwis(; till! distinction Ix-twccii ])rostj and this kind of verse will not Ix: clearly l)r()iif,'ht out in the readinj^. The ieni^'th of the pause is (U.'tenniiU'fl hy the s(;nso, and liy theclosenessof tlu;f,'raniniatic;il connection. In 1. i, for c^xainple, only a very sli;,'ht susju'iision of the voice is riMpiirinl after "ahod«!," the sound of "abode " bein<; some- what prolon^^ed. So also after "because," 1. 6, and "before," 1. 4, p. I ^S, and generally wher- (;ver tlu-re is no ]")(nictuation mark at the end of th(; line;. i;^j. JJecause . . house. — iVir- cntiietical. What chan<,'e in jiitcli ■' "I cannot . . J)ora. ' — Abrupt, decided tone. lCn)phasi/;c "will not " stron^'ly. "You will not . . apain." — Note theanj,'ry feelinj,'s at the bef,'inninj,' and end of this answer, ch.mj^in^' to a milder and more ]iersuasiv(! tone in tht; foui th .and lifili lines. I V*^- The more . . her — Wh.at inflection on " more," and wh.it on "less"? "My^^iil . . law." — Read in a slow .ami determined tone, to indi cite sternness of m.inner. 139. " W'liere were yon . . here ? " Sl.ite wh.at intlections must be Used in reading' these • juestions, j;ivin)^ n^asons. Wh.at feelin;,' is e\i>r«'?>sed here ? "1 see it is ;i tiiek . . more." — Hriu^^ out the v.irious feelln^^s e\- prt^ssed — contempt, scorn, an^;er, tinderness. 1 |o. Who tin irU him . . fire.-- Ke.id in ,in .laimaled m.inner. HI. "O Father ' . . well." — Earnest entreaty. Follow care- fully .all thechan;,'esof thought and feelinj:,' in what Mary says. Read the old m.iti's lament in a tone expressive of (leep, passionate grief. I. Distinguish between yearn and />/<;<' ,■ love and liki- ; thrifty and ituiiiivt'utt! : foreign and striin^e ; consider and think : meek and liumih- ; harsh .and /;</;'</ ,• distress and surro:,' ; see, spy, and ahsrrTr : dare and prisumr ; memory and livumhrnuct- : remorse, repent- ance, and rt<^rt-t. II. I'araphr.ise : — I have set mv heart upon a match. She is well to look to. lie and I had once hard words. Willi.im answered short. Let me have an answer to mv wish. My will is law. Vou ^hall pack, and never more darken my diior again. I will^set him in my inult;'s eve, that when his heart is j^lad of the full harvest, he may see the boy. The reap»'rs reaped, and the sun fell, and all the land was dark. 'I"he door w.is off the latch .Ml the m.an was brr.)ken with reniorsi\ III. Change from direct to in- direct narrati\e : - • William .in- s'.vered short, " I cannot marry I 'or.i ; y will not m.irrv Dor.i." 1 le came and s.iid, " Where were \ on vesierd.iN' ? Whose child is ill, It? What are you doing here ? " Dora s.iid again, " f)o with me as V'lU will, but t.ike the child .and ii'ess him for tin- srike of him that's I'. ■Tie Xl.M.- [.F.\D, KINDI ^■ l.K.Il r. T.|'5. Kindly lig^ht. I'erh.ips an .illusion to the I'il! ir of i'ire Ih It guidi'd the Isr It iites. See l-'.\odus xiii , .'I. C'oi:ip.ir« also. ]^.>iin viii., i^, and Xii., 40. Encirclins; gloom.— f'.od's mys- terious di'.diiiKS with men, which cannot be understood. See Psalm Ncvii., 2. rrobably the poet had :ifercnco t j fcuff«»ringii from th« LEAD, KINDLY LIGHT — KOCK Ol- A(ihS. 71 eticcis of a recent and alarming illness from which ho was just r(!Covering when he wrote this poenj, Tind to dissensions in the Church at home which greatly perplexed him. Far from home. — This hymn was written about the year 183^, while the poet was sailing over the Mediterranean. His own account of it is as follows; " I was aching to get home, yet, for want of a vessel, was kept at I'alermo for three weei;.->. At last 1 got oft on an (>range boat bound lor Mar- Sciilcs. We were becalmed a whole week in the Straits ot Boni- facio. There it was that I wrote these lines— "Lead. Kindly Light." Keep thou my feet. —A prayer for guidance in the right wav, and for support in times of ditiiculty and danger. See I'salm cxxi., 3; Proverbs iii., 23. The distant scene. — That is, what lies in the future. One step . . me.— I am not anxious about the luture. Com- pare Matthew vi., 34. I was not ever thus. — Expand " thus " into a claus(\ ! loved to choose . . on.— I wished to mark out and follow mv own course in life, and to under- stand clearly all the events in my life, but now 1 trust to Thy guid- ance. The garish day.— The glitter and false slunv uf this world. Spite of fears . . will. — Al- though occasionally troubleti with fears as to the future, I was iu!ver- theless the slave of a proud spirit. Remember . . years. .V pr lyer that the sins and follies of tlie past may be forgiven. See I'salm xxv.. 7. Solong . . on. — The poet gi\(s expression to his belief that Jle w tio has blessed him in the past will still continue to guide him tt) the end of life. See Hebrews xiii., 5. Moor . . torrent. — An allusion to the griefs and disappointments, the hardships and struggles, of life. The night is gone. Fhe w rit»r seems to take a gloomy view of life, which he here compares to night. Compare "The night is dark," abo\'e. And with the morn . . awhile. — When the bright morning ot eternity dawns, I shall be glad dened by the sweet smile and the joyful welconu' of loved ones u ho have gone Ix.'fore. XLN'II.- ROCK ()!• A(ii:S. 146. The' langu:i.L;e of this poem is almost entirely Biblical. Rock . . me. — vSee Exodus j xvii., ; I Cor. x., .\. j Let me . . Thee. -See Exodus ; xxxiii., J.;; Isaiah xxxii., 2. | Let the water . . flowe.'. -Se»; \ John xix., 34. ' Be of sin . . power. See i John i., 7; Romans vi , 14, J2. Not the . . demands. See Titus iii , 5. Respite — pause, intermission, interval of re 4. Thou must . . alone. — See Acts iv.. 12. Nothing . . cling. See Ko- mans iii.. 24, j , , i:pli. ii , S, i). Naked . dress. See Rev. iii.. 17. i.S. Helpless grace. See He brews iv., i(). Foul . . die. -Set; Kev, i., 5; John .\iii . s. While . . Thee.— In life, in death, and in eternity, be Thou my refuge and my defence. This hymn has been rendered into Latin verse by thtj Ki;;ht Hon. W. E. (iladstone. I 1 '1 72 NOTF.b T(; THK bcM'KTU Kh.viJliR. XLVIIL— i:i'IPHANV HYMN. 147. Epiphany — r-pi/'any.—A Grt!«,'k word ineaninji appeiirancc. The Epiphany is .1 ('hristian festival celebrated on the sixth d.iy of January, the twelfth day after Christmas, in coinniemora- tion of the appearance of our Saviour to the Slagians, or wise in(!n of the Mast, who came to adore Him with presents; or, as others maintain, to commemorate the appearance of th(« star to th<; Magians, as the symbol of the manifestation of Christ to the fientiles. See Matthew ii., 1-12. Brightest . . aid. —See Rev. xxii., 16; Luke i., 7S Star laid. — See Matthew ii., 'J Cold . all. Sec Luke ii., 8-16. Odors of Edom. A reference to the presents of the Ma^'i, or wise men ICdom was a strip of country lyiuf; betwren the south of Palestine aufl ihv. (iulfof Aka- bah — the north-eastern arm of the Kod Sea. Myrrh— a fragrant j^um or re- sin obtained from a shrub found in the Ivast. Ample oblation -lar{;jc or lib- eral otfering. Sii; Hebrews .\., S. Richer . . poor. —See I'salm Ii., 17 , Isaiah Ixvi , 2. XLIX.— THK M0L'N1)-HL'IL1)I:RS. i.}8. Mammoth a species of elephant, of encjrmous size, now extinct. Fossil remains ot this animal have; been found in Eu- rope and America, rind in great abundance in Siberia It is sup- posed to have existed in the earlier portions of the human pericxl. Snake. — Probably the serpent was once worshipped in America, as in parts of Asia and Africa. Bluff — a high, steep bank. Earth-works — embankments of earth used for defence in time of war. 149. Tributary streams.— What are these ? Engineering skill. — Not the skill rc'iuired to manage an en- gine, but skill in military ttujiticrr- ing — the art of designing and con- structing fortifications, and all works necessary for military pur- poses. Distinguish from civil en- gineering and mining engineering. In figure . . ellipse. — Draw the figures here mentioned. True circle, i'xplain "true" as applied to "circle" and " s(]uar(!." Definite standard — a unit of measurement established by cus- tom or authority. Vases— 7'(tits. — This pronuncia- tion is the most rational and eu- phonious, esptxially in the plural; V('ts is probably the most fashion- able; 7<as is an affectation, with almost no authority; and vd-.es is vulgar. No domestic animals.— For a contrary opinion see The Prairies. p. 152: — "When haply by their stalls . . yoke." No horses . carts. — How is it known that the Mound-Jiuild- ers had no horses, etc. ? 150. Copper tools. — The Mound-Luilders poss<'ssed the secret of hardening copper, not now known. Trees . old. -How ii the age of tretis ascertained ? 'A Tin. ::(H NDHUILUERS — TilK PRAIRIES. 73 I. Distinguish betwren likeness and nsnnhldiuf : distinct .'nxl ylain ; language aii<l spach; \y- m^ and luyini^ ; scattered and sfparattd : advance .uul pycf^'tiss : mysterious, secret, aiul sttduf^c ; accidentally and nicidtn tally. II. I'orin new words from tht- following by adding prefixes or suttixesorboth :— till, turn, honor, warm. way,(.Ux)r, remember, truth, firm, confess, vast, descend, mass, origin. Show how the meanings of tlu! words are affected. HI. Combine into a connected narrative: — Long, long ago there lived a race of people in America. The . built great mounds of earth. We call these ptutple the Mound- Builders. Th(! mounds are xcry numerous. They are found all along the' Mississippi valley They are maile of earth. Some h.ivc a little brickwork. Some hrive a little stone-work. Some are very large. Some of them cover as much as five acres. One row of mounds encloses four huntired .'MTcs. Some are quite small. 1 here are some single mounds These are from sixty to ninety Aft high. They have steps tip one side. The steps lead to the top. The top is flat. On some of them charred wood has be«'n fi'und. We suppose from this that the higher mounds were used for religious purposes. We do not kncnv where the Mound-iiuiltlers came from. We do not know wh.at became of them. Nor ilo we know where; th«; Indians came from. The Indi,-ms are the suc- cessors of the Mouud-Iiuilders. IV. Supply heads for a re- production of the lesson, and from these heads re-write the lesson ■r ri L.— THE I'KAIRIKS. 151. The unshorn fields.— Wliat is meant by • unslicjrn " ? Speech . . name. -The prairies of North -Vmerica are extensive tracts of land, mostly level, gener- allv destitute of trees and covered with tall, coarse grass, interspersed with a great variety of flowering plants. To the early French ex- plorers they appeared like vast meadows, and they therefore called them prairica — prairie being the French wonl for uuadoiO. My heart swells.— Fxplain. Dilated . . vastness. — There are no hills or woods to intercept the dilated or expanded sight of the beholder, so that he is in the centre of a vast circle of which the horizon forms the circumference Airy imdulations.- -Slight wave- like elevations. The rolling sur- face of the prairie is compared to that of the ocean "in his gentlest swell," that is, when the billows or waves have a rounded form, and are not broken and lashed into foam by the storm. F'or " his," applied to the ocean, see Mason's (rraiiinuir, par. 40. Unchained.- What produces the appi^a'ance of motion ? The clouds . . shadows. — E.\- press otherwise. Fluctuates— changes, rises and falls like waves. The appearance here described may often be seen on our own fields. Golden flame-like. — These words are descriptive of the bril- liant colors of flowers in tropical climates. Poised — balanced on the wing, lie " flaps his broad wings" mere ly to keep himself in the same position. The description hera applies to the hawk when he ii watching for his prey. ■I'" 74 NOThS TU TUl. FOURTH READER. 1 i \ ) i i J- Palms - vines. — Tlie vine is hardier than the palm, and is therefore found farther nortii. Crisped— ruftled. caused ripples upi)n. Ciive other meaning. Limpid -clear. Sonora. — A state in the north- west of Mexico containing,', in the rainy season, numerous lakes, which are drained into the Gulf of C.diforria. Calm t*aci fie. —These two words are nearly synonymous. The Pacific ocean was so called by Magellan because; it was cdlm when first visited by him in 1521. Firmament sky, heavens. Heaved and smoothed.— Com- pare " rounded billows." Verdant green. Island groves. — Clumps of trees dot the prairii • here and there, resembling islands in the ocean. And hedged . . forests.— For- ests grow along tht; b.inks of the rivers that flow through the prai- ries Magnificent— splendid, grand The sky is represented as th<. dome of Nature's temple. With flowers.— Grammatically related to " floor." Rival — strive to equal or excel. Constellations -groups of stars. The great heavens— the wide expanse of sky. 15.J. A nearer . . hills.— In the li!vel expanse of prairie the sky is of a lighter shaile of blue, and seems nearer than in hilly districts Our Eastern hills— the hills of New England and of the East- ern States generally. Namesome of them. Waste — uncultivated ground. Compare "desert," 1. i. Sacrilegious— sri/:-rlf/«"7 MS — vio- lating "Sacred things. Show fully what is meant here. Did the dust . . passion?— Paraphrase. Mighty mounds. — Sec lesson on The MoHud-Bnildcrs. Disciplined — trained, educated. Populous — many in number. cont. lining many people. Pentel'icus — a mountain of .\ttica in Ancient Greece, from which the Athenian sculptors ob- tained the fine white marble for their statues, temples, etc. Symm.etry— grace, harmony of parts. Its rock. —"Its" refers to " 1 '.II thi'uon.' Parthenon -the celebrated temple of the goddess .\thena, or Minerva, at Atlu-ns, completed He"!. 4^8. Its dimensions were as follows: — 227 feet long, loi feet broad, and ^15 feet iiigh. It was built entirt^ly (jf white marble, and stood on tlu! .\cropolis, a steep rock in the middh; of the city, about 150 feet high, l,iw feet long, and 500 feet broad. The summit of the Acrc^polis was covered with temples, statues, and various other works of art. ' aply — perha|)S. L>ison -hi'sun. — The poci here says th.it perhaps the bison— the American buffalo— was dome'^ti- cattul or tamed, and trained to work. All day . . toils Paraphra.se. Twilight blushed. — Compare " While glow the hc.ivens with the last steps of day." — Bryant, Tlu- Wati-rfirwl. Wooed —courted, made love. Old times . . voice. — Para- phrase. 1 lie ptx't pictures the Mound-Builders as a peai . ful and happy people, well advanced in civilization. The red man — the ancestors of the present N\)rth .Vmerican In- dians. There is a tradition among some tribes of Indians that their forefathers came from the north, and wished to pass through the country of the Mound liuild rs ; and that the latter acted in a treacherous manner, whereupon the Indi.ms attacked and destroyed them all. THK I'KAIRII.S. 75 Untold — unnumbered, not made known. P.iraphrasc "The solitufh . . dwelt." Prairie wolf. — Also called coyote (koi-ot'). A small species of gray wolf, "spiritless and cow- ardly." For a humorous descrip- tion of this animal, ?,v.v Mark Tw.iin's knifr/iiiifr //, chap, v. Gopher- tC'^'A'' — the prairie dog ; an animal of the squirrel kind, having a bark I ke that of a small dog. This name was given by the early French settlers to small burrowing animals of different kinds, from their honeycombing the earth. Gnu/re is the French word for hunt \coinb. 153. Unknown gods.— That is, unknown to us. The barriers . bay.— Para- phrase. At bay.— An animal is said to be at bay vvhen it refuses to flee farther, and faces its pursuers. Beleag^crers -those who sur- round and lay siege to a place. Who are meant ? Strongholds. — Compare note on " ICarthworks," p. 148. Forced -taken by force. Vultures— large birds of prey which live chiefly on dead bodies and offal. Sepulchres— places of burial. How does the poet show that the destruction is C(;mplete ? Fugitive one who esc ipes, a runaway. Distinguish from dr- scrtcr. Lurking - hiding, lying con- cealiHl. Till the sense . death.— E.x- plain fully the meaning. Yielded . . die— gave himself up to his enemies, expecting to be put to death. Man's . . triumphed.— Express otherwise. Soothed — comforted The rude . . chiefs. — Why "with their chiefs' ? Is this an acknowledgment of the superi- *" ' iquered race ? life-giving. See Paraphrase the Quickening - Cienesis 11 , 7. whole sente-nce. Blooming wilds. A reference to the prairie" when in bloom. Compare ' fair .solitude." On waters . . face. — Para- phrase. Missouri's springs the head- waters of the Missouri Issues that whieh is sent forth. The "pools" referred to are the spritii^s which form the sonrre of the Oregon, now called the Col- umbia, ri\ir. Little Venice —For the habits of the bea\er, see Lesson xwix. in TniRii Rkadkk. I'ointoutthe aptness of the romparisi n made here Veni( i' is built on i great nuinl)er of small islands It is noted for its canals, which fi^rm the streets of the citv Twice twenty leagues. Used here for </ i^rmt distdtur. Beyond . camp. —Change the lornx of expression. 15.}. Yet here . . pool.- Ex- plain. The footprints have har- dened into stone. Great solitude. -Point out and show the aptness of tin.' names given to thr prairie in this poem. Quick with life lull of^ living things. l'"or </"' /V, meaning ri//7'<-, see 2 Timothy iv., i. Compare ' (juickening, ' p. 15 v Myriads— countless numbers. Gaudy showy. A more adven^irous . . man. — Explain. Eastern deep— the Atlantic f)cean. The bee is a native; of the- ICast. It w;is brought to America from Europe. Golden age.- .\ remote period r(;lerred to in ancient mythology, when the earth was the common property of all, and profluced evi'rything necessary for man and ' i^t, without cultivation; when evil was unknown ; and when all animals lived in peace and har- mony with one anoth'-r. 7^> N(JTi:s TO THK roruTii rf:adf.r. Savannas -extensive open pl.iinsor meadows m the SoutluTn States; li».'re listed for prairies. Oive correspondinj; names in otli<!r conntries. Domestic hum. — The V>ce lives in families; h(;nce the term " do- m(!stic." Or, it may mean that tht; hum of th(; bee is usually as- sociat(;d with the sounds of human lif(!, and it therefore suK'^,'ests to th(^ poet's mind the hum (if civili- zation advancing westward. Breaks my dream. ICx press differently. \i what place in the poem is the dnam supposed to iH.'^in ? One critic says that this poem " presents itself to the ima^'ination as a series of pictures in a ^,'allery. " Point out and describe some of these pictures. Kead in moderate pitch and time, and with full orotund tone, especially in the more elevated passages. Observe carefully the Harmonic I'auses (see p. iG). See also the first elocutionary note on " Dora." LI. Tin- HI-ROES OF THE LONG SAULT. 155 Dau-lac dd-liu'. Commandant - Cum-mixn-dunt' (French) -a commanding oflicer. Garrison —troops stationed in a fort or fortified town to defend it. Maisonneuve. — This man formed the tirst settlement at Montreal, in 1G42, and has, there- fore, been regarded as the fouiuler of the city, which was then calle<l Villc Marie. Volunteers. — Distinguish from rcf^ulars. Iroquois. — See Primer of Cana- dian Histury, chap, ii., sec. 9 ; chap, iii., sees. 3-6. Bold to desperation — so daring that only those reduced to despair would adopt it. Warriors. — Braves is the com- mon name for Indian warriors. See yaeques Cartier, page 163. Waylay — watch for, in ambush. Disparity -inequality. Display . . enemy. — Para- phrase, so as to bring out the meaning of "display " and "auda- city." Distinguish between " bold- ness " and "audacity." Of good family.— Express by a clause. Colony — a body of persons who have gone from their native coun- try to a distant district or a new country, to settle and cultivate it, remaining subject to their mother country ; also, the country settled or colonized by them. Military command. — Express differently. Enterprise. — Show the full meaning of this word from the lesson itself. Meditated— thought of. Caught his spirit. — What is meant ? Wo quarter— no sparing of life, as of an enemy in battle. The expression seems to have had its origin in the custom of sending captives to the quarter or lodging of the victorious general, for liber- ation, ransom, or slavery. Confessed— made known their sins to the priest. Sacrament. — Sacrament, when used without any qualifying word, generally means the Eucharist, or Lord's Supper. The Roman Catholic church holds that there are seven sacraments — Baptism. Confirmation, the ICucharist, I'en- ance, Extreme Unction, Holy Orders, and Matrimony. Protes- tant churches acknowledge only two sacraments— iiaptism and the Lords Supper. TIIK in.KOKS OF TUli LONG SAUI.T. 77 :r- ;ir in d. ir m re 1- y Solemn. -Why was the farewell st)l< tun -• Ammunition - pow<ler, shot, etc. 15^). Indifferent canoc-men - not skilled in the man,-if,'»'nient of canoes. What is the common incaniiiR of iniii f'fririit ? Swift current of Ste. Anne - rapids near the mouth of the Ottawa river, madi^ famous hy Moore's CiiiKtiiinn Hunt Soiii^r — Se(! Tmiki) Ke.\I)i:k. Island of Montreal.— Thv: isl.iiid on which the city of Mon- treal stands. Lnke of Two Mountains.— Toint out on map this and other lake expansions of the (Ottawa ri\ t-r. Sault — s(i or son. — A French word meaning,' a /<•<//> ; hence a suital)l(! name for a rapid. Where a tumult . . ^?7ay. — Paraphrase. I)istiuguish ledges from bouhlers Constructing it.-— "It" refers to " fort " — an i .xample of the for- ward rcfcrciuH' of //. Palisade fort -a fort stren^'th- encd or defindcd by a palisade or fence of pahs, or stout stakes, driven into tin,' ground, with their tops sharpened anrl pointing out- ward. Algonquins— Hurons. — " The great Algoiiijuin nation occupied the larger part of the Atlantic ilope, tlie valley t)f the St. Law- lence, and the watershed of the great lakes." It embraced the Micmacsof Nova Scotia, Abena- quisof New Brunswick. theC'hip- peways, Crees, and various other tribes. The Iluronsoccupii'd the country between Lakes Ontarit), Erie, and Huron, and were allied with the .Algon(i_uins against the Iro(juois, or I'ive Nations — after- wards Six— whooccupitsd the State of New York. The five nations were the Mohawks, Oneidas, Onondagas, Senecas, and Cayu- gas ; the Tusrar(^ras fr(»m North ("artjiina made the sixth. The Irofjuois were always firm allies of tlie ICuglish in their wars with tlu! Irt rich. Sim; Prim, of Can. Hist , chap, iii , sec. 3. Bivouacked passed the night in the open air without encamp- ing Sec note on "bivouac," p. 120. Prayed . . tongues. — Tho .Mgiiiiqiiins and llurons had be- coriu! Christians, See Print oj Cau Hist., chap. iii.. S(>c. 3. Level rays. -Why ltr,l? Note the beautiful description in tlu; senten( e " Morning . . hymn," and paraphrase, bringing out the full meaning of " long reach," " basked peacefully, '" level rays," and " hoarse music." Scouts those sent out to gain infonnation about the movements and nundxTS of an enemy. To set . . ambush. — IC.xpress otherwise. 157- Precipitation — rapid movement, great haste. What would be the change in the mean- ing if "precision" wt.'re substi- tuted for "precipitation"? Mischance — misfortune, dis- aster. Eager.— Substitute a stronger word. Allies. — Who are meant ' Desultory — irregular, without order or nirthod. Parley — a conference or con- versation with an eiumy in war, with the object of bringing about an auret^ment. This gave . . breathing-time. — Paraphrase. Loop-holes — openings in the wall ol^ a fort, or fortified house, through which an enemy may be fired upon. Birch canoes — canoes made of birch bark. Recoiled — fell back in conse- c|!itn(t; of resistance. Senecas. — See note ab' \c. 7« N()Ti:s TO Tin-: fouktii khadkk. I j I ( la 4 11 1 Mustered — collected, as- ' setnblcd. | Richelieu - rish'-fl-yri— a river 'Iraiiiiiij,' Lak(;('liamj)lain. Trace | its roiirsc, on the; map. j Untoward uu-to'wSrd — awk- ' ward, trftublesoine. i3« Grand project.— What was this ■> Thwarted — frustrated, de- feated, bee note on " frustrated," p. JO. Ensconced -sheltered, pro- tected. Paltry — mean, petty. "Redouht - f'-dout' — a small fort, frecjuently of a temporary char- act* i. To digest, — Here, to put up with, to bear with patience. Ciive the usual nK^anin^. Beset — surrounded, with tne intention of attacking. Harassing — ann( )v in^. Spattering irrep^ular, scatter- ing. Constant attack. - I" x press otherwise. Wrought.— (iivtr the morecom- nion form. Explain " wvou^ht fatally " Pent ip— shut up, as in a /<(•;/. Pittance —very small allow- anc<'. Tantalized thirst -excited a ),'r(;at(!r (lesir<' for water without gratifying; that desire. In a gene- ral sense, tautulizc means to excite hopes which cannot be realized. The word is derived from Tanta- lus, a mythical king of Lydia, who for his impiety wasptinished after death by being tt)rmented with hunger and thirst He was said to hav(; been placed in the midst of a lake the waters of which receded from him when(!ver he attempted Ut drink, while over his head hung branches lo.ided with fruit which receded in like m.inner wheni>ver he sfrt^tched out his hand to reach them. Assailants those who \ni\\iv an attack. Renegades those who desert their party and go over to the opposite side. Distinguish from litscrtcr. Compare " runagate," ji. 1 66. Seduce — lead astray, draw aside from the right. Took the bait. - What is meant ■• Explain the metaphor. Execrations curses. Courage of despair -Compare " bold to desperation," p. 155. Reinforcement — fresh assist- ance ; particularly, additional troops to increase the strength of an army. 139. Astonished . . discom- fited. I'araphrasc;, so as to bring out the meaning of " persistent," and of " discomfited." Series -continued succession. Futile -vain, useless. Concert united action. Give other meaning. Exhaustion -titter weariness. Martyr's reward What is meant r* In what respect were they martyrs ? Vacillating -wavering, un- steady. The author spent some years among the Indians of Ore- gon, and thus accjuired a thorough knowledge of the Indian char- acter. Mantelets. A mantelet was properly a sort of movable shield made of planks, cased with tin, and set on wheels. It was used for the protection of soldiers while making an attack. Motley. -What, in the appear- ance; of the advancing Indians, would suggest this epithet ? Swarmad . . hornets.— Show the aptness of this comparison. Musketoon — a short musket with a wide bore. 160. Fuse- a tube filled with combustible matter and used in disrhuging a shell, or in blasting. Grenade a hollow ball or shell of i?i(n or other nutal, or of glass, which is fiUeil with powder, fired W Tin. hi:r()ES of tiii-: long sm'i.t. 79 ar- /ns ;ld in, ad ile id in Iss, by nu;ans of a fuse, and then thrown ainon^ tht; t;ncniy. Energy of desperation. — Ponit onl similar expressions in the les- son. For future torments. — Express by a clause. Their cowardice . . little.— What tlilterent meaning would be conveyed by inserting "a" before "little"? Glorious disaster.— Why "glorious" ? Set; next paraf.,'raph. i6i. Salvation -means of sav- ing from destruction. Dejected —spiritless, cast down. Amazed — astonished. What caused them to be amazed ? I. Distinguish between bold and brave ; descent and disciiid ; dis- parity and ({i/ftrtiuy : enemy and fof ; adversary and dssdilant : confessed and acknuivlcdgcd ; needless and kscUss. II. Analyse indifferent, success- ful, enclosure, ambush, mischance, scarcely, affront, beset, assailants, reinforcement, disgrace, precau- tion, cowardice, amazed ; and select and give the meanings of the compouiul words in the lesson. III. Paraphrase :—H is plan was bold to desperation. It was need- less to go farther. This pittance only tantalized their thirst. This dashed the spirits of the irocjuois. They took the l)ait. Then chief stood lirm. No precaution was neglected. Their cowardice pro- fited them little. To the colonv it proved a salvation. They went home to howl over their losses, and nurse their dasht^d courage for a day of vengeance. IV. Write a simple and a com- pound j^enteiue about |).iulac, e,i( h containing a modified sub- ject and predicate. \'. ICxpand the italicized phrases in the follow ing into propositions ; — Oaulac had come to the colony at the a^c of tiiunty-twu. They bound themselves by oath to accept no (juarter, and liavhii; i^tiined Miiison/it U7'i's lonsiiit they made their wills. (\Tnoes, htur- ing Jii'v [fdtjiuiis, approached. Half dead u it It thirst and famine, they took the bait. Lii(htini( the fuse inserted in it, he tried to throw it over the barrier tu burst like a grenade among the saz'ages 'u-ithout . \T. Combine the first of the foll(jwing lists of statements into a simple sentence, the second into a compound sentence: — (i.) Fran- cis I'arkiTian was born in 1H23. lie is a native of the New I'.ng- land States. He wri)te a series of histories. They treat of the I'rench rule in Canada. They are very interesting (ii.) .\ parly of l-Vench volun- teers held in check some Irocjuois. There were se-venteen I'renchmen. There were seven hundretl Iro- (piois. The Fri'iuhmen were assisted by four Iluronsand one .Vlgoncpiin. The I'renchmen were \vx\ by an otlicer namerl Daulac. They were in a palisade fort on the Ottawa. Their stronghold was, after many days, taken by the Iro(iuo:i;. All its brave de- fenders were slain. This took place in the spring of i6()o. \'II. (i.) Skitch the journey ol the I'rench up the river, as though you had been one of the party, (ii.) Sketch the struggle at the fort, as tluKigh you had been an Irotiuois. I 80 NOTF.S TO lOUKTII RF.ADKR. LI I. jAcouES cartii:r. i , ;■: 4 1 161. St. Malo — m*<7o — .1 sea- port in the north-west of France, famous for its sailors. It very early becanr^ a j)lace of consider- able importance on account of its excellent harbour. Smiling morn.--What kind 01 mormii>< would this be? Com- pany " siniliuK' spring'," p. Ho. Commodore- - A title given to the senior capiiin of a line of merchant vessels. When two or mors; ships of war are cruising in company, this titlj is given by courtesy to the senior captain. It is now a common name for the chief officer of a yacht clul) Jacques Cartier— s//</i' karfyd — a great seaman of St. Malo, who discovered the Ciulf of St. Law- rence in the course of his first voy- ag«; of discovery, in l=,^\. On I'le Kjth of May, 13.^^, ('arti(T again sailed from St. Malo on the voy- agtr r«ferr<d t > in the lesson. In the crowded seas. — liefore setting out ("artier repaired with his m«-n in processiciu to the cathedral of St. Malo, to crave the blessing of Heaven upon hisent«T- prise. What is the grammatical r 'latifMi ^^\ " for " ? Cathedra!. -See note, p. 51. All the town. —What is meant ■■ Whv " \\t Vf ' r* Undiscovered seas. — Wh it waters are here r<'ferred to ? l-Or voyages of discovery bifore Car- tier's time, see I'riiitt r of C<iiiii- dinn Hi story. rhap i ,secs Hand i i. That swept . pier.— Does this clause ;idd to tilt! meaniit:.; ? Manly hearts gentle hearts. — Noti- the bt .lutilul <<)iUrast 162. A year . day. The exjieilition did not ret\irn to St. Malo until theCith of jnly, 133^) Vigils -rljils -r.'^ht watches. The m.iidens s|>ent many a sleep- less night in praying and weeping for their absent lovers. But the earth side.— IC\plain tills simile Rejoicing . pride. -I-xprcss otluru ise. In the . . North. - Was J .uquesC 'artier at that time farther north than St. Malo, or was the expression sugg(!sted by thegreater s(!verity of the climate in the New World as compared with that of ICuroix- ? Mount Royal -a high hill at Montreal, kiunvn as "The Moun- tain." The name Montreal is merely a contr.icted form of Mount Royal. Fleur-de-Hs — ///</'-</? -/<f' {11 T'early as in//r;-). -Literally, the lily flower. This is the name of a figure inscribe(l in the royal arms of l"'rance, and usually supposed to be a representation of the water- lily, or yellow-flag The nai..'? Avas corrupted in OM ICnglish to jh>;i'tr-dv-lucc. Cartier erected a pillar bearing .a cross and the royal arms of Fi.inct! to signify th.it In; claimed the newly dis- covered country for his king and for his 'liurch. i>y what ceremony did Coluud)Us take po.ssession of San Salvador ? See p. iiH. In 13J.I, Vcr.izzani, a Florentine navigator in the employment of I'rancis I. of I'r.ince, claimed pos- session of th(! Atlantic seaboard, from I'Morida to Cape Hreton, giving it the name of La Nottvcllc Cheer . . cheer. —Compare tht! express' jn "to cheer to the echo." A region . . cold.— Cartier passed the winter of 15.^5-36 near the native! village of St.idacona, now Ouebec. It was a bitti^rly cold winter, and i\\v. crew, not jACyUF.S CARTIKK. 8i supplied with either sufticient food or clothing, suffered terrible hard- ships, rind lost twenty-six of their number ( i lo) before spring. Iron-bound— begirt with rocks. Nor seas . gold. — The French were so discouraged at '^pding neither gold nor silver on the shores of the St. Lawrence, that five years passed befon- another expedition to Canada could be fitted out. Where art- pearls found ? In what parts of Canada has gold been found } Thule — thu'lc. — Here used poetically for tiie most northerly parts of Aim rica. .\ccording to the ancients, however, Thule was an island in the extreme north of Europe, probably Iceland, or M.iin- land the largest of the Shetland Islands. Athwart— across the path of. This line refers to the icebergs from the polar seas, which ships encounter in spring oft the coasts of North Anu;rica. Frozen scene. - F.xpress differ- ently. Though it is in the nn)ntli of July that Cartier tells the story of his voyage, yet his vivid dr scription fairly m.d<es his listeners imagine th.it they are in the midst of th(-' " frozen scene ' Changed the strain.— Express otherwis". Fetters fast. -What is meant ? Explain the metaphor in "fetters." Causeway. — Primarily, a raised road over wet or marshy ground. The older and more correct spel- ling is caitsiy. The spelling caiisc- uuiy arose from the mistaken notion that the word was a corn- pound of 7i'<n' as the second portion of it. In winter, our rivers are so firmly frozen over that they fre- quently become common high- ways. Even the St. Lawrence is usually bridged over in this way as far down as Quebec. And the rills . . free.— Note the beautiful melody of this line. What is meant by " the anthem of the free"? Explain the line fully, and show the force of the metaphor employed. Magic wand. — Li fairy tales, a staff or rod carried by fairies, magicians, etc., with which they were supposed to be able to work wonderful changes. Mdj^ic is de- rived from M(i!;i, the ancient I'ersian priests and learned mi'U - the "wi.se men of the I'"ast." See notes on Epipluniv Ilyniii, p. 147. These men cultivated a knowledge of astronomy and natural phiU)sopliy, and werecon- seipiently regarded as possessed of supernatural powers. Landscape. -Iliat portion of country, with the vaiious objects it contains, which is presented to the eye at a simple view. Like the dry . . Paradise — S(;e Ezekiel x\x\ii , 12, Show the force of the simile. Note the suddenness of the transformation expressed in the last C(.)uplet prob.ibly an allusion to the rapid growth of vegetation in our short Canadi.m summers. Compare " Turns the sod to violt'ts," p. f)t. Paradise. — "A word," says Trench, "common in slightly different forms to almost all the nations of the East, and nie.ining some royal park or garden of de- lights: for the Jew it was exalted to signify the wondrous abodt? of our first parents; on the lips of the Lord it signified the blissful waiting-place of faithful departed souls (Luke xxiii.,43), and in Kev. ii., 7, it iiie.ins heavim itself." See note on " I'aradise, ' p. C4. Algonquin braves. — See note on " .Vlgonquins," p. 156, and on " warriors," p. 135. A spirit . . worshipping. — The Indians Ixlieved in a (ireat Spirit, and in the existence of " Happy Hunting Clrounds" — a sort of • tj 82 No II'. ■l(» Till-: IniKTIl KK.\I)KK. 11 Iiulian I'.'irailisc. They wor- shipped animals of various kinds and had many snp(jrstiti(jns rites (■oiiii(( ted with aiiiin.d worship. 'J'o their iina>,'iiiali\(; minds ^.^ood or evil spirits peopled every >.,'len, foniitaiii, height, etc. I-ach the vi!ry implements tiu'\ used were; supposed to he possessed of these spirits. l'"or an interesting' refer- t-'Uee to some; liulian ln-liefs see " 'I'he Tal(! of Marraton," in AildisMii's Ttilis mid AlLi^oi'u s. They brought St. John.— 'I'his hippeiied (inriii>,' fartier's visit to the India i villa>;e of Ho(hela,t,M (se(!lH'low). "("artier s«-eins to ha\(; hi-cMi considered in the li^ht of a deity amon;^ thi-m ; for tliey broiij^ht him tlunr a),'ed kin^' and their sick, in order that he mij^lit heal them. Disclaiming' any such power, (dirtier, with his aciaistomerl jiiety, prayi'd with them, and read part of tlie (iospel of St. John, to their great admira- tion and joy." -Hawkins, P'utuie of {)n< hi i\ Its freshness . . wave. -This is stMicely li lie of the l\iver St. Lawieiuc, nnl( ss the poet has refereiK t; (o its <'stuary, \vhi( h is j3o miles loiif^ ami loo miles wide at its month. ( )f what other rivers might this statement he made ' The glorious scene . . height. — While on his visit to 1 loclu^lag.i, Cartier asked to \)v. led to a mountain top about a mile dis- tant. Arrived tlu-rtr, hiseyocom- ni.mded an immense extent of country, and, enchanted with the view, he gave the hill the name of Mont Rial, or 'i'he Koyal Mount. What time. iCxpand. Cross and crown -a cross sur- mounted by a crown ornamented with the fhnr-ih-Us. Hochelaga. — //oi//-< -/a-^'^// —an Indian village situated on the present .iite of the citv of Montreal, it was si>rrounde(l by a triple row of palisades, and it contained about fifty large-sized wooden lodges, each of which accommodated several families. The inhabitants numbered about i .cxkj. '.'Tiey belonged to the Huron tribe, and were more; tlian usually civilized Fortress cliff -('ape Diamond at (Juebec. The citadel that now crownsthe summit of the cliff has been aptly called the (iibraltar of America. Here Cartier found the Iiulian village of Stadacona, on the site of which Champl.ain laid the foundation of Quebec, in i6oS. What is meant l)y calling this "fortresscliff" the Art'vof fanada ? Read in a lively manner, with such variations of tone as are necessary to bring out the spirit of the j)oem. .Note the tone of sadness in the two last lines of stanza i, and throughout stanza 2. The fourth stanza presents a dreary, cheerless picture, which should bt! represent«'d in the read- ing by proper changes of tone and time. The cheerful, joyous thoughts of the first five lines of the fifth stanza should be expressed with increasing animation, and the last line should be read to express a feeling of reverence. Read the seventh stanza with increasing force throughout. LI 1 1. SCKNE FROM IVANHOK. iC).t. Yeoman - y'l'imni. - In ICnglanil. yeomen are independent farmersof small estate, next in rank to till! gentry Prince John brother of Rich ard 1., whom he succeeded as King of I'.iigland During Rich- ! ard s abs«;nce on the Thii * • ; n \i\ SCKNl'. IKdM I\'\NI1«)1' '^3 sadc, John nttcinptiil u< iisiirp tht; crown, and it was for tlu- purpose of conciliating tlu.> ncMcs and people that tho tournament was iield at which this archery cont<;st took place. Locksley. — Robin Hood, who in this cuntest assumes the name of Ivocksle) , was a fanmns l"",ii^,'lish roblH;r who lived near the LiK' li- ning of tlu; thirteenth c(ntuiy. He is supposed t<J h.ivi! I)een an outlawed Saxon earl; and in tlu: many popular ballads of whii h he is the hero hti is riprisi-ntt-d as the friend and benefactor of his oppressed fellow -countrymen, whose wants he was accustomed to relievo by the plunder of rich Normans. Nobles — K'"ld coins worth about 6s. JSd. stt-rlinj,' The uol'le was so called on at eount of the supi-- rior (juality of its gold. Lincoln green a colour of cloth formerly niailc in Lnuoln, V.u^- land ; also the cloth itself. It \sas tht! characteristic dress of archers ami woodmen. Scourged .</•«/;/</— wliippcd. Lists. llie name; given to the ground in which the sports took place. It was marked ofV by ropes, as in our games of cricket, foot- ball, etc. Insolent braggart - insulting boaster. At the tournament on the previous day, I,o(kslcy had offended PruK t; John by his fear- less, iiulfiieiident maiinfr. Wager that which isstaknl on the result of a contest. Grace's power, (inui- is a sort of title or loiin of respect used in addressing a duki;, a due hess, or an archbisho,>, and formerly ap- plied to the Sovereign of Kuk- land. "Your .Majtsty " is the f(^rm now used in addressing the Sover('ii;n. Men-at-arms. -See note, p. SS. ProfTer olfer, proposal Provost pvuv' u\t il'-ri', the direi tor of the sports. In Scot- land, the name is ;ijiplit>d to the chief m.igistrate of towns and ciiii's, and corrcs[>onds t(J our iiiiiviir. I'he name is also applieil to the heads, or t hief otlut'is, of Sf\ I'i rd I'".n;^lish colle>.;es. The presence, often used to denote tht; place in which a sover- li.^n or priiHi; ri'cei\ s company. Craven a coward, a spiritless fellow. TiThaps meaning, orij.^in- ally, one \\l>o era\is or begs his life at the mils of his enem\-. Cdmpan; ;>\ /< tint. This is no fair me ICx- pifss (iittel fluK Penalty punishment inllicted for tile iomnii>sioii of an otteiue or crime, t)r k)V non compliance with an agreement. Infamy disgrace Overshoot. -(iencr.dlN . to shoot beyoiiil ; lure, tosh(M)t bt tttr than , to (lefc It. Avenue passage; (Duimonly, a walk shadt (1 bv trees. Access appioach II .T Precedence pi;-si}i{iiis. — I hstinguish from pruidcnts (pn^s- e (leiils). Forester -an oflicer appointed to itt«Mid tt), or watch, a f^orest. Malvoisin -a Norman follower ot I'riiuijjolm, who took part in the tournament on the previous riav. Try conclusions C inclusion, properly the end or liiial r(;sult. With tin; meaning iwpcrimint or /;•/(//, it is now obst)Kte, except in the phrase " to try conclusions." Baldric — a bro.id belt hung diagonally across tiie body from the shoulder, wt)rn either as an ornanu-nt or to suspt iid a sword, diigyer, etc. Quiver a ca.se for arrows. Sith since Bugle a hunting-horn. The })i i/.e to be awarded tt) the lH;st archer was " a bugle-horn mounted with silver, and a silken baldric V «4 NOTI.S TO TMh. lorKTU KKADllK. richly (irnainintcil witli a nicflal- ' lion of Saint Hiilxjit, tin; patron of sylvan sport." My grandsire . . Hastings. — What is th'- rcfcn-nct; lure ? Deliberation — caution, ^reat care. Compare " pause . . aim," p. ifyG. lOo. Antagonist — adversary, opponent. Shot his arrow . appearance. — Ke-write, so as to bring out the meaning cU;arly. White spot-th(! hull's rvc. An.— Old ICnglish f(M- //." Runagate — rencgach', vaga- bond. Compare note on "rene- gades." p. 13S. Insulting smile. - Point out other expressions that slunv John's ill-will to LocksUy. Precaution— previous care or caution. Competitor rival, opponent. 167. Dexterity skill, clever- ness. Give vent . clamor —Para- phrase. Wand twig, rod. Composure --cool ness.calmness. Observing— saying, remarking. Give otluT meanings. Woodsman. — Same as zvood- nuin, a huntt;r, a forester. King Arthur's . . table. -King Arthur was a mythical king of the ancient Britons who opjiosed the Saxon invaders. He li\ed in splendid state at Caerleon in Wales. He is said to have insti- tuted a famous order (^f knight- hood, known as the " Knights of the Kound Table," because they sat at a large circular table, to prevent disputes about prece- dence. The number of these knights is variously givt.;n — from twelv(! to one hundred and fifty. Buckler .1 kind of shield. Whittle diminuti\e of whit (whet) — a knifi! ; rari'ly now us<'d except in provincial ICnglish or Scotch, as " a ShefUeld whittle." Sirrah. .V word of address generally eipiivalent to fillnw or sir, with an angry cr contemptu- ous fore t! added. 1^)8. Event — resu '. Vindicated -proveu to be just or right. Jubilee of acclamations loud and repeated shouts of admira- tion. We will . . person. — The plurals r.'r , tiur, us, refi;rring to one person, an; said to have betm first used either by John or by Richard in his proclamations. This style of speech has ever since been retained by .sovereigns. It is also used by editors, authors, and the like, to show that th(!y are not giving ex|ir(>ssion merely to their own opinions, but rather to the opinions of the; public. Reluctance— unwillingness. Bounty - favor, free gift. There is much spirited conver- sation in this lesson, and care should be taken to give proper expres-si(jn to it in the reading. Bring out the contr.ist between the haughty, scornful bearing of Prince John, and the; courteous, yet frank ami fearless, manner of Locksley. I. Form nouns from tin; follow- ing adjectives, showing the effect of the change : — bold, careless, bri)ail, warm, fresh, present, real, noble; and adjtctives from the following nouns: — day, notice, reluctance, modesty, thickness, siu cess, tiishonor, pre.sence. II. Classify the sentences in the paragraph l)eginning, " A tar- get was placed, 'as simple, com- jK)und, or complex. Write out a simple, a compouiul, and a com- plex sentence, eacli containing a (pialified subject, and a transitive verb in the active voice with one or more adverbird adjuncts. Change these sentences into the passive form. SrF.NI', I'UnM IVANIIOF'. -F.onilNVAK. 85 III. Write out till' fi)lK)uiiiK in direct narration: — He be^rm to peel the rod with great coinposine. observinj^ that to a^k a wooihnan to shoot at a target so broad as had hitherto bcin use-d was to put shame on liis skill. l'"<ir his own part, and in the land wliert: he was bred, men would as soon take for their mark King Arthurs round table, which held sixty knights around it. I\'. Writi' in indirei t narration all the direc t narration on pages H>\ and 165. V. Tiive hi'ads for a synopsis of the lesson, anrl sketch the U;sson, Using one of tin* heads as th»! sul)- jet t of e.icli par.igr.ipli. IJ\'. I,()t'IIINV.\K. lOr). Lochinvar. — This was the name of a c.islk; which stood by a lake of the same name in tlie parish of Dairy, in Kirkcudbright, Scotland. It was a seat ot tin; Gordon f.imily, of which " Young Lochinvar" was a chii'f. Nether by Hall, of which the (Irahams were lords, was near Carlisle, in Cumberland, r.ngland. Helen Graham was to bt; married, by the wish of her father and mother, to one of the Musgraves — " a lag- gard in love and a dastard in war"; but Lochinvar, the l.idy's true love, carried lu-r oli from tin; very midst of the guests assembled for the wedding. Border. — The land lying along the boundary line bti.veen I'.ng- land and Scotland. This bordt r- land was a scene of continual war- fare. Steed. - A poetic name for .a horse, especially a spirited horse for purposes of state or w.ir. Save— except. Broad-sword —a sword with a broad blatlt , foririerly tlu^ national weapon of the Highlanders; also called claymore. Dauntless— bold, fearless. Knight. - I'or .1 description of a knight in feudal times, see Col- lins' History, Social condition of the Xornittns. There never . . Lochinvar.— Note any peculiarity in the con- struction of this line. Brake a place overgrown with bru.-'hwood and br.ind)lt.'s, a thiik- et, Lxpri'ss the meaning of this line .'IS brictlv as possible. Esk river. This river flows south through J )uinfriesshire into lh(> Solw.iy I'rilh. Ford —a shallow place in a river wliere it may bt: crossed by wad- ing. The bride . . consented.— Comiileti; the sentence Gallant -a high-spirited, brave young man. It is pronounced t,'((//(f///' when it means a man who is polit(j and attentive to women. Laggard —one who lags or falls behind. Dastard— a coward. The suffix ((/-(/ denotes an ag(!nt, one who jic rfornis what is implied in the root of th<! word. It has in addi- tion ;i (dnt(in|)tuous force. Com- jiare liiiinkurd, slu^f:[ard. These words are used here to make the "poor, rravt>n bridegroom" ap- pear in a contemptible light, and to excuse Lllen's conduct for her desertion of hin) after having con- sented to marrv him. Bridesmen men who attend upon a bridegroom and bride at their marriage Groomsvun and bridesmaids are the terms em- ploved with us. His hand . . sword. -Why? Craven. — See note [on " cra- \en," p. 1G.4. Compare "dastard in war." i 86 NOTKS To Till': lOlKTIl KI.AnKR. Slr(int,'fr than Ch.inf^o ( Never a word. " nut .1 uonl O come . . Lochinvar. to iiidirt'c t nairatiun. Suit. — Cf-vc diflLrent meanings of this word. Love swells . . tide.— The; Sol - way l-rith is noK-d for the rapid ebb and flow of its tide. And now . . wine. I.ochinvar wislied to make Jdlen's fatht.-r be- lieve that his love for ICllen had died out. and that lu'came merely to take his farewell Measure — a dance, penerally with slow and measured steps. Ciivt; the other meanin^^s. Kissed the goblet.— ("ompare Goldsmith's Dts<rtitl VilUi^c, 1. 250. Not<; the short, pithy sen- tences to indic.ite rapid succession of incidents. She looked . . eye.— Explain Ellen's conduct here. Bar -hinder. Give other mean- inus Galliard - a lively dance. Is "galliard " the subject or the ob- ject of "did grace"? This word also means a lively, rollickin^^ younj.? fellow, one whose nature it is to be j.;ay. Fret fume, histiuf^uish. And the bridegroom . . plume. --I'^.Nplain "bonnet " and " plume." Note the conduct of the bride- f,'rooin, and compare the previous description of him. Charger— war-horse. Croup- crimp ~-i\w place be- hind the saddle; also spelled iruuf^i'. Scaur — a bare, broken place on the side of a hill, from which the soil has bi-en washed down by the rain. Same word as scar. Graemes. — .Vnother spelling of Cirnlituiis. Cannobie Lee— a plain in the valley of the l^sk in Dunifries- shire, divided from C'umberland by the river Liddel. This sonj^ forms the twelfth stanza of tlie fifth canto of Mar- mi i>u. The rapid succession of incidenf in this ballad is well expressed by tile galloping movement of the metre. ki-ad with much spirit and ani- mation. LV. THE HISTORY OF .\ IMICCl-: OF COAL. I FIKSr KI ADINC. 171. Film an extremely thin layer. Charcoal— coal made by char- rin<^ wooil. Wood is reduced to charcoal by burning it wheio it comes in contact with but a limited supply of air. When char- coal is wanted in large «]uantities, logs of wood are heaped together and cov(!red with earth, h(iles being left at the bottom to admit sufficient air to keep the heap burning. A hollow space is also left in the inidille of the heap to serve as a Mue. The wood when set on t're burns slowly and with- out flame, 172. Carbon. -This is the chemical name for pure charcoal, and includesalsographiteor black- lead, and the diamond. Imaginary journey. -What is meant ? Shaft- the entrance to a mine, fiive other meanings. Gallery. -In coal-mines pillars of the coal are left to support the r(H)f. The passages between the pillars an- called galleries 175 Fossil. This word in its rill-: HISTORY oi- a imkcic oi-- com. «7 wiflcst .md literal srnst! means whatever is du^ out of the earth, including all tniiicrals and rocl^s. as well as tlu^ animal and vepetahlf? remains imbedded in ri)cks. It is now, however, used in a restricted sense, and is applied to tin; prtri- fie<l forms of plants and animals which are found imhedtled in the earth. Microscope an instrument that maktjs sm.iU bodies appear larj^er, and renders visible small objects that cannot be seen by the nakecl eve. Petrifies turns into stone. Carbonate of lime limestone, chalk, marble. Thcscj substances, though so different in appe.irance, have the same chemical comjujsi- tion. Fibres • fine thread like sub- >tances w Inch tMiter into the struc- aire of plants and animals. Nodules -small knots t)r lumps. 17.}. Remained crystallized. — That is, remained in the solid form which they assumed when thi^car- Ixjuate of lime trickled in. For an illustration of the process of crys- tallizati(jn see Koscoe's Chemistry Priiiitr, sec. y.art. 2j. Museum— a building in which things that have an immediate relation to literature, art, or science are collected and system- atically arranged for the inspection of the curious or the studious The British Museum, founded in 1753, is the largest in Hritain. Deciphering -- discovering or explaining the meaning of. 175. Resin — a stimi-tluid, sticky substance which oozt-s from plants. Rosin ii corrupted form of tin; word — is the name given to resin when it is employcnl in the solid state for ordinary purposes. Artificial. — Give the word of opposite meaning. Gigantic -huge Botanists -persons skillrd in tin; kuou lfds,'c of plants. i7'>. Pollen-dust. S««! Sj>ot- tou'^ Stnii turnl /intany, chap. ii. Heaths. -See noteon • heather," 1'. 'n Newt - a sjK'cies of rep.tile resembling a li/ard, and living in ponds and ditches. I. 1 )istin:^uish betwet n smooth and Kilin . specimen, sample, and txnwpli- : gradually and sli>u-ly ; suspect a ml/«<;r.- flame and hnrn ; baked and lookiii: imagine ancl ionjiihiri ; evif* nce .Old pri>t<t : remains and rnuuiinls; clothes and ildtlis : recognize and kii<>:c .• pattern and i>fuip<- ; object and ubjcct'. II. Select all tlu! compound words in the lesson, and show which art; temjxirary compounds and wliii h permanent com{)ounds .\cc.ount for the hvphen in itxil-siiillle and for its absence in SKUhi (11)1. III. .Xnalyze, showing clearly the force of the prefixes and suf- lix(;s --imprisoned. im{>ossible. cart;fully, unlike, rootlets, trans- parent, (^'ciphering, tropical. I\^ Write out the following S(;nteiKHS, expanding the it.ilicized phrases into propositions: — You will r(.;cogniz«; tlu; long, striptd branches nut unlike reeds. Whole masses of these root stems, with rihhon-iike roots lyinij^ sedttereii near th.ni, are found in the lavt;r of clay called the underelay. By cnt- tinif thin trunsparent slues across the nodules, we can distinctly see the leavei". and stems. Have we anytiiing (ike them now? Other trees of the coal forests are called by the botatiists s( aly trees, /r«<m the scale-like nitirkson their trunks. V. Combine into a paragraph : — We use coal for heating our houses and for cooking our food. This t o.il is obtained from mines. It has been stored in these mines for agiis. We know that wood will burn, giving off licit and light i: 88 NOTKS TO Till-: lOl'KTU KI.AI )i:i<. Many of us know how charcoal is made. Wood is plact.'d in j)its It is then covrrtnl with t-arth and baki'd. We find coal acting; whrii svt on firt: much thr saiin- as wood and charcoal. Wo think they must be somewhat alike. W(^ e.\- amine a piece of coal. We find in W)me pieces the; shapes of leaves and branches. Sometimes \vr. find in very lar>.'e pieces the form of the trunk of a tree. We (oine to the conclusion that coal is formed of ])laiits 'i'hesc ha\e been bur- ied under ground, and have been elianj^eil in form and color in some way. VI. Paraphrase thesecond para- graph. VII. Writ(! out tlie subject of each paragraph, and from these he.ids make a short summary of tile lesson. L\I. Tin: IIOXICST .M.W, 177. Still — continually, habitu- ally. Strongly— firmly, with set jmr- pose Neighbor. For th*? sense in which this word is usid st;e l,uk(; X.. -•5-37. True.— What is the grammatical relation ? Fawning- mean flattery Unpin -wrench.— " tlnpin here means to disturb, to unsettle ; " Wrench," to strain, to turn nsidr by force. In both these words there is an allusion to the dis- placinjjorderaiiginK'of maciiinery " Fawning" may be connected in meaning with "unpin," and " force ' with " wrench " Loose or easy. — What is meant by " loose " and " easy " as applied to honesty ? Ruffling wind— wind so li^ht that it causes merely a ruj]]e or ripple on the surface of the water. Mere it may be applied to any- thing that tends to dLscpiiet or unsettle a person. We speak of '* the breath of slander." "the blasts of adversity," and tlu; like ; but such things cannot affect the honesty of the truly honest man. Glittering . . blind. The honest man is never so dazzled by display, flattery, or a desire for fame, as to be turned aside from the ri^ht path. The construction is, " that a glittering look can blind it." Who rides . . behind. — Who f.iithruUy and steadily does his duty, regardless of tlu; opinions or the conduct of others. In the lable of " The I lare and the Tor- toise," it is the " slow and steady " tortoise that wins the race. Nor -nor - I'oetic for neither nor. But doth . . weigh. — The hoiu.'st man, in determining his course of ctmduct in any case, " weighs the thing and the ex- ample"; that is, he considers, first, what is right, and then, what is expedient or projxir under the circumstances. Many things may be lawful which are not e.\- p(Mlient. Compare i Corinthians Brought into a sum -carefully weii^lied or consideretl. \Vhat place . . pay. — When the honest man, afti.T calm and careful coiij^ideration, hasdtxided what is right ami prop(.'r for him to do, he acts ])romptIy, and does liis tlnty faithfully " to God, his neiijhbor, and himself." Work woo. — Work, to influ- ence or gain ovit by deceitful prac- tiei^s; 7i'oo, to jirev.iil upon or iuiluce by praise or flattery. Tin-: IIONKST MAN— HKOKKN FKIKNDSH 11'. ^9 Trick sleig^ht. Distinguish ("I'inpaic " triLk()ftr,-i(li.'," "slui^ht of hand." Whi-ii this jHu'in was written the words sliit^^ht and litCiit wcro probaMy pronounced with tho lonf< a sound (as <•/ in frii^ht), to rhynic with straif^ht. Consult I'.arlf's /V/;7o/(y;i,M',par. 186. Fashion - bearing, manner of actin<^. Of a piece— consistent. His manner of life agrees with his prof(!ssions. Clear and straight. — Express difterently. Who . . temptations. — Close, pressing, or lusir at hand. Per- haps an allusion to the tertns "liot" and " liery," applied sonie- tiinis to " temptations " and "trials." See i i'eteriv., 12. To what is tli«; honest man here com- pared ? Taraphrase, bringingout clearly the full meaning of the comparison. The sun . . sin.— Note the beautiful contrast in these lines. Others are virtuous only when the eyes of the world are upon them : the practice of virtue is with them a cpiestion of expt:di- er cy ; his virtue is not regulated by time or circumstances, but it directs and governs all his actions. 178 Allows for that. He has charity for the laulls and weak- nesses of others. Keeps his . . way.— Com- part; ■ Kiiles his sure and even trot ' Whom . . defeat. — Tie does not make the faults of others an excust; for wrong-doing Procure -induce. Give other meanings. Whom . . limbs. Though all other men should depart from the right course, nothing can induce him to act contrary to his better judgment. Share . . ill. — If he cannot reim;(ly thtrevil 1 e will not become .'I partner in it. Name the chief characteristics of the h(mest man, as described in the poem. The language of this poem is gn.'atly condensed, and, conse- quently, a very large proportion of tin; words ar<! empliatic. It should be read througlKnit in a firm, decided tone. Pause after •look," and empha- size " blind " in the second stanza. He careful to give proper ex- pression to the contrasted ideas in the two last lines of the fifth stanza. sH If LVII. F^ROKKN FKIENDSHII 17S. Friends in youth -These were Sir Leolineand Lord Roland de Vaux. Sir Leoline was the father of Christabel, the heroine of the poem. See introductory notice, p. 33. Whispering tongues. — The tongues of slanderers. Para- phrase this line. Compare " Slan- der, whose edge is sharper than the sword; whose tongue out- venonis all the worms of Nile." — Cviiihi line, art iii., sc. 4. And constancy . . above. — In Heaven only can constancy be found. Life is thorny. —Explain. Vol- taire, in speaking of life, said, " Life is thickly sown with thorns, and I know of no other remedy than to pass quickly through them." Youth is vain. — .\n allusion to the foolishness and impetuosity of youth. And to be wroth . . brain. — Paraphrase, showing tin; connec- tion of the phrase " in the brain." UN IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) £y 1.0 I.I :.25 liiilM IIIIIM 12.0 ll£ 1.8 I>1 11 1.6 % <m 7 o^ ^^ >^ <'V^ O / Photographic Sciences Corporation 33 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, NY. 14S80 (716) 873-4503 .fi E? // "^^ L(S> go N()TI':S TO Tllli lOUKTH KKADIiR. Divine — guess, conjecture. Disdain — scorn, contempt. Heart's best brother. — This shows the close friendship of the two friends. Point out other passages that show this. Hollow heart. — What is meant ? Paraphrase the line by a clause. Aloof — apart, separated. The scars remaining. — Ex- plain. See note on "whispering tongues " above. Ween— think, fancy. Show in what respect the com- parison in the five concluding lines may be applied to the parted friends. |i ' LVIII. THi: HISTORY OF A PIECl-: OF COAL. SECOND READING. 179. Virginia. — So named by Sir Walter Raleigh, in honor of Queen Elizabeth, the Virgin Queen of England. Carolina. — Named after Charles II. of England, Carolus being the Latin name for Charles. Quagmire — wet, boggy land, that trembles under the foot. Peat — a natural accumulation of decayed mosses and other vegetable remains, found in wet, low-lying districts. When thoroughly dried it burns, giving out a gentle heat, without much smoke. It abounds in Scotland and Ireland, where it is used for fuel 180. Flow-ooze— filter.— Dis- tinguish in meaning. Jungle — a tract of land thickly grown over with brushwood or slender, reed-like trees. Evergreens. — The reference is probably to low, scrubby ever- green plants, in contrast with the tall cedar, which is itself an ever- green. 181. Delta. — See geography for definitioii. Name other important deltas. Stifled — smothered. A plant may be stifled as well as a human being by having its supply of fresh air cut off. 183. Hard .stone coal. — This is commonly known as hard or anthracite coal. The coal de- scribed in the preceding sentence is commonly known as soft or bituminous coal. Almonds. — The well-known nuts, from the kernels of which the oil is obtained. Lavender. — A plant of the sage or mint family, from the leaves o^ which the oil is distilled. Cloves. — The clove plant is a native of the Molucca or Spice Islands. The oil is obtained from the buds. Caraways. — The common car- away seeds. The oil is obtained by distilling the seeds in spirits. Paraffine . . lamps. — This has reference to England. Whence do we obtam the petroleum or coal-oil used in Canada ? Benzoline. — Called also benzol and benzine. Mauve — a beautiful purple color. Essences— extracts. Foliage - leaves of trees and plants. I. Distinguish between g^ass and grasses ; lie and lye ; differ from and lUffer with ; earthy and earthly; compared to and com- pared zcith ; prevent and hinder; solid and/rm ; remember and re- eoUect ; discovered and invented. THE HISTORY OF A PIIXE OF COAL — YARROW UN VISITED. QI II. Form new words by addinj; prefixes or suffixes or both to the followin<,f, and show how the mean- ing is affected by tlie additions: — firm, root, shade, ease, land, plain, solid, pure, mass, admire, use. III. Vary the construction and phraseology of the following, in as many ways as possible: — To an- swer the question, I must ask you to go with me to Norfolk. The next thing we must account for is the bed of shale or hardened clay covering the coal. r.Iany of the rocks on which coal is found are altered by heat. You will find it difficult at first to tmderstand how coal can be so full of oil. The soil is as black as ink. IV. Combine into a paragraph : — Let me tell you something that happened long, long ago. In some parts of the world there were at that time large marshy districts. Plants grew upon these places, Then the plants were very large. They fell and died. Others grew in their places. In turn these fell and died. They were succeeded by others which in their turn gave place to others. The land began to sink a httle. The rivers car- ried down mud and sand. These covered the grt^at masses of dead plants. The land at last sank un- der the sea. Then it began to rise again. It came out of the water. Plants grew on it again as before and died, only to be covered with mud and sand as those before them had been. Again the land sank under the sea. Again it ros<i. This was repeated many times in some places. fireat masses of clay and sand covered the dead plants. The clay and sand w(;re very heavy. They pressed heavily on the dead plants; They squeezed them into a solid mass. There is great heat in the centre of the earth. This heat baked the mass into a solid substance. This substance is the coal we burn. V. Write the lesson, from the following paragraph heads: — The Dismal Swamp. How the coa' has layers of sand and clay in it. How the coal became hard. Why it (1( es not Rame like wood. What substances we can get from coal- tar. What useful lesson we may learn from a piece of coal. LIX. YARROW UNVISITED. 185. Yarrow. — This is a small river flowing north-east through Selkirk County, Scotland. After a course of twenty-five miles it joins the Ettrick, a tributary of the Tweed, near the town of Sel- kirk. W'ordsworth wrote three poems on this beautiful stream — Yarro70 Unvi sited, in 1S03, after a visit to Scotland in company with his sister, Dorothy; Yarrujc Visited, in 1814, and Yarrow Revisited, in 1831. Stirling Castle. — Stirling, on the Forth, is one of the most ancient and historically important towns in Scotland. Its castle is of very great antiquity, and was the scene of many stirring events in Scottish history. The view from the towers of Stirling Castle is very extensive, and is unsur- passed in beauty. The mazy Forth.— The Forth is a ve.y crooked stream, hence the epithet "mazy," wh.ch here means jcindiurr. Scott calls these tvittdiugs "the links of Forth. ' — Lady of the Lake, ii., 30. Unravelled. — This word is sug- 92 NOTKS TO THE FOURTH RKALKR. ¥ gested by " mazy." The poet com- pares the meanderirif^, or winding, river to a tangled thread. Clovenford. — A villaf,'e near the junction of the Kttrick and the Tweed. "Winsome Marrow" — agree- able companion, or lovely sweet- heart ; here applied to the poet's sister. The words are quoted from a ballad written by William Hamilton (1704-1754), beginning : "Busk ye, busk ye, my bonny, bonny bride, Busk ye, busk ye, my winsome marrow." Betide— happen. Braes. — See note on "braes," p. 98. The braes of the Yarrow are very beautiful. Folk — people. See Mason's Grammar, par. 62. Frae— from. Buying^, selling. — Express by a single word. Herons — birds of the same family as the stork. Couch — lie close and concealed. One of the distinctions between the hare and the rabbit is brought out in this line. The rabbit is smaller than the hare, and has shorter legs; therefore it is not so well adapted to seek safety by rapid and continuous running, but it retreats to burrows, or holes in the ground, which it excavates with great rapidity. Downward . . Tweed. — Fol- low tne course of the Tweed down- ward. Gala Water. — The river Gala, which rises in Edinburgh County, and, flowing south, joins the Tweed near Abbotsford, the home of Sir Walter Scott. Leader Haughs.-A river rising in l^erwick County, and flowing into the Tweed not far from Mel- rose ; called also Leader Water. The name hau^h {frii like ch in luch) is also applied to low-lying. flat ground, properly on the border of a river, and such as is some- times overflowed. Both . . us. — In what direction was the poet going ? Dryboroug^h. — A'so written Dryburgh. It is situated in the County of Roxburgh, on the Tweed, four miles south-east of Melrose, and is noted for the beautiful ruins of its abbey, in which Sir Walter Scott was buried. Chiming^ Tweed. — Explain " chiming.' Lintwhites — linnets. The linnet is a favorite singing bird, very common in Britain. In Scotland it is also called Untie. 186. Teviotda'e. — Thevalleyof the Teviot, a river flowing into the Tweed at Kelso. This valley is very beautiful. A land . . harrow. — Explain. Compare " To scatter plenty o'er a smiling land," (rray's Elegy, p. 333. Blithe means glad, joyous. Dark hills. ^The eastern spur of the Lowther Hills. Note the inversion in this line. Wor der. — Here, admiration. Distinguish from itsusual meaning. True-love. — Who is meant ? Holms — horns — low, flat tr"cts of rich land by the side of a river. Strath. — In Scotland, a valley of considerable size, often having a river running through it and giving it its distinctive name, as Strathearn. Thorough— thtir'o — through ; lengthened to complete the line and to rhyme with Yarrow. Beeves — plural of dee/. The word beef was originally applied to the living ox, bull, or cow. It is now applied only to the flesh of these animals, and in this sense has no plural. The sweets . . meadow. — What is meant ? Bum-mill. — Bum is a Scotch word meaning brook or small stream, as in Baniiuekhurn. YARROW UNVISITED — TO A SKYLARK. 93 Saint Mary's Lake. — An ex- pansion of the Yarrow. This beau- tiful little lake is surrounded by grassy hills, which are bare of trees and rise abruptly from the margin of the lake. See the de- scription of " lone Saint Mary's silent lake," in Scott's Mnrmion — Introduction to canto ii., 11. 148- 173- Float . . shadow. ~ We have hero a pretty picture of the pre- vailing calmness of the water of thelake. Compare Scott's descrip- tion: "Far in the mirror, bright and blue, Each hill's huge outline you may ' view." Rue— repent ; be sorry for. ■We have . . it.— The poet has an imaginary picture of the Yar- row in his own mind, and he is afraid that the real Yarrow, when I seen, will not quite come up to his expectations. Undo — spoil, destroy. 187. Trejisured dreams. — Ex- plain. Another Yarrow. — The image of the real Y'arrow will then take the place of the poet's ideal pic- ture of the Yarrow, which he wishes to retain. With freezing years. — This phrase is grammatically connected with "care," not with "should coT.e." What comparison is here made between cnrr and frost ? For a parallel comparison, see Gray's Elegy, 11. 51-2: " Chill p'jnury repress'd their noble rage. And froze the genial current of the soul." Loath— /(»//' (th as in thin) — re- luctant, unwilling. Spelled also loth. Melancholy — gloomy, low- spirited. Bonny — fair or pleasant to look upon. i'araphrase the last stanza. Point out on the map all places mentioned in the lesson, and trace the courses of the rivers. Alliteration is common through- out the poem. I'oint out instances of its use. This poem should be read in a brisk, lively manner. A playful tone of contempt should mark the passages in which the poet seems to speak slightingly of the river Yarrow. Read these passages with the rising inflection. "Sirange words . . Yarrow. Read with a mingled feeling of sorrow and surprise. Emphasize "thus" and " Y'arrow." LX. TO A SKYLARK. iZv/. Ethereal minstrel — heavenly singer. Compare "Mu- sical cherub," p. 99. Pilgrim . . sky. — Why is the skylark so called ? Dost thou . . abound? -Com- pare "Blithesome and cumber- less," p. 99. While . . ground?— Compare "Thy lay . . varth. p. 99. Aspire— soar, fly aloft. Thy nest . . Ftill. — Compare " Then, when the gloaming comes, . . be," p. 99. Composed cjuiet. To the last . . warbler I -Com- pare the third stanza of Hogg's Skylark, p. 99. Love-prompted strain.- Com- part; " Love gives . . birth, " p. 90. 94 NOTES TO Till-: FOURTH READER. 'Twixt . . bond. — Wliat is meant ? Not the less — nevertheless. Thoiif^h tlie lark is out of sIkIh, " beyond the last point of vision, " nevertheless its joyous song is heard on the earth. Compare " Thou art unseen, but yet I hear thy shrill deli-ht," Shelley's Sky- lark, stanza 4. Bosom . . plain. — A similar expression is "lap of earth " in Gray's Eli^fry. Yet might'st . . spring.— Yet you mount so high that you might seem to have lost all connection with the earth, and not to recj^iire those genial influences of spring which prompt the songs of other birds. Her shady wood. — The nightin- gale frequents thickets and hedges. " It usually begins its song in the evening, and sings, with brief in- tervals, throughout the night." A privacy . . thine. —Note the force of "privacy" and the con- trast between "glorious light" and " shady wood." The poet in this beautiful line represents the lark as soaring so far above the nightingale and all other singing birds that it enjoys the '■ glorious light " of the setting sun after the shades of evening have begun to fall upon the earth. Whence . . divine — Conipare ^hv\U\ s Sky Ink: " That from heaven, or near it, I'ourest thy full heart In pmfusc strains of unpremedi- tated art " Flood of harmony. —Harmony, agreeable sounds. Expand the inetaplior. Instinct ~ the natural impulse or disposition by which animals are guided in performing certain actions; what they do by instinct they are not taught to do. The lark's song is uiiprcincd'ttatcd, or not studied beforehand. It is the gift of its Creator, and therefore more divine than any song taught by man. Type . . roam. — In what re- spect is the lark a type of the xvise ? Perhaps Wordsworth is thinking of his own quiet life among the Cumberland lakes, where most of his poems were composed. True . . Home. —Compare "Or, while the wings aspire . . ground?" In what respect may Heaven and Home be called "kindred points" ? Compare this poem with Hogg's Skylark, both as to language and metre, and show how their differ- ences in these respects affect the manner of reading the two poems. LXI. SHE WAS A PHANTOM OF DICLIGHT. 188. The subject of this poem was Wordsworth's wife, Rlary Hutchinson, whom he married in 1802. The poem was written in 1805. Phantom of delight — a vision of joy and gladness. Compare the meaning of "phantom," p. 52. Gleamed . . sight. — Note the comparison to a gleam of sunshine. Compare : "And that smile, like sunshine, dart Into many a sunless heart, I'or a smile of Ciod thou art." — Lon;.^fero\v, Maidenhood, Apparition — an appearance, a fancied vision. See note on " phantom " above. Moment's ornament. — Perhaps an allusion to beauty, which quick- SIIR WAS A IMIA TOM OF DI'.l.ir.HT. 95 ly fades awi'y. Sliakcspi.arc sjx aks of "the (>rnamcnt of beauty," Sonnet, LXX. Her eyes . . fair. — Compare Romeo and Juliet, act ii., yc. 2: — ' her eye in heaven Would through the airy region stream so brif;ht, That birds would sing, and think it were not night." Twilight's.— Twilight is. What is the subject of Is ? According to the strict grammatical sense the verb should be %vas, but poets do not always consider themselves bound by grammatical rules. May-time. — An allusion to the "merry month of May," when everything in nature is bright and pleasant. Explain the contrast between the couplet. "But all . . dawn" and the preceding couplet. Haunt -startle— waylay.— Ex- plain. These words are probably suggested by '• phantom" and "apparition " above. I saw . . tool— A closer ac- quaintance discovers her to be not merely a " phantom of delight," a spirit of beauty, but a true woman, "with the heart and hopes of a woman." Virgin liberty — that freedom which springs from a simple, un- affected, girlish nature. Countenance. — The counte- nance, as distinguished from the face, belongs only to intellectual man; it is the "soul's apparent seat," the place where the soul reveals or shows itself. Records — memorials of the past. Her countenance revealed a life of sweetness and purity. Promises as sweet — indica- tions that thissweetness and purity of life would continue. Hainan . food. This is ex- plained in the next two lines, where we have an enumeration of the things which usually fall to the lot of women. Transient sorrows — sorrows that (piickly pass away; petty troubles. Simple wiles - innocent tricks or stratagems to gain love and favor. Serene — clear. The very pulse — the very heart, the inner nature. .\ still closer acquaintance is here indicated, which reveals a perfect woman, a being in whom there are united beauty of form and grace of move- ment, purity of heart and loving sympathy, "the firm reason, the temperate will, endurance, fore- sight, strength, and skill." Breathing . . breath. — Express by a clause, bringing out the full meaning of " tlioughtful." A traveller . . death.— ^^ife is often compared to a journey, and man to a traveller or a pilgrim. See Longfellow's Translatwns (Capias dc Manrique), and com- pare the stanza beginning, " This world is but the rugged road," and the following stanza. This poem presents a picture of woman in a thiec ^o\C: aspect. The first stanza treats of her ex- ternal appearance, her relation to the beautiful; her qualities of heart and mind form the subject of the second and third stanzas. Read so as to express bright, cheerful thoughts, especially in the first stanza. As the reading proceeds, the tone should become deeper and the time slower, to mark the greater elevation of thought, especially in the last stanza. s I 96 NOTKS TO TIIK ForKTU RKADKR. Lxii. lumbi:ring. FIRST READING. ; I.. 189. Canada's lot.— Give other meanings of lut. Staple industries — those in- dustries upon which the country chieHy depends for its income. Name other leading Canadian in- dustries besides agriculture and lumbering. How does each of these contribute to the wealth of the country ? Most of all others. — Notice the faulty construction. Compare Tom Broivn, page 2i, line 3. Organic place. — Notice the comparison of a country to a living body. The lumber trade is represented as necessary to the development of the resources of Canada just as each of the organs of the body, the heart, the lungs, etc., is necessary to the growth of the body. Development— growth and progress. Resources.— The resources of a country are its natural products, whether animal, vegetable, or mineral. Name the chief re- sources of Canada. Evolution — a gradual unfolding. The "evolution of literature and art" is, according to the author, the result of commercial pros- perity, and to this prosperity the lumber trade contributes. Fron'tier.- Used here not to denote any particular boundary line, but rather the settled portions of Canada along the boundary. Civilization has advanced from Quebec and the Maritime Pro- vinces, westward, and thence northward. Depot — de'po — a place where goods of various kinds, including natural products, such as lumber, wheat, etc., are collected or stored for use or shipment. The term is also applied to a railway station. This word has become so thorough- ly anglicized that it is in doubtful taste to give it the French pro- nunciation (dCi-po). Hamlets. — A hamlet is a small cluster of houses in the country, a small village. The word ham is Anglo-Saxon for villairc. Note the force of the suffix let, and give other words having suffixes of similar force. Unbroken front. — A forest whose timber has not yet been cleared off. Civilization— refinement of manners, and advancement in the arts, sciences, etc. Villages — towns — cities. — What makes the distinction between these in Canada? Recession.— This word is aptly used here. The lumber industry must of necessity recede or go back from the settled districts as its source of supply becomes ex- hausted. Wake. — Properly, the track left by a ship in the water. Show how the meaning of the word as used in the lesson is suggested by its proper meaning. Swart — dark-skinned. Tinge. — Give synonyms, Algonquins. — See note, p. 156, Congregate — collect, assemble. Rendezvous — rcn'dS-voo — a place of meeting. 190. Graceful bearing. — Ex- plain. The Indian, under the in- fluence of civilization, loses this graceful bearing. Garrulous — talkative, chatter- ing. Appropriate— suitable. I.nMnRRING. 97 Quaint— odd, with the added notion of old-fushwHcd. Coquettishly— after the manner of a cotjuette, that is, attracting attention from vanity. See note on coqiuttinfr, p. 31. Highlanders — natives of the Highlands or mountainous dis- tricts in the north and west of Scotland. Old World. — Here, Europe. The name is generally applied to the continents of Europe, Asia, and Africa. Why ? Long ago . . allies.— For the relations existing between France and Scotland during the Tudor and previous periods, see any good History of England. Foreman — an overseer, a man set over men to superintend their work. Explorers. — Those who are sent out to examine the forest in order to find the best place to build the shanty, and to plan the operations of the lumbermen for the winter. Shanty. — Here, the temporary dwelling of the lumbermen while engaged in the woods. It is a Gaelic, or Irish, word, meaning old house. Dovetailed. — Fastened together by having the ends of a log cut in the form of a dove's tail, and then let irtocorresponding notches in the ends of other logs. This is a strong way of jointing, and is much used by joiners and cabinet- makers. Quadrangular enclosure— a place enclosed by four walls or sides. Pitch — slope. The roofs of the shanties have very little slope. Concave— convex. — The outer side of each half tree is convex or rounded, and the inner side co/i- cave or hollo\v . To form the roof "scoops" are laid side by side, with their concave or hollow sides up, and over these are laid other scoops, with their concave sides down, each upper scoop over- lapping the adjoining edges of two lower scoops. Gable — the triangular pan of the end of a building between the eaves and the apex, or highest point, of the roof. Girders. — These are the " two large timbers" mention»'il above. The name pirdcr is commonly applied to a main beam used for supporting a floor, the roadway of a bridge, and the like. ** Caboose." — Properly, the cook-room of a ship ; also called galley. iQi. Bunks — sleeping-places. A hunk is a large wooden case serving for a seat during the day and for a bed at night. Oblong. — Distinguish from square. Piles — large stakes or pieces of timber driven into the earth to support the foundation of a build- ing, or the pier of a bridge ; or, as here, to support timbers on which a road rests. Excavating — scooping or digging out. Artificial — produced by the art of man. Give the opposite word. Terrace. — Properly, a raised bank or platform of earth. Give other meanings of the word. Incredible — that cannot be believed. Steep. — The steep hill-side. Precipice — a perpendicular descent of land or rocks ; here, applied to the steep hillside below the "terrace." Trade-mark— a distinguishing mark placed by a tradesman or a manufacturer on his own goods. All the architectural terms, as, ' ' dovetailed , " " gable, " etc . , should be illustrated by drawings on the blackboard. I. Give the meanings of the homonyms of lot, general, art, 98 Nori.S To Till'. FOUKIII RI'-ADKR. '; lead, wake, fall, slij;lit, well, store, l(inj,', fret, rest, jujst ; and distinguish between development and cvulutiun ; prosperity and siiiti'ss ; trade and counncrcc ; value and cast ; obstruction, ob- stacle, and (ii/Jiculty. II. I-'orm nouns from the fol- lowinf(adjectives: — simple, manly, lonj^, honest, organic, safe, warm, opposite, secure ; and adjectives from the following nouns :- -nature, art, wood, grace, night, care, earth, value, and precipice. III. Combine the following sentenc<,'S into one or more paragraphs: — Lumbering is one of the chief sources of Canadian wealth. There are vast tracts of timber land in Canada. These are in nortlK^rn Ontario and Quebec. Some are in the thinly settled districts of British Colum- bia and of New l^runswick. They furnish a wide field for the opera- tions of the lumbermen. The season's work begins in the fall. Crowds of young men then hasten to the woods. They take with them saws, axes, teams, sleighs, and provisions. Wood for fuel and for building purposes is plentiful. Soon a temporary village springs up. It is built close to the scene of the lumber- ing operations. The sound of the axes and the crash f)f the falling trees are heard. The trees are cut into saw logs. They are drawn away on sleighs. They are drawn to the top of a hill over- looking a stream. Here they are left until spring. They are then rolled into the stream and floated down the current to market. IV. Write a synopsis of the lesson from the following heads: — The effect the trade has on the de'elopment and settlement of the country. Who the lumber- men are. How they build their houses, and what tin; latter are like. The making of roads te take the logs to the stream. LXIII. THE ICXILE OF ERIN. 192. Exile — one who is banished from his country by authority ; also, one who leaves his ohu country to reside in another. The original of Campbell's "exile" was one Anthony McCann, who bad been concerned in the rebellion of 1798. Many Irish "patriots" were obliged to leave Ireland for their share in this rebellion. Erin. — See note on "Erin," p. 135- Robe. — How does the meaning here differ from the ordinary meaning ? Show how the poet in these opening lines tries to arouse our sympathy for the lonely and destitute exile. Twilight. — Express by another word. See note on "gloaming," p. 99- Repairing^. — Repair, to go, to betake one's self, as here, is derived from a Latin word meaning to re- turn to one's country. Repair, to mend, to restore, is derived from a Latin word meaning to get again, to reeovcr. Wind - beaten hill. — Explain. Express "wind-beaten" by aclause. Day-star— the morning star, the star that ushers in the day. His eyes' . . devotion. — Why sad ? The exile's devotion to his country is shown by his visiting the beach in the early morning to look out over the waters towards "his own native isle." So the J»>ws, when in exile, performed their devotions with their faces turned towards Jerusalem. See I Kings viii, 48, and Daniel vi., 10. Tin-: F.XII.K Ol- F-.KIN'. 99 For it rose. - -This docs not refer to thi; star ri^ini;, but int!ri.'ly to the position of tht; st;ir as it ap- pearccl to the rxilc. In the fire. . emotion.— Express by a clause. Anthem — son^, What is the ordinary meaning? Erin - go -bragh.— Three Irish words meaning Eriu, ur Inland, forever. The wild deer . . me. — Flow impressively dcj these words depict ♦ he utter destitution of the home- less wanderer in a foreign land. Compare the words of our Saviour in Matthew viii., 20. Covert — place of refuge, a hid- ing-place. Bowers. — Mere, perhaps, gar- dens. Boii'er is properly an ari)or in a garden. Formerly it meant a chamber, and then, a lady's apartment especially. The Scotch word byre is only another form and application of the same word. Wild-woven flowers — wreaths of wild flowers. With what wt)rd is " wild " connected in meaning ? Numbers. — See note on "mourn- ful numbers," p. 119. In dreams . . more. —What could better express tlie exile's lonely condition, and the deep yearnmg of his heart for the scenes and friends of his happy youth? The poet, by recalling, one after another, many objects of our especial affection, and thus em- phasizing the exile's privation, appeals to our tenderest feelings and awakens our profoundest sym- pathy. Sea-beaten shore.— Explain. Far foreign land.— What land ? Mansion of peace — peaceful home. See note on " mansion," p 81. They died. — Several engage- ments took place betwejen the royal troops and the rebels during the rebellion of 1798, the chief tight In ing at Vuugar Hill, in the County of Wexford. i^.V Fast close. Bosom - friend. What is the meaning of " bosom " in this ex- pression ? Dote on — love to excess or ex- travagaiict'. Fast-fading treasure. -1 beauty or pleasure; perhaps the beauty of the " bosom-friend " mentioned above. Tears . . recall. —Paraphrase. Rapture joy. pli;asure. Its sad recollections. -" Its " refers to "bosom" in next line. 1 1 is last thoughts will be for his country, and not for himself. Beaueaths he-kwflhs' (Ih as in the) — leaves as his iast will, as his "dyingwish. " Write out m prose language the exile's "blessing." Green . . ocean. — See note on " I'^merald Isle," p. 135. Harp-striking.— Explain. The harp is ihe national musical in- strument of Ireland. Mavourneen. — A favorite Irish term of endearment, meaning my darling. This poem was written in 1801, at -Mtona, a city on the Elbe, ad- joining Hamburg. It gave offense to the I3ri#ish Government, and its author was suspected of being a spy; therefore, after Campbell's return from (lermany, he was ar- rested in Edinburgh and subjected to an examination by the sh(;riff. Compare this poem with The Lavieut of tlie Irish Ein'i(rrant as to language and sentiment. What time, pitch, and force does the reading of this poem require? The reader must put himself, as far as possible, i-a sympathy with the exile, in order to give suitable and sympathetic expression to the tone of sadness that prevails throughout the poem. loo NOTKS K) Till', lOI'klll l<l'A|)|-.K. Lxiv. VIC maki\i:ks of icnclaxd. L* 193. Ye mariners. I'or tin; iist; of " yo " sec Mason's (iraminar, par. 133. Mariners. -Used poetically for sailors. What other name is used for sailors in the po(!m ? Native seas. — What seas are tiiese ? Whose flag . . breeze. —What is the antecedent of "whose"? These lines alone may be .said to have immortalized the poet's name. Flag. — Many changes have been made from time to time in the flag of England. The present national flag of Great Britain and Ireland is called the Union Jack. It is formed by the union of the cross of St. Geo- t,'e (red on a white ground), the diagonal cross or saltire of St. Andrew (white on a blue ground), and the diagonal cross or saltire of St. Patrick (red on a white ground), these three crosses being the national banners of England, Scotland, and Ireland respectively. The two first crosses were combined soon after the accesF'.onof James I. to the throne of England, and the cross of St. Patrick was introduced when the union of Great Britain and Ire- land took p'ace, in 1801. The different colors of the original crosses, and the ground or field of each, may be seen in a properly made Union Jack. In regard to the name Jack, some say it is named after James I ., who signed his name y acq lies (French for yames)', others derive the word from jacquc, the French word for the jacket anciently worn by English soldiers. Braved — set at defiance. How may a flag or a ship be said to brave the battle and the breeze ? Thousand years.— What is the gr.iinmatical relation of "years"? Thousand is us«'d for an indefinite iiunibtT. What important event took place in ICngland one thou- sand years before this poem was written ? Standard— flag. Why (rlorions ? Si-e note on " standards," p. HO. Launch - send forth. What similarity is there between the use of this word here and in the ex- pression to launch a ship ? Another foe. — What foe is meant ? Sweep. — Note the apt use of this word to indicate rapid and victorious progress. In November, 1652, Van Troinp, a famous Dutch admiral, defeated an English fleet off the coast of Kent, and after- wards sailed through the English Channel with a broom at the masthead of his ship, to signify that he had swept the sea of the English ships. While the battle . . blow.— This is the burden, or chorus, of the song. These two lines are nev ' synonymous, stormy tvinds being used metaphorically for the turmoil of battle. Choruses are a common feature of sea songs, and serve to arouse enthusiasm. The spirits . . wave.— Observe that in this poem the author seeks to arouse the martial spirit of his countrymen by reminding them of the brave deeds done by their ancestors. The spirits of the fathers are represented as starting from every wave to witness the deeds of their sons, to see if they are worthy sons of their brave sires. In "every wave,"' there may be an allusion to the fact that the naval battles of England have been fought in all parts of the world. 194 For the deck . fame.— YE MAKINKKS ()!• KNGI.ANP. lol ■i 'l"ll(; cxprcssintl " (uld of fitur " primarily applies to tin- haltUluld where im;n ol'tt'ti fi^'l't for fame? or nlory. It is also applir.l nu-ta- phorically to any career or course •n life that may lead to fame. ICxpand tin; metaphor here, show- in>< how the ii,i k may properly he called a/ifldof/aiut'. Ocean . . grave. — Compare the two last stanzas of Luss of t/u- li'rktnhead, p. 25. Blake. — Hubert Blake (1598- 1657) was a brave and skilful soldier and seaman of the time of the Commonwealth. He was a member of the famous LonR Tar- liament, and distinf,Miished himself on the Parliamentary side during the civil war. In 1649 he was made admiral, and he pursued and finally destroyed the royal fleet under Prince Rupert. Dur- ing the Dutch war, which began in 1652, he fought several engage- ments with the Dutch admirals. On oneoccasion, with only twenty- three ships, he defeated a Dutch fleet of forty-five sail under the gallant Van Tromp. He after- wards punished the pirates of the Mediterranean, and released the English captives held by them. His last and greatest exploit was the destruction of a Spanish fleet in the strongly fortified harbor of Santa Cruz, Tenerife. He died shortly after, just as his ship was entering Plymouth Sound. Nelson. — Horatio Nelson (175S- 1805), "the greatest sailor since the world began," entered the royal navy in his thirteenth year. He rapidly rose through the va- rious grades of the service. For his skill and bravery in the battle off Cape St. Vincent, in 1/97, he was knighted and made admiral. He lost his right eye at the siege of Calvi, Corsica, and his right arm in an unsuccessful attach on Santa Cruz, Tenerife. In 1798, he fought the battle of the Nile, in whi( h he destrtjyed a I'rench lleet mu( h superior io his o^vn in size and strength. For this victory he was cre.itt d l^aron Nelson of the Nile. His next gr<at exploit was the battle of Copenhagen in iSoi, in which he shattered the naval powt-r of Denmark, ar:l broke up the league formed by Russia, Sweden, and Denmark against Fngland. For this victory he was promoted to the rank of Viscount. In 1805 was fought his last and great. 'st battle— the battle of Trafalgar — in which he gained a brilliant victory over the com- bined fleets of France and Spain. In the heat of the action he was wounded by a musket ball, and died in about three hours. When the[)oem was first printed, Nelson being then living, this line read, " Where Blake, the boast of freedcjm, fell." Glow — be animated by enthu- siasm. Compare the meaning of "glow," p. 81. Give other mean- ings of this word. Britannia. — The Roman name for iiritain, now used poetically. Give poetic names for other coun- tries. Bulwark. — This word is here used in the sense of land-defences, fortifications. The royal navy of Fngland has been called her "^oiitiu^ bithi'iirk. Towers. — This may mean the same as hiihcark, or, if buhvark be taken to mean a continuous line of defence, tujvers may be applied to single forts or castles, or to the stronger and more elevated parts of a line of defence. Steep. — Used poetically for coast. The coast of England is in general quite abrupt or steep. Her march . . deep.— In w hat respect is this true? England is called " The mistress of the seas." Compare " Rule, Britannia, rule the waves!" from the chorus of i ¥ if I02 NOTKS TO THK TOURTII READER. 1^ s t I f r the popular national song, Rulr, Britiinniti ! With thunders . . oak. — Com- pare the seventh stanza of lion- dicca, p. 3G. Are British war- ships now made of oak ? For the use of "her," see Mason's Grmn- mar, art. 42. She quells . . shore. — She is supreme in naval warfare ; she contjuers every foe that threatens to invade her shores. The invasion of Britain was a long-cherished scheme of Napoleon Bonr parte. See Thompson's History of Enc- land, chap, xli., sec. 8. Refer to other threatened invasions of Britain. " Floods " is used meta- phorically for the enemies of Britain. Is the metaphor cor- rect ? Can it be said of thunder that it "quells the floods," makes the waters calm ? BeloTV. — Does bclo7v give any additional meaning to the line ? The meteor . . burn.— Meteors, also called shooting stars, are lu- minous bodies which fall towards the earth, or shoot across the sky. They were a source of terror to superstitious people, who regarded them as a sign of approaching disaster; hence the epithet "me- teor" applied to the flag of Eng- land, because that flag strikes terror into the hearts of the enemies of England. This epithet might be suggested also by the predominant color of the flag — red . Compare Milton's description of Satan's standai \ — "The imperial ensign, which, full high advanced, shone like a meteor, streaming to the wind." — Paradise Lost, book i. Perhaps, too, there is an allusion to the rapid and uncertain move- ments of a British fleet when in search of its enemies, of which good examples may be found in the lives of Blake and Nelson. Terrific. — Express by a clause or a phrase, showing the full meaning of the word. What is the force of "yet" and "shall" •'n this line ? What different mean- ing would 7uill convey ? Danger's . • night. — War is here compared to night. This is a continuation of the metaphor implied in "meteor." Meteoric appearances often cause trouble and anxiety. Scott makes a similar comparison in Lady of the Lake, canto v., stanza i. Star of peace. — How is the star an emblem of peace ? See Matt, ii., 8 10, and compare Luke ii., 13. 14- Our song- . . name. — Explain what is meant. Fiery fight.— Why /rry- ? Point out expressions in which the sound of the words has a re- semblance to their meaning. Ye Mariners of England was written at a time when the state of affairs both at home and abroad looked very dark for England. The long wars with France had caused great distress, and there was conse(iuently much discontent. The coalition of England, Russia, and Austria against France had been brought to an end by the withdrawal o^ Russia, and by the treaty of I, uneville between France and Austria, in 1801. England was thus left alone at war with France. A league of the northern powers — Russia, Denmark, and Sweden — had been formed against England to dispute her naval supremacy, but this Northern League was broken up by Nelson's destruction of the Danish fleet at Copenhagen, in March, 1801. It was the pros- pect of war with these northern powers that called forth this spirited poem. The thoughts of this poem are bold and vigorous, and should be expressed with much animation, and in a full, orotund tone. St. I. Emphasize "another." YE MARINERS OF ENGLAND — LUMBERING. 103 Group "sweep . . deep," and read in quicker time. I'rokMif,' the sounds of " loud " and " loii^'." 2 Emphasize " fathers " and "their." Pause after "deck," •' Ocean," and " Nelson " 3. Emphasize " Britannia," "bulwark," "towers," and "steep." Rising inflection on "bulwark" and "steep." Pause after "march" and " home." 4. Emphasize "terrific burn." Pause after "peace." Slif,'htly emphasize the second " then." LXV. LUMBERING. SECOND KKADING. 195. Transported — carried or conveyed from place to place. Attainable — that can be reached. Despatch— spelled also dispatch — sending off. Give other mean- ings. Provender — dry food for beasts, as hay, straw, corn, etc. Trains. — Ciive different mean- ings of this word. Operators. —Here, men engaged in lumbering operations. Arable lands— lands that can be cultivated by means of the plough, as distinguished from pasture land, wood land, etc. "Limits." — Timbtr-lititits are tracts of forest lands, owned by lumbermen, or leased by them from the Government. " In theory these limits are ten miles square, but owing to the peculiar conformation of the ground in some places, they range from ten to a hundred square miles." Nucleus — nuklc-us. — Properly, the central or starting point. Plural, nuclei. Pioneer— a first settler. Pro- perly one that goes before, to re- move obstructions or prepare the way for another, as the pioncir corps of an army. 196. Teamsters.— For the force of the suffix stcr see Mason's Gram- mar, art. 45 p. 25. Give other words having suffixes of the same or similar force. Phase— turn, aspect. Roll- ways.— See p. 191, for ex- planation. Facilitate— make easy. Declivity— a steep slope. Extrication — disentanglement, setting free. Avalanche. — In Geography, a vast body of snow or ice slitling down a mountain. Compare its use here. Exploit — a heroic act. *' Drive"— a name given to the mass of loose logs, while floating or being driven down stream. Scow— a kind of large flat- bottomed boat. The greatest danger . . rapid. — Improve the construction of this sentence. Precision— exactness, accuracy. 197- Ascertain— find out. Liberated - freed. Dexterity -skill, activity. Pike-poles. — A pike-pole is a long, smooth pole, in the large end of which is fi.xed an iron spike. Square timber — timber made square by hewing. Cataracts -waterfalls. Resort is . . contrivances. — Express otherwise. Pent-up -penned, or shut up. Regulation width. -The slides on the most important rivers are built by Government, and to pre- vent the slides from being injured by the cribs in their descent, the ,,(; I04 NOTES TO THE FOUKTH READER. width of the cribs is fixed by a Government regulation. Sweep. — This name is given to the long oars because of the long iweep or range made by them in rowmg. Touiists — persons who make a journey for pleasure. Calumet. — The name of an island, and of a rapid or waterfall in the upper Ottawa. 198. Surges — rises with a wave- hke motion. The reflow . . feet. — Para- phrase so as to bring out the meaning of rcjlow, torrent, and spurt. We have . . through.— Ex- press otherwise. Rapture — exireme joy or pleasure. Dr. Johnson. — Dr. Samuel Johnson (1709-1784) was one of the most distinguished literary men of the last century. He was the author of numerous works, and was considered a great authority on all literary questions. He was the compiler of the first good dictionary of the English language. Another of his impor- tant works is The Lives of the Poets, a critical estimate of the chief Englisli poets. Post-chaise— a heavj' four- wheeled carriage for conveying passengers from one place to another. It was much used in England before the time of rail- roads. Destination — the place to which a person is journeying, or to which anything is sent. Propelled— urged or driven for- ward by force. Pilots— men whose duty it is to steer ships into and out of harbors, or along dangerous coasts. Efficiency— abil i ty . Coves. — Properly, small inlets or bays in the shore, in which boats may find shelt r. The timber coves at Queb ■ are formed by extending piers into the river and connectmg these piers by booms, or long, stout pieces of timber, usually three abreast, and fastened together end to end. The coves mentioned in the lesson are the spaces enclosed by these piers and booms. An "illustrrtion of these coves may be seen in Picturesqus Canada, p'.rt 10. Accumulated— collected, gather- ed together. Ocean going ships — Express " ocean -goi.'-' g " by a clause so as to show the full meaning. For what ports would these lumber- laden ships be likely to sail ? I. Distinguish between expen- sive and costly; manufactures and industries; inclined and 6t'«<; im- mediate and instant; efficiency and ability ; accumulated and col- lected; load, cargo, and freight. H. Analyze the following words, showing ihe force of the prefixes and suffixes : — transport, teamster, dangerous, arrested, disengage, ascertain, remarkable width, em- bark, skilful. ni. Contract the following com- pound and complex sentences into simple ones : — When shanty and stables have been built, the next work is to construct the landing. As the lumber shanties are gener- ally remote from settled districts, their supplies have to be trans- ported long distances. When the sunshine meltcj the snow in March, the teamsters return in long trains. At the upper end are gates which admit or shut off the pent-up water. IV. Supply the ellipsis in each of the following sentences: — These sleighs travel in trains, and, when possible, on the ice The river- drivers are usually accompanied, as far as possible, by a scow. These timber islands float down the St. Lawrence, sound as when lirst banded together. BEFORE SEDAN. 105 LXVI. BEFORE SEDAN. 199. Sedan. — Sedan is a town and fortress in the north-east of France. It came into prominence during the war between France and Prussia, which began July 19th, 1870. Prussia was victorious in the struggle, and within seven weeks from the declaration of war, Napoleon III. surrendered at Se- dan, with an army of about 90,000 men. Peace was made February 26th, 1871, France being obliged to cede Alsace and part of Lor- raine, and to pay a large war in- demnity to Prussia. Leafy place. — Why leafy ? Per- haps the soldier had crawled there to die. 'Tis but . . said. — In these lines is shown the indifference to suffer- ing and death, which war causes. Kings . . slaves. — Observe the sudden change of thought. Give in ordinary language the sentiment of this and the two following lines. So this man's. — Show the force of "so." Throw . . him. — With what line is this connected in sense ? Paper . . died. — How is the father's love shown in these lines? Ere — before. Give homonyms. May be. — What is the subject of th;.' verb ? Hardly . . smiled. — Trace the connection between this sentiment and those preceding and following. Tremulous — trSm'u-lus— quaver- ing and slowly spoken. Discuss the fitness of the epithet " tremu- lous " as applied ;o words not spoken but written. Stops. — That is, punctuation marks. Notice how effective an addition this idea is to the general sadness of the picture. Prattle . . drops. — Paraphrase so as to bring out the meaning of " prattle " and " ruddy drops." Look. She . . all. — The author writes as if reading to an imagi- nary listener the letter from the dead man's little daughter. Write the letter as if from Marguerite to her father. 200. Bright— cheerful. "Marguerite." — Why put in inverted commas? Ah, if . . slain.— What pain is meant? In what sense are " bled " and "slept " used in these lines? Grief died. — How can grief be said to die ? The moral of the poem is beau- tifully expressed in the last stanza. Re-write it in shorter form. The tender, pathetic sentiments of this poem require pure tone and soft or gentle force. St. I. "'Tis but . . dead." Tone of indifference. Pause after " say." 3. Read the question in faster time, and read the remainder of the stanza as if answering the question. Pause after 'tight." 4. Connect "tremulous" and " words," and pause slightly after " words." 6. Emphasize "grief" and "death," and read the whole stanza in a tone of regretful longing. io6 NOTES TO THE FOURTH READER. LXVII. AMONG THE THOUSAND ISLANL^S. 200. Never a ripple. —Stronger than not a ripple. Like a mirror. —Why is the river compared to a mirror ? Only the shadows . . June.— Compare Scott's description of Loch Katrine, especially the lines, " The mountain shadows . . rest." — Lady of the Lake, canto iii., stanza 2. 'Neath. — For beneath. Give other words shortened in the same way. Compare the use of beneath here, with its use in the second line. Balmy breath.— Point out the fitness of th(! epithet. Shadowy island. -In the dim moonlight, the islands seem like mere shadows. Silhouette — sll'00-St. — A name given to the representation, on a white ground, of the outlines of an object filled in with a black color. Silhouettes were often made by drawing the outline on a sheet of wliite paper, cutting out the figure thus out- lined, and then placing the re- maining paper on a black ground. See in Webster's Dictionary, Disraeli's explanation of the origin of the term. The silver ground— the surface of the river, glittering in the moon- light. See note on "golden — silvery," p. 41. Notice how much of the beauty and charm of the picture is due to the magical effects ( f the moonlight. A rocky highland — a precipice. Towers. — Explain. Grim and dusk. —Express other- wise. Plashing. — What peculiarity in tin; sound of this word ? Living diamonds. — Point out the resemblance here expressed. Note the inverted constructions in this stanza. Night-hawk. — The night-hawk is a common bird in some parts of Canada, and is seen flitting or darting about in the early part of the evening in pursuit of its prey, which consists of beetles and other large insects. Loon. — Called also the Great Northern Diver, a large swimming and diving bird, allied to the grebe, but having toes fully webbed. It is sometimes seen and captured in the rivers and lakes of Ontario. Its cry is very peculinr and wild, and has been likened to the howl of a wolf. Luscious — liish'tis — sweet, deli- cious, especially to the <^aste. How is it used here ? Paraphrase the line. Wafts— blows gently. Tide of balm. — Compare " balmy breath " above. The chief beauty of this poem consists in the frequent use of alliteration and of imitative har- mony ; the words and expres- sions in which these occur should receive prominence in the reading by having more stress than usual placed upon them. In reading the passages in which imitative harmony occurs, the words should be uttered in such a manner that the sound resembles the meaning. THK HEROIN i: OF VERCIIKRES. 107 LXVIII. THE HEROINE OF VERCHERES. 201. Incidents. — An incident is something that takes place occa- sionally, or aside from the regular course. Distinguish from accident and event. What is meant by an incident being preserved ? Frontenac's . . administration. — Administration, management of public affairs. Frontcnac became Governor of Canada for the first time in 1672. He was an able and energetic man, but was very haughty and domineering. He quarrelled with his council and the clergy, and was consequently recalled in 1682. His second ad- ministration began in i68g, at a time when the colony was in great straits on account of the ravages of the Indians; a war, too, had just begun between France and Eng- land. He successfully resisted two exf)editions against Canada, and made several raids into the English colonies. He died at Quebec in 1698. None . . record. — Express differently. What would be the difference in meaning if is were substituted for are? Distinguish record from re-cord'. Vercheres — vcr-sharJ — the name of a county and its county town in the Province of Quebec. Point out on the map. Seig^nior — sen'yer. — The seignior was a vassal or tenant of the French king, who granted him a large tract of land as a favor, or as a reward for some service. The seignior thus be- came the proprietor of.the land at the will of the king, and he let this land in small portions to the habitants, or settlers. The feudal system of holding land in Canada was changed by the Seigniorial Tenure Act, in 1854. See Primer of Canadian History, chap, xiv.. sec. 2 ; also, chap, iv., sec. 9, and chap, vii., sees. C-8. Recital — narration, story. Show what part«j of the lesson are in the heroine's own words. By using direct narration the author brings the scene more vividly be- fore us. Block-house— a strongly built house used as a fortress. It is so named because constructed chiefly of hewn timber. Block-houses were pierced with loopholes for muskets. They were much used in border warfare. The inhabitants . . fields. — At \>'hat work, probably ? On duty . . Quebec. — The expression "on duty" usually refers to some sort of military ser- vice. Most of the seigniors were military officers. Quebec was then, as now, the seat of Govern- ment, It had at that time a population of about 7,000. Montreal. — The population of Montreal was then about 3,000. This was fifty years after the founding of the city. See note on " Maisonneuve," p. 155. Madeleine — md-dS-ldn. Landing-place — a place for the landing of persons or goods from a vessel. Distinguish from zchnrf. At . . pistol-shot. — How far off would this be ? About my ears. — Why about her ears ? Made the time . . long.— Ex- plain how this could be. 202. Inspect — examine. Sup- ply any omitted word in this sentence. Breaches. — What other expres- sion is used for this word in the paragraph ? The two soldiers.— Why the? Write out a comparison between !!■ io8 Nori.S TO TIIK FOURTH KHADKR. I i I - the conduct of the soldiers and that of the y(junj,' f,'irl. Resolutely -firmly, boldly. Putting on a hat. —Why did Madeleine exchange her bonnet for a hat ? Let us . . death. — Express otherwise, and give the meaning. We are fighting . . religion. — Show that this was true. See note on "prayed . . tongues," p. 156. Gentlemen . . King.— What is meant ? Where else in the para- graph is a similar idea expressed ? Whom . . courage. —Express otherwise. Her words. — What were these ? Reluctance — unwillingness. Give the meaning of the whole sentence in other words. Chasing. — Distinguish from "driving" and "following." To deter . . assault .—I\ara- phrar.e, bringing out the mcc ning of "deter" and of "assault." Distinguish deter from hinder, and assault from attack. 203. She appealed . . soldiers. — Why was an appeal necessary ? Finding . . attempt. — Express in other words. They put . . on.-What is meant ? Lurking. — This is a habit peculiar to the Indian. Distin- guish from "hiding." Compare its use in The Prairies, p. 153. Under cover . . darkness.— Express by a clause. That is to say. — Give other words or expressions having the same meaning. Snares.— Show how the ordi- nary meaning of this word would suggest its meaning here. Surrender— to give up or yield to an enemy. What meaning has this word in common language ? Compare its use on page 204. Bastions — bast' yon (Stor- month's Dictionary); bas'ti-on {Imperial Dictionary). — A bastion is properly a huge mass of earth faced with sods, brick, or stone, standing out from a fortified place to protect its walls, and to com- mand the ground before the fort. The use of the bastion is to bring every point, both in front and along the walls, under the guns of the fort. For an illustration of the bastion, see Webster's Dictiono")'. The bastions of the lesson, however, were merely towers projecting at the corners of the rude fort, to enable the defenders to see the whole out- side of the walls. Why did Madeleine not place the two sol- diers on the bastions ? The Iroquois . . deceived. — Explain how the Iroquois were deceived. Kept . . bastion. — Put another word for kept here and in the next sentence. 204. Speedy succor. — Give the meaning in other words. Lieutenant — l?f-tSn'ant — a com- missioned officer next in rank to a captain. Sentinel — a soldier on guard, a sentry. Placed a sentinel there. — Why ? Saluted. — The military salute is the mark of respect shown by a soldier to an officer, or by an officer to his superior in rank, by raising the hand to the cap. Gallantly. — Show the meaning of this word from the answer it- self. The corresponding adjective would he gallant'; distinguish from gnl'lant. A sentinel . . bastion.— Who were the sentinels on the bastions ? For "Iroquois," "palisades," "ammunition," "loop-holes," "garrison," "canoe," see notes on The Heroes of the Long Sault. Compare these two lessons, and account for the greater simplicity of the language used in The Heroine of Vcrch^res. Why does Madeleine deserve to a ir el d; i\ in re re ex 6l vi< ag no th« poi THK HKROINK OF VI- RCHKKKS THK ((lANGKI.ING. log be called a heroine ? Compare ht:r claim to this name with that of Daulac and his companions to be called heroes. Refer to passages that show Madeleine's presence of mind, forethought, courage, firmness, heroism, and piety. I. Analyze the following words, giving, when possible, the mean- ings of the prefixes, suffixes, and Latin roots: — preserve, defend, recital, inspired, assault, encour- age, saluted, miserable, connected ; and point out the compound words in the lesson, showing why a hyphen is in some, and not in others. II. Write out the following sen- tences, expanding the italicized phrases into propositions : — I went to inspect the fort. Findinir their cotirafre not equal to the attempt, she herself went to the landing-place. After stittset a violent north-east wind began to blow, accompanied with snow and hail. We were a week in constant alarm, with the enemy always about us. At the gate I found two women weeping for their husbands who had been "kilknl. III. Write out the first para- graphs on pa;,'es 202 and 203 in indirect narration. IV. Expand the following into a paragraph: — The seignit^r of Vercheres had gone to Quebec. There were left on his estate his three children, some servants, and some settlers. Unexpectedly the Indians made an attack upon the estate. They came near to the fort. All who could do so took refuge in the fort. There were but two soldiers, an old man of eighty, and some women and chil- dren. One of the soldiers lighted a match to blow up the fort. He did not wish any of the people to fall into the hands of the Indians. Madeleine, the seignior's daughter, forbade this. She took command of the fort. They made a great show of defence. They deceived the Indians. For a week they were i'.i constant dread of attack. Then relief came. The Indians fled. V. Give the substance of this lesson in your own words, using indirect narration throughout. LXIX. THE CHANGELING. ng lit- ive )m tho IS? Is, Is, Ites It. nd ity \ine to 205. And she . . knee.--\n allusion to the gentle, softening influence which the preseuce of children in a home generally pro- duces. It is a common doctrine that in religious life affliction is an important, if not a universal, cor- rective, and in support of this view reference is often made to David's experience (Psalm cxix., C7). This does not accord with the poet's view, which is, at any rate, more agreeable to human nature, and not contrary to divine law. Note the childlike attitude which the poet here assumes. The force of nature— the power of love, natural affection. Dim wise — slight degree. Divine — estimate. See note on "divine," p. 178. His infinite patience. — " His great love wherewith He loved us." Compare 2 Peter iii., 9. Wayward soul. — Explain. Show how the same thought is ex- pressed elsewhere in the stanza. I know . . her. — Express differ- ently. Wholly fair — altogether fair, perfect in her loveliness. And the light . . hair. — This is IIQ NOTKS TO IMI-, K)UkNl KI.ADKK. a beautiful thought, btaulifull) ttx- pressed. Comparu Wordsworth s sentiment, " Heaven lies about us in our infancy." — Intimations of Immortality, st. 5. Compare also the sentiment in the third sentence of the Death of Li i tie Nell, p. 100. As many changes took — as- sumed as many shades. Sun-gilt ripples. — What is meant by snn-^ilt ? Explain in what way ripples might cast shad- ows. Note the beauty of the com- parison made in these beautiful lines, and see if the three points of the comparison are clearly brought out. Yellow bed.— What would cause the btd to be yellotc ? How it . . over.— A beautiful description of a child's smile full of innocence and glee. Hands smiled. — Explain. Note " dimpled " above. Very heart.— What is the force of very ? Sending sun — sending joy and strength. Explain the three last lines. 206. And it . . day. — What made the time seem so short ? Contrast Madeleine's experience, p. 201, " made the time seem so long." A troop . . away. — Compare Longfellow's poem, The Reaper and the Flowers : •' 'Twas an angel visited the green earth, And took the flowers away." Zingari — zing'frar-e. Zingari or Zingani is the Italian name for gipsies. This name, with slight variations, is applied to the gip- sies in many countries of Europe. It is probably a corruption from their own name Sinte or Sind, and this is from Sindhti, the Sanskrit word for a river, but particularly applied to the river Indus, which gave India its name. In their own tongue they are also called Rom, and their language, Romany. The gipsif's are now generally believed to be the descendants of some obscure tribe of Northern India. Ifow is tho name Zingari applied here ? The hampering strings.— As if the body were the cage or prison- house of the soul. I'oint out the applicatitm of the beautiful meta- phor contained in the four last lines of this stanza. Changeling. — This name is sug- gested by the old notion that fairies often stole young children from their cradles and left instead their own ugly little elves. The children so left were called changelings, and were known by their peevish- ness, and their backwardness in walkingand speaking. Thechange- ling of the poem is the picture of the poet's dead child which is indelibly impressed upon his memory. See Longfellow's Hrtim/- ed Houses. Angel child. — The child left by the " wandering angels." Like her bud . . blossom. — The " angel child " is represented as more p'rfect than the one that died ; or, the poet may in imagi- nation see his child growing and her charms expanding. Compare the tenth and eleventh stanzas of Resignation. Awful sky. — Why awful ? Give the full meaning of the last two lines of the stanza. As weak . . also.— The poet feels his own weakness as he thinks of the awful mysteries of dreaded death, but he has faith in the goodness and love of his Heavenly Father, who " doeth all things well." For a similar sentiment see the third and fourth stanzas of Resignation, and compare Cow- per's Light Shining out of Dark- ness : " Judge not the Lord by feeble sense, But trust Him for His grace ; Behind a frowning providence He hides a smiling face." ieved some India. Dplied -As if rison- ut the met.'i- ir last issng- fairies I from d their nildren yclifif^s, eevish- less in ;hange- picture which 3on his i Haunt- 1 left by n —The nted as ne that I imagi- ing and ompare inzas of /; Give last two [he poet le thinks [dreaded in the [eavenly things mtiment [anzas of ■e Cow- Dark- \y feeble jrace ; fence Tine CHANGKLING — A CHRISTMAS CAROL. Ill For the whole year . . violet. — Tho poet hero shows his trust in God, and his bt^lief that "all things work togt.-ther for good to them that love tiod." Wonders . . Nature. — What are theso ? What is meant by Nature being faithful ? Why is "Nature" written with a capital ? This child . . was. — E.xplain what is meant. Bliss — caress or soothe with marks of tender aftection. Transfigures— gives a glorified appearance to. What otln-r lini.'s in the poem resemble the two last lines of this stanza ? There are few other poem«^ in the lanf.^uaK'e that, with such ten- derness and pathos, show tho power of parental love. Read in pure tone, and with gentle, subdued ft)rce, especially in tho four last stanzas. St. 2. Contrast "others" and " me." Dwell on "lingered " and "gleamed " in the fourth line. 3. Read in a more animated strain. 5. Pause after "smiles" and "alone," and lead the last line with a feeling of awe. 7. Contrast " tliis " and "first." LXX. A CHRISTMAS CAROL. 207. Scrooge . . heard.— Show that the name " Scrooge " is adapted to his previous character. What was the cause of his trans- ports? Why should he be checked by the peals of the church bells ? Lustiest peals. — What does " lustiest " mean here ? Observe the order of the onomatopoetic words. Show that these different words accurately represent the sounds made by the bells. Notice the hurried, disjointed sentences of the first and second paragraphs, quite in harmony with the sentiments they express. Jovial— merry, jolly, Stirring cold — Express stirring by a clause. Cold piping . . to.— An allu- sion to Luke vii., 32. Show the force of the metaphor in this expression. Give the grammatical relation of " piping." What's to-day?— Supply the ellipsis. Loitered in. — Loiter, to walk along slowly, occasicmally stop- ping. Give synonyms. With all . . wonder -with all could Why the astonishment that he express in tone and look, was the boy astonished ? Christmas.- CZ/Wi^s mass; that is, the holy day or festival of the Christian Church ob.served annually on the twenty-fifth day of December, in memory of the birth of Christ. On this day a particular religious service is held in the Roman Catholic and most Protestant churches. Poulterer's. — A poulterer is one who makes it his business to sell fowls for the table. I should hope I did. — Show clearly what the boy means. An intelligent boy— a remark- able boy. — Scrooge is not to be understood as saying this to the boy, but aside to himself; he is thinking aloud. Notice any other "asides" in the lesson. As big as me. — Correct or justify " me." 208. *«rm in earnest."— Why should Scrooge say this ? Tell 'em. — Em is used for them. Point out other shortened every- day forms in the les.son. These forms are in good keeping with n-^ 112 NOTKS TO rill-: lOUKTII KKADKR. I t ! 1 . tin; irr.f. and easy stylo of the narr.'itive. Half-a-crown. — What is the value .■' He must . . fast.— Kowrite this st;ntence, exprt'ssiuf,' fully the meaninj^ of "a steady hand at a triKKer." Bob Cratchit.- This was Scrooge's cU;rk. Scicjoj^c in his droam had seemed to visit ('rat- chit's home, where lie found the household in gre.it f^rief on account of the death of Tiny Tim, Oat- chifs little son. Tim was not dead, however, as the lesson shows. He never . . bird.- . te the unusual construction. Irresistibly pleased.— The useof irresistibly here is peculiar. The meaning really is that Scrooge's joy was infectious; he looked so pleased that the fellows could not help saving, " Ciood morning," etc. Blithe — bluh {tk as in tfu)— cheerful, merry. Everything . . pleasure.— Why? Give proofs of this statement from other parts of the lesson. Note the lively description of the actions of a man who is beside himself with joy. 209. He had never . . happiness. --Explain how this statement could be correctly made of the old man. Disowrned. — Refused to acknow- ledge as his nephew. What is meant by vtarryinp; impntdcntly ? He passed the door. — See how strange and bashful the old man feels under the influence oJ llie new and unusual feelings of kind- liness that were filling his heart, as if, in his new character, he were a stranger to himself. Thankee. — Short ior thank you, originally thank ye. Sidled . . in. -Sidle, to move sideways, or side foremost. Why does Scrooge act thus ? In great array. - Because Christmas Day was a special oc- casion, .'-.nd for the reason stated by the author. Dear heart alive.— This is merely an exclamation — a varia- tion of () dear, sakes alive, etc. Let him in. —Expand this into a declaratory sentence to express fullv the meaning here applied. His niece . . same.— To get at the meaning of "just the same," we must remember that Scrooge was in a frame of mind to be pleased with evtiry thing and every- body, so of cour.se he was pleased with his niece. Note how the author in this paragraph shows the bewildered joy of Scrooge. Unanimity — one-mindedness, likeness or agreement in thought and opinion. Won-der-ful happiness. — The author intenils that great stress should be placed upon wun-der-ful, to show that the happiness of Scrooge had reached a climax, that it was incapable of being more fully described by any fur- ther use of words. But he was early . . come in. — Observe how well the author in this paragraph shows the exuber- ant or excessive joy and gladness of Scrooge. The old man seems to be overflowing with kindly f ." gs, and he is as full of animal spirits as a bright, good-natured boy. 2iO. His hat . . too. — This ♦ ouch throws a flood of light on the relations that previously exist- ed between Bob Cratchit and his employer. The poor, brow-beaten clerk, not knowing of the sudden change in his master's character, did all he could, before coming in, to shorten his delay in getting to work. Comforter — muffler, wrap for the neck. Jiffy. — Give synonymous ex- pressions. To overtake nine o'clock.— As I i A CHRISTMAS CAUOL »I3 if niiu; o'clock were some person with whom he was to f;o some- where, but who had started off without him. O'clock. -This is a contraction for of the clock. " Hallo 1 " growled Scrooge. - Why shoiiKl Scrooge pretend to feelings that he did not really have towards his clerk ? Feign - pretend, counterfeit. Momentary— lasting but a mo- ment. Strait waistcoat. — The strait waistcoat, or strait-jacket, is a garment made of strong material, used to confine the hands and arms of lunatics and other violent persons, to prevent them fr<jm hurting ihemselvesor other people. 211. Struggling family.— Give the full meaning of strufr^linj^ as used here. Discuss your affairs. — What does Scrooge mean ? He did it all. -Did what? Infinitely — to a great extent or degree. He was a second father.— What is meant ? Borough— /»Mr'r5. — In England. a town with a properly organizeil municipal government. If it sends a representative to I'arliament, it is called a parliavientnry horouf^h. In the good old world.— The goodwill and kindliness of the whole lesson seem to centre and condense in this sentence, where the author applies the kindly epi- thets in succession to the single man in his various relations, to the town or city where he lived, and, finally, to the whole world. Alteration. — Substitute a sim- pler word. Nothing . . outset. — Notice the veiled sarcasm in this sentence, directed against those who oppose reforms and desirable changes of any kind, with laughter, instead of assisting in the good work. Outset— beginning. Blind. — That is, blind to the good th.it was dtine. Malady -disease. What;«<//<j(/y is meant .' ICxplain how one might have It " in less attraetivi; form." His own heart laughed.— Kx- press otherwise. I'oint out pas- sages in the lesson which illustrate the meaning. What act of Scrooge's, bt'st shows that " he knew how to keep Christinas well " ? In the lines by .Mice Cary at the end of the lesson find any passages tliat may siTve to point the moral of the lesson. Refer to passages which prove, (i) that "the benevolent man can liiul a sourci! of pleasure in any- thing"; (j) that it depemls very muih upon the state of one's own n)ind whether surrounding objects have a bright or a gloomy appear- ance. This lesson should be read in a very lively manner, e.xcept the last paragraph, which requires a more subdued, yet cheerful tone. It contains a great de.al of animated dialogue; the reader should try to understand the mental attitude of each speaker, and to make the words his ou n. 207. "Clear, .stirring." — Em- phasize, increasing from "clear" to " stirring." "Cold piping." — Pause after "cold." "An intelligent boy." — Read this and all other "asides" in alow tone, approaching a whisper. 208. " En ! "—Expresses incre- dulity, or strong unbelief. The boy thinks that Scrooge is trying to humbug him. "He went to church . . plea- sure." — Read with the rising .'n- flection, except the last clause, " found . . pleasure." 209. "That any thing." — Strong- ly emphasize " anything." " As Scrooge thought. ' — Paren- 114 NOTKS TO TMK FOURTH RKADKR. i. Mi thetical. What chanf,'e in modu- lation ? " I)(-'ar hrart . . startiirl." — Read in a rapid, startlc;d njanner. " VVondfjrful . . happiness." — Read with increasing emphasis, and prolong the sound of "won- derful." " Oh, ho was e.'irly th(!r(\" — Prolong the sound of "Oh." Strongly emphasize "early." " If he could . . late. 'Em- phasize "he," "first," "Cratchit," "late," with rising inflection. Note other emphatic words in the paragraph, and mark the inflec- tion. 2IO. Try to enter into the spirit of the whole scene between the clerk and his employer — Hob's dread of ScroorVs anger, his sur- prise at his niastei 's unusual liber- ality in offering to raise his salary, and his passing fear thnt his master must be out of his mind, much increased by the "dig in the waistcoat," given him in fun by Scrooge. I. (i.) Analyze transport, im- prudently, unanimity, infmitely, alteration, malady, attractive, courage, reply, (ii.) Add to each of the followmg words one of the suffixes, ahlr, ly, ous, or, cr, tiess, and show how the change aflTects th(! meaning : —run, glory, (piick, lau^jh, kind, n«,'rve, happy, office. II. ICxpand into compound or complex sentences:— Running to the window he opened it. He watclwHl th(! jieopli! hurrying to ancl fro. In the afternoon he turned his steps towards the house of his nephew. Some people laugiied to see the alteration in him. HI. Write out in indirect nar- ration Scrooge's conversation with the boy who ordered the turkey, and with the servant at his nephew's house. IV. Paraphrase the last para- grpph in the lesson. V. (i.) Reproduce in your own words the scene between Scrooge and Bob Cratchit on the morning after Christmas. (ii.) Write a letter to a schoolfellovv giving an account of Scrooge, and how he spent his first merry Christmas. LXXI. THE HERITAGE. 212. The rich . . son.— What it the force of " the " ? Inherits — possesses by descent from an ancestor. And piles . . gold.— What is meant ? How would the meaning differ if the comma after "brick " were removed ? And he inherits . . cold.— Show how the meaning of inherits here differs from its meaning in the first line. Nor dares . . old. — Why does it require courage to wear an old garment? Compare, "We dare be poor for a' that," p. 92. Heritage — that which one in- herits. Compare the use of this word on page 108, and see note thereon. Scarce. — What would this be in prose ? To hold in fee.— To hold an estate in fee, or in fcc-simple, is to have absolute, unrestricted posses- sion of it, and the fullest power of disposing of it which the law allows. Inherits cares.— Show how this is true. What connection in thought with that which follows ? The bank may break.— The use of "break" with the meaning, to fail in business, is supposed to have originated among the Italians. On the revival of commerce in the THK mulTAGK. 1^5 twelfth century, the It.iri.in cities bec;initi nn|>ort;in( corniiu'rcial centres. Th« nKMU'v (halers la those cities conriLcti-d their deal injjs on Ixinches in the piibHc markets, and uh» ii ont; of these dealers or bankers faiU'd, his bench was broken to siK'i)ify tliat the pers<jn to whom the bench belonged was no longer in a con- dition to continue his business. Hence the origin of the tcTm bankrupt applied to sue h a p(>rson, sp<;lle(l in old English, hatikcronti- (Italian, banco, a bank, rotto, broken). A breath . . shares.— When a busin(!ss enterprise > started by a number of px^rsons, it is usu.il to divide the amount of the reipiired capital into equal parts, called shares. If the enterprise is got up to benefit the promoters at the expense of others, the shares may projxTly be called bubble shares. Mention any such enterprise noted in history. The term bubble may here refer to the risk attending any speculation, however well- intentioned. Explain the force of the metaphor employed. And soft . . turn.— Show the connection in sense with what precedes. Serve his turn.— What is meant ? Point out and explain the antithesis or contrast between the idea conveyed in this e.xpres- sionandthat in "softwhitehands." Inherits wants. — How do the wants referred to here differ from the wants that everyone inherits? Dainty fare. — Explain. Give the meaning of this line in other words. With sated . . chair. — Observe carefully the two pictures present- ed in these lines ; on the one hand the rich man's son in possession of all that heart can desire, and on the other, the poor laborer so exhausted by his toil that his very breathings may be heard by the rich man as h«' wearily loUs in his easy-chair. 'l"he expression, "he hears the pants," brings out the contrast in an especially vivid manner. Sated fully satisfied, satisfied beyond the natur.d desirt . Hinds -{x-asants, laborers. Brown arms bare. \\ ith what other expression in the piH;m may this one b<; contrasted ? Sinewy- strong, vigorous. What is the priu'ary meaning of sineh-y ? Comparts with"sini'wy heart." "the will to do, tlu; soul to dare," in Scott's description of I'itz James, lAidy of the Lake, canto i , st.mzi Ji. A hardy . spirit.— This line has nearly the same meaning as the preceding line. Show where they differ in meaning. Note the imperfect rhyuK; in "inherit," "spirit," anl point out other im- perfect rhymes. King . . hands.— Explain. The rich ni.m h.is also two hands; what makes the difference ? He does . . art. — What is meant ? Is this statement true of every poor man's son? Aking . . fee.— Why a "king"? Wishes . . things.— His wants are few and easily satisfied. Com- pare (Goldsmith's village preacher, who was "passing rich with forty pounds a year." With "over- joyed" contrast "sated" in the third stanza. 213. A rank . rank or position poor man attains is generally gained by hard work and real worth. Adjudged— awarded. Content . . sings.— Show how content may spring from etnbloy- nient. What is meant by the heart siniring? (iive the meaning of these two lines in other words. A patience . . poor. — Poverty accustoms one to clo without many things that are very desirable ; . merit.— Any in life that the i "a ill ii6 NOTES TO THE FOURTH READER. I ; ! but it does not always make one patient. Courage . . it. — Is this the same kind of coiiraf^e that the soldier needs in battle? Put the line in prose order. A fellow-feeling . . door. — What IS n. fellow-feclinf:;? For a sini'lar sentiment, see Goldsniith's description of the village preacher, p. 8i. There is a toil. — Describe this toil. That . . stands. —Express otherwise. Large charity. — What does charity mean here ? Give other meanings. In what sense does charity whiten the hands? The color ivhitc is an emblem of purity. This . . lands. — Paraphrase, showing clearly what is meant by crop and lands. Scorn . . state. — Why is this addressed to the poor man rather than to the rich man ."' Distinguish scum from despise. There . . great.— Paraphrase, bringing out the forceof "merely." Compare, '.V weary, wntcned life is theirs, who have no work to do." Point out a parallel passage in the poem. Toil . . shine. — Gives here means causes, enables, as in the expression. He <rivcs vie to under- stand. This line sets forth the truth that there is dignity in labor which ele\ates the soul. Comparj the sentiment in " Honest labor bears a lovely face." And make*" . . benign. — Rest after toil is sweet and blessed, but it requires toil to make it so. De- scribe the heritage mentioned in this and in the preceding stanza, and show that it is worth bein^ rich in the one case, and beini^; poor in the other, to hold such a heri- tage in fee. Both heirs . . past.— The well- known truths in these lines have been expressed in many wavs since Solomon wrote, "The rich and poor meet together : the Lord is the Maker of them all." Man is here referred to in his two-fold nature — the mortal and the im- mortal ; and both in the presence of death and before God all dis- tinctions are levelled. Some. — What is the force of this word ? Prove — est abl i sh . Title — claim, right. Give other meanings. Heirship va.st.— Heirship, privi- leges of an heir. See Romans viii., i6, 17; and compare i Peter i., 3-5. Each one — the rich man as well as the poor man — must prove his title to this vast heirship by faithfully doing his duty in his own sphere, and making the best use of the talents God has given him. Worth a life. — See Romans viii., 18; and compare i Johniii., 2. Make a comparison between the heritage of the rich man and that of the poor man, and point out the advantages of each state, as brought out by the poet. Refer to passages which prove that " to be idle is to be miserable." The language of this poem is not so poetic as that of The Changeling. It is intended to in- struct rather tlian to please. What useful lessons may we learn from the poem ? Lessons of a similar character may be learned from the following poems found in the Fifth Reader (Old Canadian Series) : Labor, My Own Place, and What is Soblc ? Read in ordinary pure tone. In the three last stanzas the language is more elevated ; what change in lone therefore ? Read the last line of the three first stanzas as if disdaining the heritage. St. 2. Pause after "breath." Emphasiz<' " his," 1 5 THE HERITAGE — THE TWO BREATHS. 117 4. Read the first line with the falling inflection. In the two fol- lowing stanzas the question is re- peated for rhetorical effect ; hence the rising inflection on "poor" and "inherit." Emphasize " king " in this and the two follow- ing stanzas. 7. Avoid the verse accent on " is " in the first line. Pause after "others." Emphasize the con- trasted words in the third and fourth lines. Group " worth being rich" and pause after "rich." See also 'worth . . poor" be- low. 8. Bring out the force of " mere- ly " by properly emphasizing it. 9. Slower time. Why ? In- creasing emphasis on " well , . life." Pause after "life." The strongly marked emphasis which prevails throughout this poem requires careful attention. It LXXII. THE TWO BREATHS. 214. Breathe— breath.— Distin- guish in pronunciation, and give similar pairs of words. Anatomical details — minute ac- counts of the structure of the human body as revealed to us by anatomy. Anatomy is the science which treats of the shape, position, and mutual relations of the organs of which the human body con- sists. In place.— Express by a sirgle word. Why are anatomical details not in place here ? Habitually — constantly. Is this the ordinary meaning of the word ? Nervous — easily agitated. Depressed — sad, cast down in spirits. Tempted. — Give the grammati- cal connection. To resort to. — Express differ- ently. Distinguish the different uses of " to " here. Stimulants — medicines, drugs, or food and drink that stimulate or excite a person, but do not cause any permanent increa,se of strength. Name the more common stimulants. Be allowed. — Notice the cor- rect use of the subjunctive mood. Point out other instances of its correct use in this Ifssou. Assuredly— certainly. Medical men — men skilled in the science and practice of medi- cine, doctors or surgeons. On record —recorded , men- tioned in books. 215. That you may . . stimu- lant. — Explain the grammatical connection of this clause. Smelling-salts.— These are generally prepared by mixing car- bonate of ammonia and spirits of camphor. The mixture is not so strong, and is therefore not so dangerous as the liquid ammonia ; it is used chiefly to revive fainting persons. The fire . . life.— For an ex- planation of these lines, see pages 216, 217. Highland. — See note on "High- landers," p. 190. Tragedy — an event in which human lives are lost by human violence. Is this strictly the meaning here ? Sir James Simpson. — An emi nent professor in the ( - niversity of Edinburgh ; born 181 1, died 1S70. He is the author of many valuable medical works. He was the first to find out tlie use of chloroform as an anaesthetic— a substance whose vapor, when inhaled, pro- duces insensibility. Noxious— poisonous, injurious. ii8 NOTES TO THE FOURTH READER. ■■ ' I I i ^ Typhus fever— <«7/.i--A highly contaj^ious fever lasting irom two to three vveeks, and attended with a rash, like that of measles. In some of its s^'mptomsit resembles the more common, and less danger- ous, disease, called typhvid fever. Giotto del Cane -or. Grotto of the Dog -a noted cave near Naples, Italy. It is about ten feet deep, four wide, and nine high, and is so full of carbonic acid gas that little animals introduced into it soon die. Stupefied— made stupid or in- sensible. Carbonic acid gas. — A heavy, colorless gas which extinguishes ordinary flame, and destroys ani- mal life. It is breathed out from the lungs of all living animals, and is formed when anything is burned in air, or in oxygen. The torments . . Calcutta — See Lesson I-XXV. 216. Oxygen— nitrogen. — Oxy- gen gas is the great supporter of life and combustion. It is mixed with nitrogen, in the proportion of one to four, to form the air we breathe. Experiment — some trial or test made to establish a principle, or to prove the truth of a theory. Scientific terms — terms used in the discussion and trea -nt of science subjects, such as Chem- istry, Botany, etc. Perpetually— continually. 217. Alight— lighted up. Average. — Expand into a clause. Happily escapes. — Why "happily " ? Ventilated — supplied with fresh air. Fumes. — Distinguish from vapor and smoke. Competing — contending, striv- ing. Inhale — to breath in. Give the opposite word. 218. When he had . . acid. Supply tlu; t'Uipsis in this sentence. It is merely . . waste. — Notice the force of "merely" in these questions. God forbid. — A strong way oj denying the previous questions. Ay — yes. Distinguish from ayi in pronunciation and meaning. Crater — the mouth or opening of a volcano, from which issue the smoke, ashes, lava, etc. Eruption. — Here, a sudden out- burst of smoke, ashes, etc., from a volcano. Name some volcanoes which have eruptions of this kind, and others from which the flow of lava, etc., is continuous. Physical truth. — What is meant ? Distinguish from other kinds of truth. Transformations — changes. Atoms— very small indivisible particles of matter. Which shall lie . . elements. — See Lessons LV. and LVIII. Para- phrase so as to bring out the meaning clearly. Elements — substances which cannot be resolved or separated into simpler parts. Primeval — prl-meval — original, belonging to the early ages. Transmuted — changed. Magically — in a manner like magic. See note on " magic wand," p. 162, 219. Absorbs — takes in. Courteously. — Note the use of this word here. Geranium— ye- m'>«'-Mm — a com- mon flowering house-piant. Constituted— made, appointed. Mutual — affecting two or more together. Distinguish from com- mon. Working . . good. — See Romans viii., 28. Universe — the whole creation. Physical is here opposed to moral. For explanation of the terms, "carbonate of lime," "oozes," "charcoal," "carbon," "strata," see notes on The History of a Piece of Coal. :-)" THE TWO BREATHS— THK THKKR ! TiMKKS. iig I. Distinguish between different and unlike ; habitually and usually ; depressed and dispirited ; serious disease and dangerous disease ; presently and directly ; support and maintain; transmute and transform ; similar and same ; beseech and request ; universe! and general ; ceilingf and sealing. II. Analyze lecture, composi- tion, different, effects, active, as- suredly, disease, require, descrip- tion, inflicting, according, similar, carbonic, inhale, experiment, pro- duce, exhausted, primeval. III. Change the following sen- tences from the interrogative to the declarative form, and show how the change afTects the force of the sentence :— I>oes our breath produce a similar effect upon ani- mal life as upon a lighted candle ? Is it merely harmful, merely waste ? Were we not, how could we be always warmer than the air out- side us ? What becomes of the breath that passes from our lips ? Is it not carried away and purified ? IV. Write a short sketch of the difference between the breath we breathe in and the breath we breathe out. LXXIII. THE THREE FISHERS. 220. Fishers. — What other word has the same meaning ? Went . . West. — Express differently. What is the gram- matical relation of " out " ? Why is" West" written with a capital? Each thought on. — Why on rather than of, the more common word ? Out . . town. — Is this phrase connected with "watching," or with a verb understood ? Give the meaning of the line with each of the constructions suggested. For men . . moaning.— Point out the grammatical connection of "for" and "though." Note the contrast between the differ- ent spheres of men and women, as suggested here. Note, too, how the poet prepares us for the fate of the fishermen. And there's little . . moaning.— Give the meaning in other words. Harbor bar. — A bar is a bank of sand, gravel, or earth at the mouth of a river or harbor, ob- structing entrance, or rendering itdifficult. The word "moaning " fitly describes the peculiar sound made by the waves breaking on a beach or over a bar before a storm. What did the moaning mean to the fishers .' Compare " And the breakers . . making moan," p. 74. Three wives. — Notice the change from ' ' women " to " wives. ' ' How does this increase our in- terest in the fortunes of the fishers ? The lighthouse tower. — Or, simply, the lighthouse. "Tower" is really the descriptive word ; lighthouses are usually lofty, tower-like structures. The lamps are trimmed in the lantern, or upper part of the lighthouse, where the light is shown. As the sun went down. — The lamps are generally lighted at sunset. Squall . . shower. —S<jr;m//, a sudden and violent gust of wind, often accompanied by rain or snow. Note that the clearness of the picture depends upon the natural order of the details. Night- rack — dark, heavy clouds, which break up and scud across the sky But men must work. — Why "but" and not "for," as in the first stanza ? ''A I I20 NOT KS TO THE FOUF^TFI RRADEK. 1- I r 1 1 ! I Shining; sands. — Why would the sands be shiniitrfr ? In the morning; gleam. — Com- pare " From a shoal of richest rubies, breaks the morning clear and cold," p 76. As the tide "went down. — What is meant ? Does the tide ebb always at the same hour ? It's . . sleep.—" It " here re fers to human life which the poet represents as made up of working and weeping. Death is often com- pared to sleep, as in Macbeth, act iii., sc. 2 : " After life's fitful fever, he sleeps well." See also Acts vii., 60. Supply the ellipsis before "to sleep." Good bye. — A contraction of God be with ye. Observe how the poet gradually develops this remarkably graphic and impressive picture of the gloomy side of^ human life. Notice, too, the rhythm of the poem, especially in the sad, touching refrain. The moaning sadness is sustained in every stanza, not merely by the use of the word "moaning" itself, but also by the frequent recurrence of the o and ow sounds. To give a sympathetic reading of this poem, the reader should try to bring clearly before his mind the picture presented in each stanza. Love and sympathy should mark the i*eading of the first stanza. In the second and third stanzas respectively, give suitable expression to the anxious fear of the three women, and to thc^ir deep, despairing grief. Bring out the force of the con- trasted words. Do not pause after "out" in the third stanza, but make a very short pause after " lay." The tone of sadness increases as the poem proceeds. The words used to heighten the feeling of sadness should be uttered with a full tone, and be slightly pro- longed in their utterance. ^r; I'r^ ■I ! I !|U LXXIV. SONG OF THE RIVER. 221. By laughing . . pool. — Give the grammatical relation of " by." Pool — a deep collection of water — is here opposed to shallow. Note how beautifully this line de- scribes the rippling of the river over its shallow, stony bed, and then its quiet, undisturbed flow in the still pool. Point out the apt- ness of the epithets, "laughing" and "dreaming." Compare the third stanza of Tennyson's Brook. Shingle — round, water - worn, and loose gravel and pebbles found on the shores of rivers or of the sea. V^hy shining? Compare " shining sands," p. 220. Wear — iver — a dam in a river ; also, a fence of twigs or stakes set - a church wall ivy — a common in a stream for catching fish. Written also weir. Why foaming? Crag — a steep, rugged rock. Ousel — odzl — a poetical name for the blackbird, a species of thrush. Ivied wall - overgrown with sight in England. Undefiled . . undefiled.— The undefilcd river for the undefiled mother and child. The pure, sparkling river is a fitting emblem of the purity of childhood and womanhood. Dank. — This word is nearly synonymous with damp. It has the added notion of offensive, un- healthy, and this is its chief mean- S()N(i ol- THH RIVHR -tup: CONyi'HST nl- HKNGAI,. 121 ing here. Give synonyms oi/uul, as used here. Murky— dark, gloomy. Cowl — a sort of hood worn by monks. To what is it compared ? Sewer — sfl'er — a large under- ground drain. The richer I gfrow. — Richer, in a commercial sense, because its greater breadth and volume affords greater facilities for commerce ; richer, also, in an agricultural sense, for the sediment it brings with it enriches the land that it waters. Name any river whose overflow enriches the land. Who dare . . sin -defiled. — What is meant ? Flood-gates — gates to be Of)ened for letting water flow through, or to be shut to keep it back ; hence, any opening or pas- sage. What is meant by the ex- pression, "The flood-gates are open " ? Cleansing' . . along.— Moving water purifies itself. Golden sands. — Examine the correctnessof the epithet "golden." Shakespeare speaks of " yellow sands." Bar. — See note, p. 220. The epithet is transferred ; it is the water that leaps over the obstruct- ing bar. Compare " foaming wear " above. Taintless tide — the purified waters of the ocean. Infinite main. — Express other- wise. Like a soul . . again.— The whole poem may be regarded as a representation of human life. We have first the purity of child- hood ; then the sin and pollution which advancing years so often bring ; and then the repentance and patdon that sometimes follow in later life. As every stream does not become foul, so no life need become impure. Compare this poem with the preceding one, and point out any resemblances in style and in man- ner of treatment. The sounds of the words in this, as in the preceding poem, are in- tended to harmonize with the sense; and this correspondence of sound and sense should be proper- ly brought out in the reading. The first stanza should be read in a bright, lively manner, to re- semble the rapid motion of the merry, laughing brook. In the second stanza, the words have a dull, heavy, cheerless sound, sug- gestive of the slowly-moving river, foul with the refuse of mills and factories. The third stanza pre- sents to us the strong, impetuous energy of the unobstructed river, as It rushes onward to the ocean. LXXV. THE CONQUEST OF BENGAL. 222. From a child. — Express otherwise. Surajah Dowlah. — This man had in 1756 become Governor or Viceroy of India, in the twentieth year of his age. He was of weak intellect, vain, selfish, and cruel. " It had been early his amuse- ment to torture beasts and birds ; and wh'^n he grew up, he enjoyed with still keener relish the misery of his fellow-creatures." After the battle of I'lassey he was deposed by the English, and afterwards put to death by his successor, Meer Jaffier. Whim — fanciful notion, for which one can give no reason. Exaggerated— enlarged be- yond truth or reason. 122 NOTKS lO TMK lOUKTH KKADKR. Hi 'i; ii' <■ , ,; ( ; I Feeble — uncultivated. -Con- trast the meaning of these two epithets. Incapable of perceiving. — Give a synonymous expression. Compensate— make up for. Pretexts— excuses, reasons not justifiable or sufficient. Nabob — nd'bub. — Thetitle given to a governor or vicerby of a province in India. These nabobs were at first subject to the Great Mofrnl, or Mongol emperor of India, but they gradually assumed an independent sovereignty, and became either allies or dependants of the East India Company. The term is used in England to signify a person who has acquired great wealth in India, and it is also applied to a wealthy and luxuri- ous man, however his wealth has been acquired. The Company. — This was the East India Company, which was at first composed of some Lon- don merchants, to whom a char- ter was granted, in 1600, by Queen Elizabeth, giving them the sole right of trading in the East Indies. A company for the same pur- pose was formed by the French, in 1664. Their central station was at Pondicherry, south of Madras. Dupleix became Gover- nor of Pondicherry in 1742. He was a crafty, restless, ambitious man, and conceived the design of driving the English from India, and of founding a French empire on the ruins of the Mogul mon- archy. Just when he seemed to be on the highroad to empire, the tide of fortune was turned against him by the valor and genius of Clive. Mere traders. — Contrast with statesmen and sohfiers. Explain why the servants of the Company at Madras had become statesmen and soldiers, while those of Bengal remained mere traders. Bewildered — thrown into con- fusion. Distinguish from terrified. 223. Frightened . . wits. — Ex- press in other words. Wits — senses, mental powers. Commandant. — The officer in command of a fort or garrison. See also p. 155. Regal pomp — display becoming a sovereign. Insolence. — Give synonyms. Memorable — worthy of being remembered. Atrocity —rreat wickedness. Tremendous — tre-mcn'd&s. — Give synonyms. Retribution.-- Distinguish from rcvenfre and vengeance. For the night. —June i8th, 1756. Black Hole. — This is the name commonly given to the place where soldiers are confined for minor off"ences. The episode here related has made the name pro- verbial for any filthy place of con- finement where prisoners are ill- treated. Malefactor — evil-doer, crimi- nal. The term is more commonly applied to one under sentence of death. Obstructed— partly blocked up. Summer solstice — the time when the sun is directly overhead, at a distance of 23^ degrees north of the equator. On what day is this ? When is the 7vinter solstice ? Tolerable — capable of being endured. Waving of fans. — The waving of large fans, called punkahs, is the plan commonly adopted in India to produce a constant cur- rent of air in a room. Expostulated— argued against, resisted by words, not by actions. Distinguish from entreated. 224. Fiction. — Writings having little or no foundation in fact. Recounted — related. That extremity. — Explain. Presence of mind — a calm, col- lected state of mind. i'i i Tii:-: coNguKST of bengal. 123 col- Mad. — Give synonyms. Pittance — beggarly small por- tion. Cruel mercy. — Why was the mercy of the murderers cruil ? Note the contradiction in terms. Compare "living dead," p. 103. NcMce the alliteration in this clause, and the absence of con- junctions between its numerous verbs. Blasphemed — used profane language. Frantic — crazy, violent. Tumult—great noise, uproar. Debauch — fit of intemperance, drunkenness. Macaulaysaysofthc Nabob, that "he indulged immode- rately in the use of ardent spirits, which inflamed his weak brain almost to madness." Loathsome— disgusting. Ghastly — ghostly, unearthly- looking. Charnel-house — a building in a grave-yard for the temporary reception of dead bodies, or of bones dug up in preparing new graves. Promiscuously — in mixed fashion, without order. Notice the shortness of the sentences in this paragraph, and the absence of conjunctions, two devices employed to aid the vivid- ness of the description, and, as it were, to hurry the reader through its horrors. Lapse — the gradual passing away. Eighty years. — This essay was written for the Edinburgh Review, where it appeared in January, 1840. Remorse . . \M.y.— Remorse im- Elies self-reproach for the part one as played in something wrong, as well as pity for the objects of the wrong. Pity is simply sorrow for the condition of others. 225. Execrable — ek'se-cra-bl — detestable. Give other synonyms. Reproached — reviled. What is the more common meaning of this word ? Sent up . . irons. — Give the meaning in other words. Intercessions — prayers or pleadings to one party in behalf of another. Harem — harem. — This word means in the Arabic any thing pro- hibited, and is the name applied to the women's apartments in Mo- hammedan families, from which men are strictly excluded. Writ- ten al.so haram. Nominal sovereign—a sovereign in name, but not in reality. This was the Great Mogul, whose capi- tal city was Delhi. Late conquest.- Express "late" by a clause. Pompous — boastful. Garrison— See note, p. 155. Resentment — anger, desire for revenge. Intelligence — news, informa- tion. Hooghly — hoog'li. — A branch of the river Changes. It is formed by the junction of two smaller branches,^lie first that the Ganges sends off. On the first, or western branch, are the city of Moorshed- abad, the fort of Cossimbuzar, and the village of Plassey. Cal- cutta is on the Hooghly proper, about one hundred miles from its mouth. Clive. — Robert Clive, born 1725, became a clerk in the service of the East India Company in the eighteenth year of his age. After serving in this capacity for a few years, he gave up a commercial life and entered the army. He was one of those servants of the East India Company whom Du- pleix, by his intrigues and his aggressive policy, " forced to be- come statesmen and soldiers." His military genius soon showed itself in the capture and defence of Arcot. He was then twenty-five years of age, and had attained the 124 NOIKS TO Tin-: FOURTH Kl.AI )1'.K. ill lili I! ■I :: rank of captnin. Two years after- wards he returned to ICnf^l.-.nd. Failin{4 to obtain a seat in I'arlia- nient at the general election in 1754, he returned to India in the following year as Clovernor of Fort St. David, with the rank of Lieutenant-Colonel. It was while holdinf* this position that he was appointed to the command of the expedition against Surajah I)ow- lah. l''or his great success at the battle of Plassey, he was created Lord Clive, on his return to Eng- land in ijC)o. He becain(!Ciovernor of liengal in JjCt^, and succeeded in carrying out many reforms, but not without making many enemies. In i7<')7, he finally returned to England. In 1773, his conduct in India was made the subject of a Parliamentary inquiry. He was acquitted, but the disgrace implied in the trial affected him so deeply that he committed suicide in the following year. Clive was one of the greatest warrior-statesmen of whom England can boast. Lord Chatham described ^im as a " heaven-liorn general, who, with- out experience, surpassed all the officers of his time." Armament — a body of forces equipped for war. The term is used either of a land or of a naval force. Sepoys —native Hindoo soldiers in the liritish army in India. 226. Louis XV. — King of France at that time. Empress Maria Theresa — of Austria. France and Austria were at that time the leading powers of Europe. Adverse —ad' vers — contrary. December.— This was in 1756. The events recorded in the re- maining part of the lesson took place in June, 1757, the battle of Plassey being foughton thetwenty- third of that month. The inter- vening time was spent in negotia- tions between the English and the Nabob, in which each party was trying to outwit th<; other. Clive met craft with craft, and proved himself more than a match for the wily Hindoos. Meer Jaffier. — This man was the chief commander of the Na- bob's troops. Fie phjtted against the Nabob, and offered to assist the FLnglish on condition that he should be placed on the throne of l^engal instead of Surajah Dow- lah. After the battle of Plassey he became Nabob of Bengal. His division — the part of the army commanded by him. Decisive moment — the time which war- to decide the success or failure of the conspiracy. Conspirator — one who conspires or plots against another. Overpowered . . ambition. — What is meant ? Power — force, army. Not a common use of the word in prose. Evasive — intended to put one off and leave him in doubt. Remonstrances— strong reasons urged against any measure or pro- ceeding. Clive . . situation. — Paraphrase so as to bring out clearly the force of "painfully." Sincerity — honesty of purpose. Confederate — ally. Who was this? Valor — discipline. — Show that both these are necessary to the success of an army in battle. It was . . thing. — Express the same thought affirmatively. A river — the Bhagrutti, on which Plassey is situated. See note on " Hooghly " above. Dauntless — bold, daring. Responsibility — the state of being responsible for a trust. In what respect was the responsibility fearful ? Paraphrase the sentence. Council of war— an assembly of the chief officers of an army to consult with the commander-in- chief on matters of great import- THE CONQl'KST OF HF.NGAL. 125 ance. Clivc used to say afterwards that •* he had never called but one council of war, and that, if he had taken the advice of that council, the Hritish would never have been masters of Benj^al." Concurrence— agreement. To put . . hazard. — Express otherwise. 227. Mango-trees — a species of tree widely cultivated in tropical Asia. Cymbals.— See note, p. 51. Stout heart.— Compare " daunt- less spirit," p. 226. Against what odds . . prize. — Explain. Weak— stormy. — Give in other words the force of these two epi- thets. Apprehensions. — Distinguish from fears. Appalled — impressed with fear to such a degree ihat the mind loses its firmness. Crisis — the decisive point or turn in affairs, on which depend ail results. Haunted . . furies. — The ancient Q^j^eks had the idea that one guilty of murder was haunted or persecuted by three ghostly beings — the Furies — sent at the summons of the murdered one's spirit to goad the murderer to agony and remorse. Contrast the state of mind of the two leaders on the night before their great contest. Firelocks. — The firelock was a gun, having a lock furnished with a flint and steel, by means of which fire was produced in order to dis- charge it ; distinguished from the matchlock, which was fired with a match. Pikes.— The pike war a weapon consisting of a long wooden shaft with a flat steel head, pointed, formerly used by foot-soldiers. Ordnance — artillery, heavy guns. Distinguish in pronuncia- tion and meaning from ordinance. Auxiliaries.— This word, in the plural, is generally used to mean foreign troops in the service of a nation at war. Distinguish from "reinforcements," p. 158. Were . . formidable.— Why? Effeminate- womanish, weak. Carnatic. -.V district on the east coast of Southern India. 228. Conspicuous — prominent, easy to be seen. Regiment — a large body of sol- diers comm nded by a colonel. The number of men in a regiment may vary greatly. It is customary to distinguish regiments by certain numbers, as here. Colors— the small flags, gene- rally of silk, forming the standard of each regiment. Soldiers make it a point of honor to save the colors from falling into the hands of the enemy, and many deeds of daring have been performed in defending and rescuing the regimental colors. It is customary to place on the colors the names of the battles in which the regiment has taken part. Wellingfton.— Arthur WcUesley , Duke of Wellington, born 1769, was the greatest Jiritish soldier of modern times. He won military glory in India and elsewhere, but his successes on other fields are scarcely remembered in compari- son with the series of brilliant victories gained by him over the French, terminating in the signal defeat of Napoleon at Waterloo, in 1815. Like Clive, he was a statesman as well as a soldier. He became Prime Minister in 1828. He died in 1S52, and was buried in St. Paul's Cathedral, by the side of Nelson. Gascony — the former name of a district in the south-west of France, where Wellington gained several victories. Primus in Indis — prl'mUs in In'dls — " first among the men of India." 126 NOTKS TO TIIK FOURTH RF-:AlJliR. Cannonade— continuous firing of camion. The artillery . , execution.— Express otherwise. Field-pieces— fieUl-guns, small cannon carried alotif^ with armies and used on the battle-field. His conspirators— those secretly working against him but pretending friendship. Expediency — propriety under the particular circumstances of a case Insidious — treacherous, plausi- ble but ill-meant. Why was the advice insidious ? Dispirited.— Why was the army of the Nabob dispirited ? Disciplined valor. — Abstract for concrete. Metonymy. Para- phrase the sentence. Note how the spirited activity of these opera- tions is well brouRht out by the short, hurried sentences by which they are described. Regular soldiers. — What differ- ence is there between regulars and volunteers ? To confiont — to oppose. Dis- tinguish from to face. Power. — Compare the meaning of this word here with that on p. 226. Point out on the map all the places mentioned in the lesson. Read the whole of Macaulay's essay on Lord Clivc. I. Distinguish bet ween expecta- tion and hope; resistance and opposition ; insolence and imper- tinence ; cell and cave; remorse and repentance ; procured and purchased; separate and scatter; fear and doubt; dispersed and divided. II, Analyze exaggerated, un- cultivated, fortify, fugitive, regal, commit, retribution, malefactor, survivor, despair, decisive, ambi- tion, evade, confidence, sincerity, concur, insidious, dispersed. III, Change the dependent sentences in the following to phrases, explaining and showing the effect of change : — The Gover- nor, who had heard much of Surajah Dowlah's cruelty, was frightened out of his wits. He promised to spare their lives, be- fore he retired to rest. He gave orders that all should be in readi- ness for passing the river on the morrow. His stout heart sank now and then when he reflected against what odds he was in a few hours to contend. He had formed a very exaggerated notion of the wealth which would be obtained by plundering them. As our allies are absent, we mffSt depend on our own exertions. When the troubles began, most of the Com- pany's servants supposed there would be little danger, Cliv, re- solved that he would risk an engagement, IV. Sketch (i.) The Capture of Calcutta bv Surajah Dowlah; (ii.) The Battle of Plassey. I p; LXXVI. LANDING OF THE PILGRIMS. The Pilfrrims, or Pilgrim Fathers, were a body of English Noncon- formists, who emigrated to America to escape religious persecution. In the latter part of Elizabeth's reign they had taken refuge in Holland, but finding it difficult to maintain themselves there as a separate com- munity, they resolved to quit Holland and find a home in the New World, In July, 1620, they sailed from Holland to Southampton, and LANDING OF THE I'lLGKlMb. 127 re- ik an jncon- ution. Hand, corn- New n, and there embarked on two small vessels — the Spfidrvill and the MayJJojiur — for their new home. At I^ly mouth, the Spiidtiill was pronounced unfit for the voyage, and the MtiyjJowir, with the whole party on board —one hundred and two — set sail alone. She reached the coast of Massachusetts in November, iGjo, and in the latter part of December, the Pilgrims selected the site for their settlement, which they called Plymouth, in memory of the last English port at which they touched. They suffered great hardships, and half of their number died before the following spring. A huge boulder of granite, called Plymouth Rock, is still pointed out as the spot where the Pilgrims landed to form their settlement, and it is held in great veneration by their descendants. 229. The breaking waves . . tossed. — On Noveml)er 21st, the May/io7iicr Cii^t anchor in i^rovince- town harbor, just inside the ex- treme point of Cape Cod and nearly due east of Plymouth. There is scarcely any part of the New England coast to which the description in these two lines is less applicable than to the inside of this sickle-shaped peninsula. It is a succession of low sand-hills, and the trees that grow on them are not at all giant-like in size. Stern and rock-bound. — Ex- plain. These epithets describe well, not only "the wild New England shore," but also the whole coast-line to the north. Compare yacqtics Carticr, st. iv., 1. i. Woods. — Why not trees? Which is the more suitable word for poetry ? And the heavy night . . o'er.— - Was the night heavy 1 Write this line in prose. Exiles.— See note, p. 192. Moored — anchored. Bark —See note, p. 133. New England.— See note, p. 132. True-hearted — faithful to their religious convictions. Stirring drums. — Explain the force of " stirring " by a clause. The flying. — Contrasted with conqueror. Express in such words as to bring out this contrast more clearly. They shook . . cheer.— Para- phrase, bringing out the force of "desert's gloom" and "lofty cheer." Amidst the storm . . free. — Note how expressively these lines indicate the lonely, desolate con- dition of the Pilgrims, and the deep solemnity of the occasion, when, with gratitude for the past and hope for the future, they sang their song of thanksgiving. Aisles. — Properly, passages in a church or other building. What is the meaning here ? Why sound- tHffi dim Dim woods. — Compare old forest," p. 31. Anthem . . free. — See the same expression on page 162, and com- pare the meaning. Ocean eagle.— This bird differs from the true eagle in its habits, and slightly, also, in appearance. It frequents the sea-coast and the shores of lakes and rivers to feed on fish. This eagle is the chosen symbol of the United States. White wave's foam.— Compare the first line of the poem. This was . . home.— Compare the conqueror's welcome in the second stanza. Childhood's land.— What land? Fearless eye.— Fearless is an unusual epithet to apply to a woman's eye. Its use may be justified here, as referring to the firm faith in the future which these women possessed. J 128 NOTKS TO THI'- lOURTII KliADKK. l! 1 II %\ 'V' 4iil !|l'l Deep love's truth, llcnv was this shown ? Serenely high. This may refer to man's c<Hifi(lciue in his own f)owL'rs when he is in the prime of ife. Fiery . . youth.— Express in a more concrcite form. 230. What sought . . war ?— Notice the rhetorical effect of these questions. A faith's . . shrine.— A place where they could worship Cind accordinj^ to their own religious convictions. Ay. — See note, papjc 218. Holy ground. — SeelCxodusiii.,5. They have . . God. — They allowed to others the same " free- dom to worship God " which they claimed for themselves. This is true of the Pilj^rim Fathers, but not of the I'uritans, who subse- quently settled in Massachusetts, with whom they are often con- founded. The descriptive details of the first stanza, though not strictly in accordance with the facts, are, nevertheless, necessary as an in- troduction to the poem, and serve to excite our sympathy for the Pilgrims. There is frequent use of alliter- ation in the poem. I'oint out instances. Observe that the sentiment be- comes more elevated as the poem f)roceeds, reaching a climax in the ast stanza. What great principle is taught in the poem ? This poem is a good selection for school recitation. While each line has the proper number of poetic accents — six and seven alternately — there is a pleas- ing variety in the number of syl- lables, and in the position of the accents. The emphases and pauses are easily determined. Do not declaim. Find out the spirit of Cach stanza, and then express it naturally. Emphasize "not" in the three first lines of the second stanza. In the third stanza pause after " woods" and emphasize "rang"; pause also after "soared," and strongly emphasize "this." With what inflection must the questions in the last stanza be read? I*- if; lii' LXXVII. TO FLORENCE NIGHTINGALE. Florence Nightingale, daughter of William Shore Nightingale, was born at Florence, Italv, in 1820. She early showed an intense devotion to the alleviation of .uffering, which led her to give attention to the condition of hospitals. In 1854 she went to the Crimea as superin- tendent of a staff of voluntary nurses, many of whom were ladies of rank and fortune. She organized the nursing departments of the hos- pitals in the Crimea and at Scutari, on the Bosphorus; and, although prostrated by fever, she refused to leave her post till the close of the war. She, to whom many a soldier owed life and health, returned to England with her own health gone — the result of her unremitting toil and anxiety for the sick and wounded soldiers. " Her devotion to the i|! .ill i ;!l TO M.OKLNCIi NMGIITINGALK 1-9 sufferers can never lie forjjottcn. Slur has stuul twenty liDurs at a stretch in order to see thcni provided with accommodation and all the reciuisites ol" their condition. " 230. Verse.— Here, the whole poem. ( iiveother usesof the word. Whereto life. What is the grammatical relation of this clause? Not only did her tender nursing save men from death, but even in her look there was a kindly sym- pathy which seemed toinspiri' the wounded soldiers with new life. Think not . name.— The poet has not chosen her name because of its melodious sound, or l)ecause he is in want of a subjt;ct for a poem; nor has he chosen it be- cause of her popularity, for this would be mere time-serving — " to fit the time." True victress.— Her's was moral heroism. For a lady, highly educated and accomplisheil, as she was, it required greater heroism to endure the sad, toilsome routine of hospital life, with all its sicken- ing details, than is required by the soldier who faces the enemy upon the battle-field. What strife is referred to in this lino? But let it serve . . go.— These lines show what feelings prompted the writing of the poem. Every- body loves her for her noble deeds, and this poem is ih^ poet's tribute of affection to her. Serve — suffice, be sufficient. Thine ear . . know.— How can an ear be said to knoiv ? Show clearly what is meant. Thy gallant deed. — What was this? 'Why gallant ? For God . . need.— This tells us what prompted her to under- take the work. The hospitals were crowded with sick and wounded, and their unhealthy condition soon became apparent in a rate of mor- tality to which the casualties of the fiercest battle were as nothing. "In this crisis Miss Nightingale offered to go out and orgaiii/c a nursing department at Scutari ' 'Tis good . . things. The poet now shows that ht;r name is suitccl to ht-r character. A stately . bird. Explain the allusions. Note th(! epitlu'ts Used, 'Tis good 'tis well. CauthrM- expressions 1)(; interchanged hi-re ? 'Tis well that . . heard. — Which "that" may be omitted without changing tlie sense? Thy sweet story.— To what ''^ " tliv " i-cjuivalfnt ? Brave eyes. Transferred epi- thet. 'l"o what does the epithet proper! v belong? O voice! in . . hill. — Note how these lines prepaie us for the in- troduction of her name, li.xplain all the allusions. Like city . . hill. — See Mat- thew v., 14. Show the force of the comparison. Large work and will. \ refer- ence to the greatness of the \wtk she undertook, ami to her willing- ness in undertaking it. Glad of thee.— What different meaning would "proud of thee" convey ? Charity — love. — C^ive other meanings. Take thee . . still. —This line expresses a wish, (iive the mean- ing in other words. Mr. Arnold, in this pioem, has given us an illustration of the ex- pressiveness and p<<wer of the English monosyllable. The idea of the pcjem is very prettily conceived. Its most beau- tiful thoughts are suggested by the lady's name itself, formingaclimax which ends with the line, "Good Florence Nightingale." The poem was written in 1855. 130 NOTES TO THE FOURTH READER. LXXVIII. RIDING TOGETHER. iJ. (.Mi «|' lid ! 231. Steady. — For steadily, as in the gccoikI stanza. East.— Why written with a capital letter ? Hot grew. — That is, continued grou'infr hot. How is the same idea expressed in the second stanza ? Lady's Feast.— This was the name of a feast celebrated on the 25th of March — Lady-day — to commemorate the angel's an- nouncement to the Virgin Mary.- See Luke i., 26-38. Hotter and clearer. — In the first stanza, hot weather is men- tioned as the effect of the east wind blowing, which is the case in the tropical countries of the East. In this stanza we have an effect of both wind and heat — the weather clearer as well as hotter. Clear-cut. — The outline, show- ing the clearness of the atmos- phere, and the shadow, the bright- ness of the sun. This heightens the ideas expressed by "hot " and "clear." As freely . . slack.— They were riding on at an easy pace — "with bridles slack," without interruption, and had their "helms unlaced " on account of the heat. A helm, or helmef, was said to be unlaced vhen the visor, or part that defended the face, was raised, 01 loosed. Looking down . stream. — They were riding in the direc- tion in which the stream flowed. This fresh scenery is very reliev- ing amidst the heat, and appears like an oasis in the desert. Bream. — A fresh -water fish of a deep, compressed form, belong- ing to the carp family. It has a fondness for coming to the top of the water ■ hence, the epithet — "bubble-making." Rood. — See note, p. 40. This word suggests Crusaders, and this again calls up Saracens, so that we have the whole history before us. Why was the rood hung above their heads ? Night-long. — The tedious length of the night is shown much better by this compound than by using the phrase, " in the night," as in the first line. Dewy. — In tropical regions, where the heat is great, and rain seldom falls, dew is abundant. The use of such words and allu- sions makes the tale life-like, and marks it out as the story of one who was an eye-witness. The while— during the time. An old and poetic expression for "while." Watch. — This word is suggested by " watched " in the third line. Notice the literal and the meta- phorical use of the word. Para- phrase the two last lines of the stanza. Our spears . . together. — Paraphrase, bringing out the force of "bright and thick." Banners. — See note on " stan- dards . . pennons,'" p. 86. These were more properly pennons, or small streamers attached to the spears. Wind. — In poetry, this word is; pronounced 7i''ind, when made to- rhyme with words having the long I sound. See note, p. 81. 232. Downsrnk. — Their spears were couched or levelled for the attack. As thick . . ride. — At the time of the Crusades, the name pagan was applied to the Saracens ; incorrectly, however, for it pro- perly means worshippers of false gods, those who were neither Christians. lews, rior Moham- RIDING TOGETHER. 131 medans. To what does the epithet "thick" refer? His eager face. — The face of his companion, eager for the fray. This is further emphasized by the word "shone" in the last line cf the stanza. Note that the supposed speaker always refers to his friend with much tenderness. Up the sweep . . spears.— Observe how the impetuosity of the attack is expressed by the rhythm of these lines. Down rained . . weather. — Express differently. The elm-tree . . tears.— This falling of buds and llower-s may have been caused by the shaking of the boughs in the con- flict ; but it is more likely that, after the manner of the older poets, Chaucer, Spenser, etc., the author intends to represent nature as shedding tei rs of sorrow for the brave Christian knights who are falling in the battle. We rolled . writhed. — Observe how vividlv the close, hand-to hand struggle is expressed by this line. I threw . . head. — His arms are thrown up in horror at the death of his friend, but immedi- ately seized with a desire to revenge his death, he rushes upon the slayer. He waited . . place.— This line well expresses the suddenness of the avenging blow. With thoughts . . weather. — " The lovely weather " seems by contrast to make the conflict all the more cruel. Gapingly mazed. -His furious rage so appalled his foe that the latter seemed paralyzed and in- capable of defending himself. The pagans drowned.— What is the subject of " drowned " ? As in Stormy . . land.— Show from the comparison here ex- pressed that the pagans had the advantage, (i) in numbers, (2) in position. What added notions does the phrase, "as in stormy weather, " convey. They bound . side.— Com- pare the incident in Mrs. Hemans' poem, Bcrmirdu del Carpio. Cymbals. — See note, p. 51. This is a common musical instrument in the East. The clash of cymbals denoted the victory of the pagans. We ride no more . . together. — The repetition of " no more " makes the line more pathetic, and excites our sympathy for the speaker. He has lost all interest in the world around him, and more par- ticularly in the weather, to which he had seemed to give much heed when he and his companion rode on together. H;s friend is now dead, and he is a prisoner. Life is no longer desirable. Notice the different epithets applied to the weather in this poem, and show for what effect they are chosen. Why is the poem called Hiding Together ? When, and under what circum- stances, may the events be supposed to have taken place ? What tone, pitch, time, etc., does this poem require ? In the first six stanzas there is but little variety ; the reading goes on quietly like the riding. The seventh stanza is more ani- mated, but ends \\\*h a tone of sadness. In the fir.--, two lines of the eighth stanza, i.nitate the dash of the horsemen " up the sweep of the bridge," and "the crash of the meeting spears " ; the two last lines should be read in a sad tone. Note any change of modulation in the last five stanzas. 132 MOTKS TO THE FOURTH HICADKR. il'i! '¥ 'rni:,' ;il LXXIX. THE CAPTURE OF OUEBEC. The war which gave (Jncbec to the English began in a quarrel between the English and French colonics in India and in America. They disputed about the boundaries of their territories, an4 for a time waged war with one another independent of the mother countries. In 1756 war was declared between the two countries. It is known in history as the Seven Years' War, and it ended in the triumph of the English in 1763. This lesson gives an account of the crowning event of the struggle in America. in the South of France in 1712. At the age of fifteen he entered the army, and two years after- wards became captain. In 1756 he was made major-general, and entrusted with the command of the French forces in North Ameri- ca. By his singular powers of ad- ministration he attached the bulk of the Indian tribes of Canada to the cause of his nation, and by his activity he extended .he French dominions along the great lakes towards the Ohio and the Missis- sippi, He gained several successes ov(;r the English generals who preceded Wolfe, and was in all respects a worthy antagonist of the English general. He was mortally wounded in the Battle of yuebec, and died on the fol- lowing morning. A monument within the citadel of Quebec per- petuates the memory of Montcalm and that of his victorious rival. 234. Wolfe, — James Wolfe, born 1726, was the son of a mai ;■ general in the British army, ai>i from childhood " he had drern; ■■'; of the army and the wars." So rapidly did he rise in the service that, at the age of twenty-three, he was a lieutenaint- colonel, stationed with his regiment at Inverness, and entrusted with the difficult task of keeping in order the disaffected Highlanders. He served with distinction in the Con- tinental wars carried on against 233. The closing^ . . Canada.— The capture of Quebec. Eower Canada, now the Province of Que- bec, was discovered by Jacques Cartier (see note, p. 161), It re- mained a colony of France until Quebec was taken by Wolfe in 1739- Circumstances . . interest.— Why of peculiar interest to us ? Gather some of the circumstances from the lesson. Romance -— fiction. Compare "fiction," p. 224, and see note thereon. Episode — an incidental narra- tive, separable from the main sub- ject, but naturally arising from it. Why strikiufrP Compare "pecu- liar," above. Battle of Quebec— By what other name is this battle known ? " Quebec " is said to be an Indian ■word — kepee — meaning strait. Execution— carrying out. Give other meanings. Unparalleled — without parallel, unequalled. The contending armies . . numbers. — How could two armies be equal in military strength if unequal in numbers? I'araphrase the sentence. Chiefs — leaders; Wolfe and Montcalm. Chivalrous — gallant. Distin- guish from heroic. Montcalm. — Louis Joseph, Marquis de Montcalm, was bt^rn THE CAlTrKK OF UUKBEC. 133 France: and at the capture of Louisbourg, in 1758, where he commanded a division under Gen- eral Amherst, he greatly increased his reputation as a bold and dash- ing military leader. Pitt, discern- ing the genius and heroism of the young general, chose him to com- mand the expedition against Que- bec. His nature was a compound of tenderness and fire. He was sub- ject to fits of irritability on ac- count of his habitual ill-health; for he inherited a weak constitu- tion from his mother. " In spite of his rigorous discipline he was beloved by his soldiers, to whose comfort he was always attentive." Find in the lesson an illustra- tion of the statement here quoted. France trusted . . Wolfe. — Note the different epithets applied to Wolfe and Montcalm, and show that the adverbs "firmly" and "hopefully" are aptly used here. 234. Magnificent stronghold - the citadel of Quebec. See note on "fortress cliff," p. 1C3. Com- pare "strongholds," p. 153. Staked . . strife.— Bring out the meaning of "staked" and "issue" by a paraphrase. The use of the word "staked" in this sense is borrowed from the lan- guage of the gaming-table. Com- pare " put to the hazard," p. 226. Close at hand. — Less than a mile distant. Prospect— view. Rejoiced . . man. — Express differently. Ideal — fanciful ; also, approach- ing perfection. The writer regards the picture of the city and the na- tural scenery around it as almost too beautiful to be real. Eminence — height. What ad- ditional meaning does " lofty " give? Left bank.— What bank is thi.s? Plains of Abraham.— So called from Abraham Martin, a pilot, known as Maltrc Abraham, who had owned a piece oi land here in the early days of the colony. The F'lains were a tolerably level, grassy tract of land, studded with clumps of bushes and interspersed with patches of corn-fields. Precipice — a steep descent. Compare note, p. 191. Decisive. — Express by a clause. See note, p. 226. The plans . . secret. — Why? Division. — See note, p. 226. Embarked — went on board. Give other uses of this word. In high spirits. — Express other- wise. Flotilla — a fleet of small vessels. Here, the " flat-bottomed boats." The boats were piloted by James Cook, an officer of one of the British ships, who afterwards be- came the famous navigator, Cap- tain Cook. Ebb-tide — the tide as it ebbs or recedes from the land. Give an opposite term. Midshipman. — See note, p. 25. This was John Robison, after- wards Professor of Natural I^hil- osophy in the University of Edin- burgh. The ninth stanza of the " Elegy " has always been especi- ally associated with this incident. " (Jne noble line— 'The paths of glory lead but to the grave ' — must have seemed at such a time fraught with mournful meaning." Vent— expression. Give other meanings of this word. Intensity . . feelings— strong excitement of feeling, great mental strain. 235. Dark outline. — Explain. Hurrying past— being carried down with the tide. Recognized— perceived, knew. Company — a subdivision of a regiment, consisting of from sixty to one hundred men, and com- manded by a captain. The terms " light " and " heavy " applied to a company have reference partly f'i! :ii 134 NOTES TO THE FOURTH READER. :llr to the men, but more particularly to their arms and accoutrements — light companies being employed in military enterprises requiring rapid movements. Hig^hlanders. — See note, p. 190. What is meant by " 78th " ? See note on " Regiment," p. 228. Woody precipice. — Expand " woody " into a clause. Path— track. — Distinguish. Sentinel. — See note, p. 204. Unconscious. — Distinguish from tinaware. Which is the better word here ? Scrambled. — Distinguish from climbed. Half . . won. — Express differ- ently. According to Parkman, the English were first challenged while still on the river. His ac- count of this incident is as fol- lows : — " As they neared their destina- tion, the tide bore them in towards the shore, and the mighty wall of rock and forest towered in dark- ness on their left. The dead still- ness was suddenly broken by the sharp Qui vivc ? of a French sentry, invisible in the thick gloom. France ! answered a High- land officer of Eraser's regiment from one of the boats of the light infantry. He had served in Hol- land, and spoke French fluently. '• A quel r/ghncnt ? "De la Rcinc, replied the High- lander. He knew that a part of that corps was with Bougainville. The sentry, expecting the convoy of provisions, was satisfied, and he did not ask for the password." "Qui vive." — See note, p 123. "La France." — France— liter- ally, The France. Some historians regard this as the password. Self-possession. — Give a synonymous expression. They hastily . . panic. — Para- phrase. Panic — fear for which a reason cannot be given. The ancient Greeks believed that sudden fea*" was inspired by Pan, the god of flocks and shepherds. Summoned to surrender. — Ex- press in other words. Assailants. — See note, p. 158. Who were the assailants? Intrenched — defended with a trench or ditch, and an earthwork. See note on " earth-works," p. 148. Post — a position held or occu- pied by soldiers. Monckton— Murray. — Two of the three brigadier-generals who commanded under Wolfe at the taking of Quebec. The other was George Townshend. Monckton was an energetic and skilful officer, who had seen much service, espe- cially in the wars by which Acadia was won from the French. Mur- ray was made Governor of Quebec after the capture of the city, and Governor-General of Canada in 1763. He was a friend to the French-Canadians, and incurred the enmity of the English officials, whose complaints against him led to his recall in 1766. Reinforcements. — See p. 158. 236. Of disembarkation. - press by a clause. Battalions. — A battalion body of infantry, varying 300 to 1,000 men, and usually forming a division of a regiment. Formed — arranged themselves in military order, as if ready for battle. Distinguish from com- pleted in the next line. Plied — made regular passages between the ships and the landing- place. Alacrity — cheerful readiness. Notice the force of "ready." Com- pare "lofty eminence," and "steep precipice," p. 234. Whole . . force. — The army altogether numbered 4,828 men, officers included, but Wolfe's front line, which alone met and turned the French attack, numbered, offi- note, -Ex- is a from THIL CAPTl'RK OF gUKBnC. 135 Iden fear e god of ler.— Ex- p. 158. with a rthwork. .'•p. 148. or occu- -Two of rals who e at the ither was [onckton il officer, ce, espe- li Acadia 1. Mur- f Quebec city, and inada in 1 to the incurred officials, ; him led e note, n.— Ex' on is a ig from usually ;iment. ;mselves sady for m com- Dassages anding- adiness. Com- ' steep e army 8 men, 3's front turned ed, offi- cers and men, only 3, -265. Ex- press "disposable" by a clause. Array — order of battle. Cove. — The Ansc de Foiilon of the French, now called Wolfe's Cove, one mile and a half from Quebec. Compare the meaning of "coves," p. ig8. Paraphrase the sentence so as to bring out fully the meaning of " above." One gun. — What is meant ? Incredible. — See note, p. 191. Demonstrations . . fleet.— The fleet was under the command of Admiral Saunders, and it was agreed between him and Wolfe, that " while the General made a real attack, the Admiral should engage Montcalm's attention by a pretended one." Worsted . . general— out - generalled. Show from the les- son itself that this statement is true. Order of battle. — Express dif- ferently ? Steadily — promptly. — What meaning is conveyed by each of these words ? Column — a formation of troops, narrow in front, and deep from front to rear ; thus distinguished from line, which is extended in front, and thin in depth. Note on next page the difference be- tween the French and English order of battle. Regular troops.— Compare " regular soldiers," p. 228. Dis- tinguish from volunteers. *'Field state."— A "tabular return," showing the number of officers and men engaged as here stated, was prepared by Captain Knox, of one of the British ships. George Townshend, who succeeded Wolfe in the command, gave the entire number at 4,441. Skirmishers — small detach- ments, or bands of soldiers, sent out in advance either to attack the enemy and thus bring on a battle, or by their fire to draw off atten- tion from the movements of the troops in the rear. Incessant — unceasing, uninter- rupted. Disabled — rendered unfit for service. 237.— Exhorting— encouraging, counselling. To reserve • . fire. — Give the meaning in other words. Matchless . . trial.— Para- phrase, expanding "with match- less " into a clause. Wavered — hesitated, became less resolute. Parade— the assembly and or- derly arrangement of troops for show, inspection, or the like. Ghastly gaps. — See note on "ghastly," p. 224. Distinguish from its use here. At once . . levelled.— What is meant ? Shivering . . storm. — Express differently. For "pennons," see note on "standards . . pennons," p. 86. Long-suspended blow.— Show what this refers to. Elapsed. — Compare " lapse," p. 224. Line of battle. — What is meant ? Dismayed— daunted, affrighted. Dauntless bearing. — Express otherwise. Redoubt.— See note, p. 158. At first they . • French. — Re- cast this sentence, bringing out the meaning, and showing by the new arrangement that they did not receive the volleys of the French " with deadly interest." Ardor — zeal. Restraints — restrictions, hin- drances. How does discipline restrain a body of troops ? 238. Grenadier. — Formerly, a soldier that threw grenades (see note, p. 160) ; now, one of a com- pany of tall, stout soldiers. Carnage— great slaughter. Which death . . scattered. — Notice the force of "death" here. 136 N()Ti:s rn riii.; I'OI'ktii ki:.\I)I-:r. 'J 1 *;i;; W '\ Note, too, the natural order of events as denoted by the words, "disordered," "broken," "scat- tered." Wreck of hope. -What is meant ? Veterans— old or well -seasoned soldiers. What name is given to newly-enlisted soldiers? Galloped . . battle. — Para- phrase, bringing out the meaning of "made head against," and "show a front." Colonel Burton. — This brave officer had seen much service in America under General Braddock and others. He held a command under Braddock in the expedition against Fort Duquesne, in 1755. 239. Webb's regiment. — This was the strongest regiment in the battle. Daniel Webb, its colonel, came to America in 1756 as com- mander-in-chief of the English forces, but soon resigned his posi- tion in favour of General Aber- crombie. Proclamation —a public notice, an official public announcement or declaration. Compare note on "and, with . proclamation," p. III. When the sounds . . rose. — A quotation from Campbell's Battle of the Baltic. Show how the senti- ments of this hne are expressed throughout the paragraph that follows. Embalmed. — To embalm a body is to subject it to a process which preserves it from decay. The army . . beach. — Para- phrase, bringing out the meaning of " solemn state." They mourned . . bravely.— Note the structure of this sentence. Their attachment . . toils.— Compare the sentiment in " Love lightens labor." Their confidence . . disasters. — How could this be? Momentous— very important, of great consequence. What was the political question referred to in this sentence ? Emigrants. — Distinguish from immigrants. Virginians — See note on " Vir- ginia," p. 179. Br tish flag. — See note on "flag," p. 193. Citadel -a strong fortress or castle in or near a city, generally built on some lofty commanding position. See also note on "for- tress cliff," p. 163. Providence. — Why written with a capital letter? Anglo-Saxon. — Why is this name given to the race to which the I'lnglish belong? Destiny— fortunes. Distinguish (rom fate, lot, and doom. Note that the battle of Plassey was fought just two years before the taking of Quebec. For the importance to Britain of these two victories, see Green's History oj the English People, book ix., chap. i. I. Distinguish between prospect and vic'iV ; access and approach ; decisive and critical ; silently and quietly ; author and creator; ap- pointed and selected ; incessant and perpetual ; rout and defeat. H. Analyze thefollowing words: — contend, magnificent, precipice, ascend, preparation, embarked, motionless, related, concluded, in- tensity, convey, alarmed, alacrity, incredible, incessant, proclama- tion, political. HI. Change the italicized words in the following to phrases or clauses, fully explaining the changes: — His efforts were vain. A grenadier officer called out: "See! they run!" At length he recognized the appointed spot. After a spirited advance made by a swarm of skirmishers, their main body approached. The sol- diers sat motionless. Wolfe's plan was to ascend the path secretly. France trusted firmly in Mon*- THE CAPTURK of QUEBEC WATERLOO. 137 calm. He seized the opportunity of the hesitation in the hostile ranks. IV. Write out in indirect narra- tion Wolfe's remark upon the ' ' Elegy , " his request for assistance when wounded, and the conversa- tion between him and the grena- dier officer. V. Write out the story of The Capture of (Juebec from the fol- lowing heads : — I. Introduction. j The voyage down the river. 1 The landing and capture of ■ 1 the heights. (The battle. 3. Wolfe's death. 4. Conclusion. 1 words &es or the vain. out: rth he spot, ^de by their le soi- ls plan :retly. iMont- LXXX. WATERLOO. Childe Harold, from which this selection is taken, is regarded as Byron's greatest poem. P consists of four cantos, of which the first two were published in 1812, the third in 1816, and the fourth in i8i8. The term Childe is a title of honor ; it is nearly equivalent to knight. Childe Harold, the hero of the poem, is introduced, as Byron himself says, " for the sake of giving some connection to the piece, which, however, makes no pretension to regularity." Harold, usually identi- fied with Byron himself, is "a man sated of the world, who roams from place to place to flee from himself." Byron left England for Italy in 1816, and on his way there he stopped in Brussels, where he wrote the famous description which forms the lesson. 240. Empire's dust. — What Empire? Is the word "dust" used here in its ordinary sense ? This opening stanza is addressed to an imaginary visitor to the battlefield. Earthquake's spoil.— An allu- sion to the momentous results of the battle of Waterloo. The over- throw of the French Empire is here compared to an earthquake. "Spoil" is nearly synonymous with "dust" in the preceding line. Sepulchred — buried. Distin- guish between the ordinary mean- ingsof "sepulchred" and "buried." Colossail — of great size. The wjrd is derived from " Colossus," a name applied to a gigantic statue, and especially to the huge brazen statue of Apollo, which was supposed to have stood at the mouth of the harbor of Rhodes. Bust— a piece of statuary repre- senting the human figure from the breast upward. Nor column . . show. — There is an allusion here to the custom of erecting pillars to commemorate a victory. Tropiiied— erected as a trophy, adorned with trophies. The word "trophy" is derived from a Greek word meaning "a turning about," because the memorial of victory was commonly erected at the spot where the enemy had turned tp flight. Moral's truth — the moral to be learned from the overthrow of Napoleon ; that is, the vanity and weakness of human ambition. The poet thinks that the force of this moral comes to us in a more direct and simple manner than if the de- feat were recorded on a monument. 138 NOTES TO THE FOURTH READHR, 'ill Ih: !■;: i|,l ,17 li'i:;' i1 Hi Red rain. — Explain. And is this all. — " This" seems to refer to the thought in the pre- ceding line. To what does " thee " in this line refer ? Thou first . . fields. — The greatest of all the world's battle- fields. Is this true ? King-making Victory. — Vic- tory is here personified, and by metonymy is used in reference to the battlefield where the victory was won. Discuss the appro- priateness of the epithet, " king- making." Revelry — noisy festivity. This was the night before the engage- ment at Quatre Bras, not the night before the battle of Water- loo. Waterloo is situated about twelve miles south of Brussels, and ten miles farther south is Quatre Bras (kdt'r-brd), a vil- lage at the intersection of two lead- ing highways ; hence the name, which means Four Arms. On the same day as the battle of Quatre Bras, Napoleon himself engaged and drove back the Prussians, under Blucher, at Ligny, a few miles south-east of Quatre Bras. Chivalry — knights or warriors collectively. Compare its use on p. 114. Note the Metonymy in this line. Bright.— What would this be in prose ? Fair women . . men.— How- else expressed in this stanza ? Thousand. — Exp.ain the figure. Voluptuous — pleasure - giving, delightmg the senses. Soft eyes . . again. — Express this in prose language. Meny . . bell. — Point out the aptness of the comparisons in this line and the next. Knell — the slow measured stioke of a bell to denote a death or a funeral ; contrasted with the merry marriage bell of the pre- ceding line. For the sake of poetic effect, the poet in this stanza departs from the facts of history. On the after- noon of the 15th June, Wellington had already learned that Napoleon had crossed the river Sombre, and was marching on Brussels. As he did not wish to alarm the people, however, he arranged that his officers should attend the Duchess of Richmond's ball, but leave the ball-room at an early hour to march for Quatre Bras. The Duke of Richmond was at that time the British ambassador at Brussels. 241. Or the car . . street.— Note the Onomatopoeia. Car is here used for a carriage of any kind. Unconfined— free, unbounded, unrestricted. No sleep . . feet. — Point out the poetic beauty of these lines, showing the expressiveness of the words used. Breaks in. — Show that this is a suitable expression here. As if . . repeat. — An allusion to the repeated echo of the thun- der among the clouds during a storm. Deadlier. — How does deadly differ from mortal in meaning ? Cannon's opening roar.— Ex- plain. What ngure in this line ? Were the French cannon within hearmg distance ? This stanza is a fine instance of Climax ; the words gather strength at each line until the full force of the dread summons to arms breaks in on the reader, as it did on the dancers that night in Brussels. Niche — nlch — a small recess in a wall, generally intended to re- ceive a statue, a vase, or some other ornament. Window'd niche is simply a bay-window. Brunswick's . . chieftain — Frederic William, Duke of Bruns wick, a brave soldier and skilful leader, who was killed at Quatre WATERLOO. 139 Ex line ? Nvithin pain — Jruns [skilful >uatre Bras. Wflliiif^ton, in his (K-spatch of Juno igth, 1H15, says, " I have particularly to regret His Serene Highness, the Duke of Brunswick, who fell fighting gallantly at the head of his troops." His father, to whom reference is made in this stanza, was mortally wounded at the battle of Auerstadt, where he led the Prussians. This battle is frequently not mentioned in his- tory, as it is eclipsed by the greater battle of Jena, fought on the same day (October 14th, 1806), at a distance of only twenty miles. Napoleon himself commanded at Jena. About 130,000 Prussians and nearly the same number of French were engaged in these two battles. Festival— banquet. And caught . . ear. — The poet intimates that the Duke had a pre- sentiment that he should be killed in the coming battle, but this is probably a mere poetic fancy. Observe how the poet in the fol- lowing lines shows the strength of the conviction that had taken pos- session of the Duke's mind. His heart . . bier. —Explain the figurative language. Note the force of the adverbial expressions. Bier — a carriage for conveying the dead. Vengeance. — Distinguish from revenge and retaliation. He rushed . . fell. — What poetic ornament in this line? Then and there was.- How can the singular use of the verb be justified here ? Which . . repeated. — What does the poet mean ? Mutual eyes. — Compare the seventh line of the second stanza. Show the difference in meaning between mutual and common. This stanza presents a vivid picture of the confusion and dis- tress caused by the prospect of approaching battle. Mustering— gathering, and fall- ing into order. Squadron. Sfjuadron, in its primary sense, means a body of troops drawn up in a s(juare. It is now technically applied to a division of a regiment of cavalry, but in the lesson it is applied to the general body of troops, whether cavalry or infantry. Clattering car— the ammuni- tion-waggons, etc. Impetuous— headlong, furious. Ranks of war— the army in proper marching order. And the deep . . afar.— What is meant ? 242. Alarming. — Here, warn- ing, calling to arms. Alarm is from the Italian all'arme, to arms. ** Cameron's gathering." — This IS the name given to the war-song of the Cameron Highlanders, or 79th Regiment, which was raised by Allan Cameron of Erroch in 1793. It was called the "war- note of Lochiel," because the Camerons of Lochiel were the chiefs of their clan. Albyn's hills— the hills of Scot- land. Albyn was the ancient Celtic name of Scotland. Before the invasion of Caesar (55 B.C.), this name was applied to the whole island of Great Britam. Have heard . . foes.— The re- ference in this line is to the part taken by the Camerons in support of the Stuarts. Noon of night. — Observe the poetic beauty of this phrase. Pibroch — pe-broch (ch guttural, as in loch) — a wild, warlike High- land air performed on a bagpipe, and especially adapted to arouse a martial spirit among troops going to battle. The pibroch pro- duces by imitative sounds the different phases of a battle. See Scott's vivid description of the pibroch in The Lady of the Lake, canto ii., st. 17. With the breath . . years.— The reputation of the Highland regiments for fighting is due in no h I 140 NOTHS TO TMK FOURTH UKADKR. i'fiii lii ■I' 1': ^k II! i J' small (K>;r(Jt! to tht; playing, during; action, of their national music. T!ie piper can accompany his corps into action, and cases are known in which the fortunes of the day have been retrieved by his striking up at the right time some inspiriting war-song which rallied the failing troops. Mountain-pipe.— Explain. Mountaineers.— liy what other name known ? Which instils. — What is the syntax of "which"? Instils — pours in. Stirring memory. — What is the force of "stirring"? Dis- tinguish memory, remembrance, and recollection. Which would be the most correct word in this place ? Evan's, Donald's. —Sir Evan Cameron, who was remarkable for his valor and integrity, fought under Claverhouse at Killiecrankie in 1689, and also took part in the Stuart rebellion in 1715. His grandson, Donald, called " the gentle Lochiel," was the first to join the standard of the Young Pretender in 1745, and was severely wounded at Culloden in 1746. He afterwards escaped to France, entered the P'rench service, and died abroad in 1748. He is the Lochiel celebrated in Campbell's Lochiel s Warning. Ardennes — ar'den. — The wood of Soignies, which lies between Brussels and the field of Waterloo, is supposed to be a remnant of the ancient forest of Ardennes, famous as the " Forest of Arden," in Shakespeare's comedy. As You Like It. Byron says that he adopted the name because it was connected with nobler associ- ations than those of mere slaugh- ter. Dewy . . drops. — Note the beauty of the idea that the rain- drops shaken upon the troops from the leaves were the tears of Nature shed at the 1 bought of the loss of life soon to occur. Com- pare " The elm-tree . . tears," p. 232, and see note thereon. As they pass. — As the soldiers hurry on to the battle field. Inanimate. — Distinguish from lifeless. Unreturnin^. — Express the full meaning of this word by a clause Which now . . them.— What word is to be supplied ? In its . . verdure.— Express by a clause. Fiery mass . . hope.— Point out and explain the force of the metaphor which the poet uses to show the bravery and impetuosity of the English troops. Moulder —to crumble away into mould. Distinguish from smoulder. Lusty — strong, vigorous. Last eve . . gay. — Supply nectissary words. Signal-soimd of strife. — What is meant ? The morn . . day. — Supply "brought" after "morn" and after " day." Battle's . . array.-This noble, stirring line forms a fitting con- clusion to the summary which is contained in the first part of the stanza. Thunder-clouds. — What com - parison is made here ? Which . . rent — and when these are rent. Note the continu- ative force of " which." Sec Mason's Grammar, art. 413. Other clay— the bodies of the slain. Observe how the contrast is brought out with " her own clay " in the following line. The poet employs a similar device in the sixth and seventh lines of the preceding stanza, " Which now . . verdure." Heaped and pent. — Many bodies are buried m one grave. Point out the grammatical rela- tion of these words. WAIKKI.OO -AdKICULTUKE. 141 Pent- penned, confined. Red burial. — Compare "red rain " in the first stanza. Blent- blended, niin^'led. Scott praises the stanzas that compose this lesscjn in the follow- ing terms : " I am not sure that any verses in our language sur- pass in vigor, and in feeling, this most beautiful description." Point out lines which are especially deserving of this praise. The prevailing tone of the ex- tract is one of deep solemnity, naturally softened in such pas- sages as the second stanza, sink- ing into sadness in the fifth, rising into excited haste in the sixth, and so on ; and the voice must be so modulated as to give proper ex- pression to these different feelings Read the last line of the second stanza very slowly and deliber- ately, with a full, deep tone, in imitation of the funera' bell ; and read with gr.ubially rising pitch, and increasing force and emphasis, the eighth line of the third stanza. Change from the orotund to the aspirate (piality in reading the last line of the sixth stanza. Read the eighth si.iiiza in a gentle, subdued tone In the ninth stanza, increase the force and en'phasis to the fifth line, which should receive very full force with strong initial stress; then gradually soften the force to the end of the stanza. I. Write sentences containing the following words : — chivalry, knell, niche, peal, bier, mutual, pent. II. Write out a paraphrase of the second and fourth stanzas. LXXXI. AGRICULTURE. com- when )ntinu- See of the )ntrasi \T own The Ivice in of the \ow . . -Many grave. Ill rela- 243. Repulsive — tending to repel or drive away. Youth. — What other use of this word ? I glory . . fact. -Why ? Alacrity — readiness, cheerful activity. The be-all . . end-all. — Give the meaning in other words. Career — course in life. Periodicals — Why is this name applied to magazines, newspapers, etc. ? Iptelligent — inspiring — refin- ing. — Show the force of these three epithets as here used. Aspirations— longings after higher things. Progenitor — forefather, ances- tor. Intellectual life . . him.— Expand so as to bring out the full force of the expression, " intel- lectual life." Achievements — things per- formed or accomplished. Senate. — This word is here used in a general sense for any legisla- tive body. 244. Diffuse — dif-fuz' — scatter, spread abroad. Distinguish from diffas'. Latest . . civilization. — Name some of these ; also, some of a date later than this article. Irradiated— lighted up as with the sun's rays, enlightened. Sages — wise men. Rusty. — To what sort of books is this word properly applied ? Floral evidences.— What are these ? Corrupted — depraved. — Dis- tinguish between the meaning of these words. Aristotle— one of the ablest phil- osophers of Ancient (ireect;, lived 3.S4 322 n.(; He propoundeil 142 NOTES TO THIi I'-OL'KTH KfJIADER. i^li.'^Mi 'i M. 'I ,j,.f";| ■ ■ ■' I, l|n 'i-ii 'Ijlii ! original theories in logic, political science, and philosophy, and wrote also on natural history. Pliny— i* If n'-e. — There were two distinguisneil Romans of this name, uncle and nephew. They lived under the early emperors in the first century a.p., and both were polished courtiers and men of letters. The refere;nce here is probably to the elder Pliny, who was an indefatigable student and naturalist. Attained.— Substitute a more appropriate word. Power-press — a printing- press worked by steam, water, or other power Disparage. — Literally, to make unequal, to belittle. Pamper — indulge to excess, gratify. Thrall — slave, bondman. 245. Caprice — ka-pres' — whim, fancy. Tornadoes — tor-nd'-ddz — vio- lent, whirling winds or tempests. Eccentricities — oddities, de- partures from the ordinary or regular course. Appreciation — rise in value ; here opposed to depreciation. Fecundity — fruitfulness. Commercial fertilizers. — Name some of these. Irrational — contrary to reason. Such products . . exhaustive. — Explain this from what follows. Genuine. — Give synonyms, with their distinctions. 246. Investment. — Give the common meaning of this word. Rational — agreeable to reason, wise. Embellish — adorn, beautify. Lavished — spent unnecessarily or foolishly. Baleful — evil. Read the story of " The Prodigal Son " in Luke. Abscond — to run away. Give synonyms. Docile — </5s'-/7— ready to learn, teachable. 247. Capacities— abilities, . of hand and brain. Proffering— offering for accept- ance. Short . . opulence.— Explain the metaphor. Opulence— great wealth. Frugal — saving, economical. Provident — foreseeing, prudent. Competence — sufTiciency for necessity and comfort. Accessory — ak'-sis-so-rX — that which is added to or accompanies anything. The literary style of this selec- tion is thoroughly American and journalistic ; the sentences are generally short and abrupt, and give expression to positive asser- tions. The lesson is a plea in favor of farming. The writer presents the dignity and advantages of farm life, and shows how such a life may be made attractive. If, as the writer alleges, the rush of our youth to the cities is due to the monotony and unattractiveness of farm life, the v edy is in the hands of the fai - themselves ; and teachers ct ,,.jatly aid the intelligent farmers to make life on the fa. m more attractive, and to encourage the boys to remain there. Mr. Greeley has also said : " Our farmers' sons escape from their calling whenever they can, because it is made a mindless, monotonous drudgery, unintellec- tually pursued. Could I have known in my youth what a busi- ness farming sometimes is, always may be, and yet generally ahall be, I would never have sought nor chosen any other." L Distinguish between rush of, and rush for ; compare with, and compare to ; provide with, and provide for ; die of, and die by ; confide in, and confide to ; confer on, and confer with : impatient at, impatient with, impatient of. AGRICULTURE — THE OCEAN. U3 II. Analyze: -repulsive, educa- tion, attractions, multiples, en- ables, telef^raph, af^Ticulture. ani- mal, productive, ij^norance, struc- ture, paternal, parental, indepen- dence, proffering. III. I'oint out the prefixes in the following words, and explain their force: — irradiated, enriching, irrational, disadvantage. IV. Transform the italicized phrases to words, cle.irly explain- ing the transformations : —That which has been called farming has repelled many of the youth of our day. He wdl do these w'xth alacrity. He may not listen to our ablest orators in the senate uf in the htilpit. A small library of well selected book'! has saved many a youth from wandering into the baleful ways of the prodigal. We wait ivith rrreat anxiety for the harvest. The :;choo!-honse is the one structn* e impossihlc to do with- out. \' Fxpliin the punctuation of the; first and seventh p>;iragraphs. VI. Coml)ine the following state- ments into a fiaragr.ip.h : — Con- stant cropping wears o'jt soil. Its fertility must be renewed. This renewal is done by manuring, it is assisted by rotation of crops. E.ach kind of crop takes from the soil the material re(ii!ired for its growth. We can so arrange that the same materials will not be taken from the soil year after year. This is done by planting different kinds of grain each year Rota- tion of crops does not improve the soil. It simply lengthens the period from which crops may be taken from it. Rotations gene- rally extend over four, five, six or seven years. Every farmer should follow some such plan. LXXXII. THE OCKAN. This splendid address to the ocean is from the fourth canto of Childe Harold. 247. Rapture — extreme joy. The poet fmds pleasure aid so- ciety in solitude. How do you account for this ? I love . . interviews. — To whom does " our " refer ? Explain fully the meaning of the passage. In which . . Universe.— In his interviews with nature, particu- larly with the ocean, the poet seems to go out of himself, to lose his own individuality. All. — An adverb, equivalent to altogether. This stanza is ad- dressed to the reader, as if half in apology, at least in explanation of the rather cynical, misanthropic mood in which he writes. Roll on . . roll. — Note the repe- tition of the same word, and the recurrence of similar sounds. Ten thousand. — What figure ? Sweep. — Compare " Sweep through the deep " in Ye Mariners vf Eufrland, and see note thereon. In vain. — Why in vain ? Ex- plain the thought. Man marks . . ruin. — How does man mark the earth with ruin ? This statement is too sweeping. Show that man's rule on the earth is not always ruinous in its effects. His control . . shore.- Read the story of Canute, Public School History (English), chap, ii., sec. 11. Upon . . deed. — Explain, showing the force of •' all." Man's ravag^e — the destruction caused by man ; his OWn (ravage), the destruction of man himself by the ocean. Note the change from 144 NOTES TO THE FOURTH READER. the act've to the passive construc- tion. For a moment— Observe how these words denote the sudden- ness of the disappearance — "a moment here, then gone for- ever." Like a crop of rain. — This sim- ile hc'i^,'htens very much the effect of the last three lines of this stanza. Bubbling groan. — Byron, in describing a shipwreck, speaks of " the bubbling cry of some strong swimmer in his agony." The ocean destroys men with the same ease and unconcern with which it ab- sorbs a drop of rain. Without a grave. — Reconcile this statement with " Ocean was their grave," in Ye Mariners of Enfrland. Unknelled — without a funeral knell. 248. Steps. — He:e, footprints. The ocean does not show any paths or marks where men have passed, as the land does. Thy fields . . him.— What is meant by the fifUh of ocean ? What figure is emploved ? Dis- cuss the truth of Byron's state- ment here. Shake him from thf;e. — " i what way ? Vile strength. — IVobably an allusion to the evils wrought by war. Find a similar sentiment ia the preceding stanza. All despise. — All, altogether. All is used twice before in this sense Spurning him . earth. — Com- pare with this whole passage. Psalm cvii. 26, 27 Man's weak- ness i? here contrasted with the strength 01 the ocean. Man be- comes the mere plaything of the ocean, and is tossed about at will. Nor does his appeal to his gods, in his terror and distress, save him from destruction, which overtakes him even when near a port of safety, perhaps his own home. The obscurity may be removed from this passage by making the clause "where haply . . lay," de- pend upon "dashest," as follows, — " and where . . lay (thou) dashest . . earth " Point out expressions which show Byron's misanthropy and cynicism. There . . lay. — Lay for lie — a common blunder, bui no doubt made intentionally by the poet, who is in want of a rhyme. Armaments— warlike fleets. Thunderstrike— strike with the thunder of their artillery. Monarchs . . capitals. — Give historical examples Leviathans. — The huge sea- monster, called the leviathan in Scripture (see Job chap, xli.), is supposed to be the crocodile, or some other huge animal of the saurian species. Here, the name is applied to war-ships. Would " oak " be a suitable epithet now ? Compare "With thunders from her native oaks," in Ye Mariners of England. Their clay creator — Explain. Note the implied contrast between man, the maker of the " oak levia- thans," and God, the creator of the real leviathans. The vain title . thee.— A con- temptuous rv^fcreiice to popular sentiments, such as ' Britannia, the pride of the ocean, " or " Bri- tannia rules the waves," or to Eng- land's claim to be Mistress of the Seas (see third stanza of Ye Mari- ners of England). The poet thinks all such claims on the part of man vain and presumptuous. What is really meant by such expressions ? Arbiter— one chosen to decide a dispute . also, one whose power of deciding is unlimited. Yeast — yest. — Formerly spelt and pronounced y^st. The frothy appearance of the ocean, when agitated, is here compared to the frothing of yeast, which is caused by fermentation. Compare " Now THE OCEAN. 145 spelt jothy Ivhen the [used INovv the wild, white horses play . . spray," p. 298. Mar— destroy. The Armada's pride.— That is. the proud Armada. Arma'da is a Spanish word, meaning fleet. The Armada was destroyed by storms after Admiral Howard had defeated it. See Public School History (English), chap, xi., sec. 4. Spoils of Trafalgar.— See note on " Nelson," p. 194. During the night following the battle of Tra- falgar a storm arose which sent many of the captured and dis- abled ships to the bottom, with the British prize-crews on board. Thy shores are empires. — Expand the statement, showing clearly the fuil meaning. Changed . . thee. — The only thing that remains u .changed in the empires of earih is the ocean that washes their shores. Men- tion some of the changes that empires undergo, with the causes of these changes. Assyria . they. — Assyria proper lay along the Tigris, and eastward from that river. It did not touch any sea ; but the great Assyrian Empire at one time extended its power as far as the Mediterranean. Some think that Byron here refers to the Persian Empire, which, at the time of its greatest power, extended from the River Indus to the Western sea- board of Asia, and from the Ara- bian Sea on the south to the Caspian on the north. This vast empire was conquered by Alex- ander the Great, who founded the Macedonian Empire, and intro- duced the language, arts, and literature of Greece inti the East. There was never a Grecian Empire, unless the Macedonian Empire founded by Alexander, who prided himself on his Greek origin, be so regarded Ancient Greece was always divided into a number of small states. Rome, or the Roman Empire, was the gre.'itest empire of anti- quity. It embraced all the coun- tries of Europe on the coast of the Mediterranean, and extended north to Britain, Germany, and the River Danube. It included also the northern part of Africa, and Asia as far east as the Euphrates. Carthage was a city in the north of Africa, which at one time ruled over Northern Africa and the south and west of Spain, and had important colonies in Sicily and elsewhere. This city fought against Rome in three wars, called the Punic Wars, the last ending in the total destruction of Carthage, B.C. 146. Thy waters . . them. — Explain how this could be. And many . . since. — Many a tyrant has wasted them since they were free What difference between the wasting by the tyrant., and the wasting by *he ocean ? The stranger . . savage.— Which of these words does the poet mean to apply to each of the four ancient nations mentioned ? The Turks rule a large part of what was once the Assyrian Em- pire, and in Byron's time they ruled Greece also. Italy was in the possession of the French and Austrians in the time of Byron. TUe half-civilized tribes of Nor- thern Africa hold much of the country once ruled by Carthage. Their decay . . deserts. — An allusion to the fact that many countries, that were once p>opu- lous and highly cultivated, have, through neglect, become waste and barren. The northern part of Africa, which was once subject to Carthage, and the Roman Cam- pagna, a low plain, lying along the Mediterranean coast, to the west of Rome, are good examples of this decay. Not so thou. —Complete the sentence. 146 NOTES TO THE FOURTH READER. Unchangeable . . play. — Ex- plain. Time writes . . brow. — Ex- plain the poetical figure employed in this line. Azure — a'zhur — blue. Why this epithet ? Glasses — reflects as in a glass or mirror. Mirrors would be a more ordinary term. How is the Almighty's form reflected in the t)cean ? Compare Psalm civ. (Lesson XC VII.) In all time. — The ocean at all times, in all its aspects, may be regarded as the image of Eter- nity, " boundless, endless, and sublime." Icing the pole . . dark-heaving. — Explain. Point out the contrast. 249. The throne . . Invisible. — Displaying the force of an un- seen but fearful power. Compare Psalm civ., "Who layeth the beams . . waters." Even from . . made. — A mere poetic fancy, or perhaps an allu- sion to the story of the creation. Some modern scientists profess to have found in the slime of the 0";an the germ from which all animal life has been evolved. The name Bathybius (from two Greelj, words meaning deep and life) was given to this slime by Professor Huxley, who assumed that "it was in the past, and would be in the future, the progenitor of all the life of the planet." Each zone . . thee. — Name the zones, and give their boun- daries. We have here an allusion to the influence of the ocean upon climate. See Lesson XLIII. Byron's praise of the might, majesty, and unchangeablenesss of the ocean reaches a climax in this stanza. My joy . . sports.— Show clearly what the poet means. Write the whole sentence in prose order. Vyi'antoned— played, sported. Breakers— waves broken on ttie rocks. A pleasing fear. — An example of Oxymoron — the two feelings, pleasure and fear, not being usu- ally associated. Thy mane. — Compare the lines of The Forsaken Merman referred to above. The poet calls the foaming crest of the wave its mane. The metaphor, however, includes more than that, the idea being that of a child playing with a maned lion— taken probably from Isaiah xi. 6. As I do here.— The meaning; may be metaphorical — that in thus writing of the ocean he has asserted his control over a subject so great. In writing this last stanza, the poet evidently has in mind his own abilities as a swim- mer, and f>erhaps his feat of swimming the Hellespont in iSro, in imitation of Leander, a young man who is said to have swum the Hellespont nightly to visit his lady-love. Swimming was almost the only athletic exercise to which Byron's club-foot was not an im- pediment. I. Both metre and sentiment require deliberate, distinct, im- pressive reading. See remarks on Lesson LXXX. In reading the run-on lines, that is, those lines which have no mark of punctu- ation at the end, the final pauses must be very slight, and the voice must not be lowered, but must be kept at the pitch required to be- gin the line that follows in each case. II. Distinguish between pleasure and rapture ; lonely and solitary : spoil and prey ; lay and lie ; realm and desert. III. Paraphrase the second and fourth stanzas. THE INFLUENCE OF BEAUTY. H7 LXXXIII. THE INFLUENCE OF BEAUTY. ^nd and 249. A joy. — Not the emotion, but that which produces it ; the cause or object of joy. Nothingness — non-existence or worthlessness ; not a usual form. But still . . breathing. — By its soothing and elevating influence on the spirit. A flowery band . . earth.— Show, from the extract, what this "flowery band" is, and how it binds us to the earth. Despondence. — Distinguish from discouragement and disap- pointment. Inhuman. — Not cruel, or savage, but unnatural, contrary to the proper nature of human beings. The unhealthy . . searching — the dark and sinful ways of men which try our faith in humanit}', and almost make us despair of the ultimate triumph of good. The metaphor seems to refer to unhealthy employments, many of which cause not only physical, but also moral degradation. 250. Shapes of beauty. — These shapes are enumerated below. Pall — a black cloth used for covering the bier, or coffin, at a funeral ; compared here to some trouble which hangs over and darkens our minds, as a cloud darkens the sun. Darkness is fre- quently compared to a pall. Pall- bearers are those who carry the coffin with its covering pall. Sprouting. — To sprout is usual- ly intransitive ; here it is transi- tive. Shadv boon.— Explain. Simple — harmless ; perhaps, also, with the added meaning of silly. Daffodils — a common flower of the narcissus family, of a bright yellow color. The word is a corruption of asphodel, through the French. The green world. — What is meant ? And clear rills . . season.-How do the rills make a covert for themselves ? Brake— a species of fern. See also note, p. 169. Blooms — blossom s . And such too . . dooms. -^Doow, fate, lot after death and judgment — a happy one. The word is not here used in the sense of condem- nation. The mighty dead — men who were mighty, or renowned, before their death. An endless fountain.—" Foun- tain " is in apposition with "dooms" and "tales," or better, perhaps, with all the preceding subjects from "sun." "Endless" is, to say the least, an unusual term to apply to " fountain." Immortal drink — drink that produces immortality, or that is suited to immortal natures ; or, possibly, drink that is immortal, as coming from an " endless foun- tain." An allusion to the nectar of the Greek mythology, the drink of the gods which made immortal any one who tasted it. Essences — impressions result- ing from lofty thought on subjects so pleasing as those the poet has just mentioned. The iciea of essential, but immaterial, existence is also implied. Thoughts, though immaterial, without form or shape, are none the less real. We talk of the creations of the brain, though they are not such as any of our physical senses can graspor realize. The list of subjects for pleasing, lofty thought, enumerated by the poet in the preceding lines, is comprehensive ; objects in nature around us, in sky and forest and stream, in th«; world of thought and imagination, in poetry and 148 NOTES TO THE FOURTH READER. i fiction and philosophy, are all included. Trees that whisper. — What fig- ure ? So does the moon . . us— The construction here is irregular, the change of numlyr in the three sub- jects not being giet by a corre- sponding clvinge in the verb "does haunt." The passion poesy — the pas- sion for poetry-writing ; the poetic impulse that comes on and com- pels the poet to write. They always . . die. — These things in which we delight become inseparable from our own lives, a part of ourselves, as it were. " The first line of this poem has become familiar as a ' household word ' wherever the English lan- guage is spoken." Name qualities likely to be found in lines that have become household words, and show that this line has some of these qualities. See also the biographical notice of Longfellow, p. 105, and of Tennyson, p. 121. LXXXIV. KING RICHARD AND THE NUBIAN. FIRST READING. t 257. The Nubian — a naiivt of Nubia, a province of Upper Egypt, of which Khartoum is the capital. Surveyed. — Express differently, giving the full meaning. Exquisite — delicate, of the very finest quality. Prometheus — pro-we thus — one of the most celebrated of the mythical heroes of Greece. Ac- cording to Hesiod's legend, he stole fire from heaven and gave it to men, when the gods had taken it from them in anger. His part in securing the life-giving fire gave him the reputation of being able to inspire any animate object with life. Emphatically. — Show clearly the full force of the word. A MAN. — Why printed in capi- tals ? Thews — muscles, muscular vigor. Before the sixteenth cen- tury, this word was employed in the sense of manners, qualities of mind and disposition. Shake- speare and other writers apply the word to bodily qualities. Sinews — tendons, tough fibrous tissue which unites the muscles to the bones. Symmetry — due proportion ; here, well-proportioned frame. Lingfua Franca —a mixture of Italian and French, spoken on the coasts of the Mediterranean. Pagan. — This word originally meant a villager, a countryman. As the people in villages and rural districtscontinued idolatrous prac- tices long after Christianity had been established in cities and large centres of population, the name pagan became synonymous with idolater. Heathen has a similar origin, the word meaning originally a d Wilier on a heath. Distinguish between pagan and heathen, as the words are now used. Posture — position ; used, how- ever, only of animate objects. Motionless humility. — Where else do we find the same idea ex- pressed ? A Nubian Christian.— Christi- anity was introduced into north- eastern Africa in the fourth cen- tury, and a corrupt form of the Christian religion still prevails in Abyssinia Mutilated . . speech. — Express otherwise. KING RICHARD AND THE NUIUAN. '49 Mute.— What is a deaf-mute ? Thou dost suifer . . man.— Ex- plain clearly what the king means. 252. Chivalrous — partaking of the character of a chevalier, or knighted gentleman — the two main traits in such a character being bravery in the face cf the enemy, and gallantry to the opposite sex. Nicety of address. — Explain clearly, in relation to what follows. Knave. — This word originally meant a boy, later a servant, and now a rogue. It is here used more in the second sense, though, perhaps, with a tinge of contempt. Soldan— a corruption of Sultan, meaning, in mediaeval romance, the Saracen King. Provoke me . sudden. — Ex- press differer.tly. Unsullied — undefiled, unspot- ted. Winded — blown, sounded. This verb is formed from the noun wind, which used to be, and is still often in poetr pronounced wind. Melancholy entL. •4J5ra.--Note the apparent contiadiction be- tween the terms — sadness and eii- tliusiasm not being usually associ- ated. What caused this mingled feeling in Richard ? Beset — hard-pressed. Forward— bold, prompt, eager Feuds — petty quarrels. Absorbed. — Show that the mqjining of absorb here naturally arises out of its primary meaning, to drink in. Melancholy details— Explain fhe full force ot the epithet "mel- ancholy " Factions — political parties which promote discord for selfish ends. 253. GtoSrzy —jc/-'/rcy . — This was the father of Arthur whom John is supposed to have mur- dered. See Lesson CI. Justiciary — aho Justiciar — This ofncer was the greate^-t subject lu Enf^'l.md at this period. He was cx-ojficio regent of the kingdom in the king's absence. Longchamp — Lonir-shu.Y (n, nasal) — bought the office from Richard when the latter was laising money for the Third Crusade. EfTusion— out -pouring, shed- ding. Derogatory— tending to lessen or take away from. Details . . authority.— Express in simpler language. Presently. — Here used in the old sense of immediately, as in Matthew xxi , 19. Of which . Scotland.— The pupil should familiarize himself with the history of this reign, and with the contemporary history of Scotland and of France ; he should read the history of the Crusades also, particularly of the Third Crusade. Ill-omened — having unfavor- able omens cr figns, bearing bad I news. I Totally insensible him. — \ Account for Richard's state of ! mind. i Pavilion — same -is tent above; a large tent, or a building of l;ght structure Hauberk— //rto'' berk — a coat of mail, without sleeves, formed of small steel rings interwoven B 'zB,nA{ne—hri<r'.an-dlne—ri coat ofmail made of th:n, jointed scales of iron. Pavesse. — This was a large shield which covered the whole body. It was so managed as to protect the man who carried it and an archer stationed behind bim. Reconnoitring. — The military term for surveying or examining a place in possession of an enemy, with a view of afterward.-; attack- ng it, if possible Missile — This word is gene- rally used as a noun, A missile is a weapon thruztn, as an arrow I50 NOTES TO THE FOURTH READER. or a javelin, not one used in the hanfl, like a sword or a spear. Royal lions. — See note on "three lions," p 39. 254. In which he seemed. — For this use of "which" see Mason's Grammar, art. 413 Re-write the sentence, substituting the words for which the relative stands. Yeomen. — See note, p J64 Pensive occupation. — Explain by reference to the pre- ceding narrative. V/ont—wunt — custom It was not, however.— Of what use is " however " in this sen- tence ? Hazard. — Suggest a simpler word. Warders— guards, watchers Compare " watch and ward." Puny — weak, stunted, insigni- ficant. Marabout — a wandering, fana- tic prophet or sorcerer of northern Africa, held in great veneration by the common people San ton. — an eastern priest, regarded by the people as a saint. Enthusiast— ^n-Mw'^l-(ls^ not -isl, as it is often pronounced ny careless speakers — a religious zealot, one carried away by e.\cite- ment on a particular subject Contumelj—con'tu mc-ly — rude- ness, contempt. Motley — strangely mixed. Concourse— an assembly; lite- rally, a running together. Explain the cause of this concourse. Copts — descendants of the an- cient Egyptians. Their religion is a corrupt form of Christianity, and their church is allied with that of Abyssinia. Caftan — a long undergarment worn in Eastern countries, tied round at the waist with the girdle, and having very long sleeves. Turban— an Eastern head-dress, consisting of a long strip of cotton wound several times around the head. Alarming. Why should such a sight be alarmin;; ? 255. A professed buffoon— one who makes it his business to amuse others by low tricks, antics, jokes, etc Fantastic —very strange or odd- looking Writhen — rlthcn (th as in the) — twisted or distorted ; an old form of the participle of writhe. Behests —commands Agility — a-jil'i-ty — activity, ra- pidity of motion. Diminutive — of small size. Genie— je'-nc— a fabulous being, regarded as capable of assuming any form, or becoming invisible at pleasure. According to Eastern superstition, it attached itself to an individual for a|longer or shorter period of time, and influenced ail his actions. Note the vividness of the picture drawn here, greatly heightened by the metaphor of the withered leaf, and by the suggestion of the genie's assistance. Vagaries — va-gd'riz — wild freaks, extravagant actions. Imperceptibly— gradually, and without its being perceived. 1 Write sentences to illustrate the difference in meaning between the following: — statue and statute; forward and frutvard ; conveyed and convoyed; peasant and pheas- ant; effusion and diffusion; inci- dents and accidents; advice and advise; councillors and counsel- lors; couched and crouched; lux- ury and projligacv; refuse and refuse'; ob'ject ana object' ; sur'vey and survey'. II. Analyze: — appearance, re- sumed, infliction, beset, concern- ing, disunion, effusion, insensible, transferred, ;efuse, professed, nev- ertheless, between, imperceptibly. III. Change the infinitives and participles in the following to any other kind of word or phrase MARMION AND DOUGLAS. 151 element, explaining the change: — He returned, disguised as a Nu- bian slave. I see a speck of dust darkening on that shield. Richard took much time to f>eruse the letters from England. They had come to the Holy Land to drive both Caftan and Turban from It. The letters told of the oppressions practised by the nobles on the peasantry The pavesse was used to protect the king from special notice. IV. Write out in indirect nar- ration all the direct narration on page 252. ild and re- ern- ible, nev- ibly. and any ■irase LXXXV MARMION AND DOUGLAS. Marmion, the hero of this poem, is a purely fictitious character. Scott represents him as a brave, but unscrupulous knight, loved by Constance de Beverley, a nun, whom he enticed by false promises from a convent, and afterwards abandoned with the hope of marrying Lady Clara de Clare, daughter of the Earl of Gloucester. This lady was betrothed to Ralph de Wilton, but Marmion, by means of forged letters, implicated De Wilton in a charge of treason, and in the trial by com- bat which ensued, the latter was overthrown and supposed to be slain by Marmion. De Wilton recovered, however, went on a pilgrimage to foreign lands, returned to England, and in the guise of a palmer or pilgrim, became Marmion's guide through Scotland. Clara rejected Marmion's suit, an J took refuge in the convent of f ;. Hilda, in Whitby. Constance; who had aided Marmion in his ./uspiracv against De Wilton, was afterwards condemned to death for her apostasy but before undergoing punishment she gave to the Abl^ess of St. Hilda papers which proved Marmion's guilt and De Wilton's innocence. The abbess afterwards entrusted the papers to the palmer, De Wilton, for, by a strange coincidence, she and Clara, while on their way from Holy Isle to Whitby were captured by the Scotch and brought to Edin- burgh at the very time that Marmion and his train arrived there. The King of Scotland sends Clara bark to England under escort of Marmion, and while Marmion and his train are detained at Tantallon, De Wilton reveals himself to Douglas, and afterwards to Clara. Douglas dubs him knight afresh, and he leaves the castle for Flodden Field at dawn on the morning of Marmion's departure. Marmion is killed in the battle of Flodden, and De Wilton is restored to favour, wins back his rank and lands, and is happily married to Clara. The Douglas of the poem was Archibald Douglas, sixth Earl of Angus, surnamed Bell-the-Cat. This name was given to him on account of his action at a meeting of the nobles assembled to consult how to get rid of the unworthy favorites of the king, James III. One of the 152 NOTKS TO THE FOURTH KKADEK. ' * l! 4* I SI 11 nobles related the fable of the mice who resolved to tie a bell round the cat's neck, so that they might hear her coming, but no mouse was found bold enough to bell the cat. "I understand you, I will bell the cat," said Douglas. He accordingly seized the chief favorites and put them to death. Douglas was a very old man at the time of the battle of Flodden. His two eldest sons were slain in the battle, and he himself died the following year 256. Morning; day — An un- usual phrase, meaning, probably the morning or early part of the day, though "morning" may possi- bly be used in the sense of " mor- row, ' the next or following day. Marmion had heard the day be- fore that the English and Scottish armies were facing each other near Flodden, in Northumberland, so he gave orders that his band should be prepared " for inarch against the dawning day " Troop. —The troop is described in Canto i , 7, 8 It consisted of two squires, lour men-at-arms, and twenty yeomen Array — to place in order, is for battle, or for marching as here. Surrey — Thomas Howard, Earl of Surrey, ccmninnder of the English army at tl.e battb of Flodden Safe-conduct -a pass or war- rant again?t molestation Com- pare passport- -an order for per- mission to travel unhindered Beneath . . hand.— Explain Ancient — Used poetically for old. See note, p. loi. Would . . plAce— Would is Jiere a principal verb, expressing strong desire or determination The dignified courtesy of the olden time is well described by the words ^'stately grace " Palfrey — pawl'frl — an ordinary saddle-horse, as distinguished from a war-horse. Whispered . . undertone.— Whydoes Douglasnot speak aloud ? Stoop — a technical use of the word, denoting the swooping down of the hawk to seize its prey. By ihehawk Douglas means Marmion, whose emblem was a falcon; the prey is De Wilton, who, unknown to Marmion, had already left the castle. Show that these epithets are appropriately used of^ these two men. Train. — Form sentences to show the dififerent meanings of this word. Adieu — U-du' — the French word for farewell, meaning literally, to God. that is, / commend you to God. Compare good-bye, a con- traction of God be with you. Something — somewhat. Plain — complain. Douglas treated Marmion coolly after he had discovered his true character. Behest — command. Marmion had been charged by his king to stay in Scotland while there was any hope of peace so James com- manded him to be entertained by Douglas at Tantailon Castle. This castle was situated on the east coast, about two miles east of North Berwick, in Haddington- shire Towers — What figure ? Part we - -let us part. Impera- tive mood, or subjunctive used im- peratively. Manors— the lands occupied by a nobleman. Hall is a term fre- quently applied to the residences of noblemen. See note on "halls," p. 295. Give other uses of the word. Bowers. — See note, p. 80. Lists — pleases, chooses. Com- pare " The wind bloweth where it listeth."— John iii., 8. Unmeet — unfit, unworthy. Peer — equal. MAKMION AND DOUGI-AS. 153 257 My castles . . foundation- stone. — l)ouj^las. ill thc^c ;i:ul 1I113 tour pirecedin},' lines, slron^ly ns- serts the feud.il principle that the absolute ownersliip of all landed estates is vested in the so\crei,i,'n. It is still a lef,'al fiction that the sovereign owns all the land, the owner beinj^ merely a tenant. Alone. —This word seems to be used as if modifying " kirii^'s," giv- ing the meaning, " My castles be- long to my king, and to no one else." I5ut the meaning probably is, "Only my castles arc my king's; my hand is my own, not his, and he cannot order me to grasp your hand." The poet may have been purposely ambiguous, so as to suggest both ideas. Turret — a small tower rising from the roof of a castle. The hand . . clasp. — Account for the manner and speech of Douglas. Swarthy -dark. See the poet's description of Marmion in canto i.. 5, 6, and see if it agrees with what is s.iid of him here. His very frame. What is th- force of Very ? Nc^tice the inver- sion of wordi in tliis and the pre- ceding line. Ire — furious anger, wrath; a poetic word This to me. — Supply oil the words necessary to show fully what Marmion means. An— an old conditional particle, meaning //. See Prince John's speech, "An thou suffer," etc.. p. 166. The two words were some- times used with the force of if, as in Arthur's speeches, p. 308. Such hand as Marmion's.— Why does Marmion use these words ? Spared to cleave— Express dif- ferently. Haughty peer. — Compare the ciffevent meanings of " peer " in this lesson. He who here. — What name is now usually given lo the man who " docs messages" for a coun- try? Althoiigh . . state.- What dif- ference in meaning whether " he is" or "he were" be supplied after " although " ? Which of the two expressions should be supplied to give Marmion's meaning ? Mate.— What word of similar meaning in the selection ? Thy pitch of pride - the height of thy pride and power — in thy stronghold, surrounded by thy vassals. Vassals — dependants, feudal slav's Nay, never . . sword.— To w horn are these words addressed ? Why are they used ? Account for the use of the parenthetical marks. Defied —set at defiance; or, per- haps, challenged to mortal combat. On the earl's . . age —Express in the language of prose To beard . . den —What does Douglas mean ? Unscathed — un-skCithd' {th as in ///t')- -unhurt, safe. Saint Bryde - or Saint Bridget — a saint reverenced by the Doug- las family. There was a shrine of this saint at Hothwell, a castle on the Clyde belonging to the Douglases. Drawbridge — a movable bridge across the moat or deep trench by which ancient castles were sur- rounded. This bridge was hinged at the end nearer the gate, and drawn up by ropes or chains lead- ing from the outer end to the castle wall ; hence its name. Grooms —Here used for atten- dants. Warder. — The keeper of the gate, porter, guard. Portcullis— a strong grating of iron, or of timbers with the lower ends tipped with iron, hung over the gateway with chains, and made to slide in vertical grc^oves, '54 NOTliS TO THK KOURTH READER. I I so that it could be let down in .'i moment to prevent the entrance of an enemy. There was jjene- rally a succession of portcullises in the same fjateway. 258. Well was his need. That is, well might he, for he had sore need —a compression of two sen- tences or thont,'hts into one. Rowels— tin; little whee's of his spurs, formed with sharp points. Ponderous- massive, heavy. Plume — the crest or feather on the top of his helmet. On the rise — What is meant ? Brim. — Distiiif^uish from the ordinary meaning of the word. Reached - halts. — Tt;e poet changes his tenses somewhat free- ly for the sake of the metre. Gauntlet— a warrior's glove, with plates of metal on the back to protect the hand. To throw down the gauntlet at an opponent s feet was to challenge him to fight ; to pick it up was to accept the challenge. Marmion shakes his gauntlet at the towers as a gesture of wrath and defiance. Fury's pace. — Fury is compar- ed to a hor^e— a metaphor derived apparently from the preceding line. Point out parallel expres- sions in the selection. A letter forged. — For expla- nation see the first note. Saint Jude to speed. — "To speed " joined with the name of some saint was a common form of oath. It is not clear why Saint Jude should be invoked. Some suppose that Judas Iscariot is meant, but that would imply great ignorance on the part of Douglas, without making the meaning much clearer. It liked me ill.— I liked it ill, I disliked it — an impersonal use of the verb like. Me is the dative case, like me in metliiiiks. Clerkly — clerk-like, scholarly. Clerk meant at one time an edu- cated man, a writer, as ability to writ(; was in early times one of the best proofs of a man's learn- ing. There seems to be an allu- si(m here to a supposed conversa- tion about Marmion between King Jam(;s and Douglas. Thanks . . line. — Note the .sentiment of these two lines, thoroughly in harmony with the spirit of those rude times, when skill in arms wasagentleman'sonly necessary (jualification. and edu cation was regarded as an un manly thing. Saint Bothan.— There was a convent of St. Huthan in Berwick- shire, but it is not very clear why this saint is here invoked as the patron saint of ignorance. Gawain -or Gavin — third son of Douglas. He translated Virgil's Mneid into Scottish verse, and wrote other poems of merit. He became Hishop of Dunkeld ; but political events compelled him to leave Scotland, and he died in England in 1522. SaintMary— The Virgin Mary. Douglas invokes the saiiUs tjuite freely in this stanza. Mood— blood. — Note the im perfect rhyme. Point out other bad rhymes in the selection. 'Tis pity of him too.— Com plete the e.xpression of the thought which Douglas has in his inind. • We cannot but admire the old Earl's manly, generous recogni- tion of the better qualities of his unscrupulous guest, and his efToit to crush down his sudden passion at the defiance Marmion had cast in his teeth. The hot-headedness of younger days is tempered now by the sense and experience oi age, though his impenousness and lofty spirit still assert themselves. Mandate— order, command. Point out poetical words and phrases in the extract, and substi- tute for them the language of prose. KING RICHARD AND THE Nl'HIAN. 155 The easy and livi:Iy flow of the metre is in kccpini^ with the stir- ring incidents described. The extract should he r»!ad with ani- mation, but with careful attention to emphasis, pause, and intlection, else there will be danf^er of falling into a sing-song tone. I. Construct one or more sen- tences containing the words: — behest, prey, peer, unmeet, turret, vassal, plume, mood, scathe. II. Construct short sentences to bring out llii> different meanings and uses r)f the words: — bower, list, band, cleave, clerk. III. Distinuuish between palfrey and stiid ; pride and vanity ; rain and rcif^n : neart and hart. IV. Reproduce the lesson from the following heads : -Marmion taking leave of the Douglas. Mar- mion defying the Douglas. Mar- mion's escape from the castle. The Douglas orders a pursuit. The Douglas changes his purpose, and recalls his mandate. LXXXVI. KING RICflAKI) AND THE NUBIAN. SECOND RE.\DIXG. 259. The incident related. - Refer to l.rsson LXXXIV. for the details of this incident. Mused. — Thought over in silence the news he had received. Distinguish from ponder. Com- pare the expressions in Lesson LXXXIV. which denote the king's state of mind. Burnished — polished, bright- ened the surface of. In silence.— Why ? Esplanade — es-plan-iuU — a cle.ir open spare ; here, a space left before the commander's tent as a parade ground, or for other purposes. Mirror — mlr'ror. — Usually syn- onymous with lookinfr-frliiss, but applied also to any polished sur- face which forms an image by reflecting the rays of light. Alarm — surprise — Distin- guish. Why these feelings ? Moving^ . precaution.— De- scribe the Marabout's movements which justify the use of these words. Which seemed . . ebriety — The coolness and deliberation of the Marabout's motions seemed too well calculated for one who was in a state of such exhaus- tion and semi-insensibility as he feigned when he fell there. See last four lines of lesson LXX.XIV. Ebriety — g-hri'-c-ty — drunken- ness; same as inebriety. Used here to denote the gidcfiness and subsequent stupor which might be supposed to have resulted from the rapid, whirling motion de- scribed in Le.sson LXXXIV. Couched— laid down close to the ground ; an archaic use of the verb, due probably to the author's intimate knowledge and frequent use of Norman-French and heraldic terms. Wordsworth uses the same verb intransitively in Yarrow Unvisited, p. 185. Collapses— falls in a heap, as if lifeless. Note the vividness and appropriateness of this compari- son ; how clearly it places before our eyes the creeping, treacherous murderer in his efforts to reach his intended victim. Species — kind, class, or char- acter. Ethiopian. — Ethiopia was the former name of the country lying to the south of Egypt, including Nubia, Abyssinia, and other states. "if Jl '56 NOTKS TO TIIK FOURTH RKADKR. Jh). Interfere iiu ddlr, int» r- posc to prevent any result intend- ed by anotlK r. Imperceptibly So slowly iliat the inovcniLiit could not be per- ceived, or at least would not at- trrirt rUtci'tmn. Brandished. '/'(> hrainiish is to swiiiK or inov(; about in prepara- tion for dialitif,' a blow. Poniard /''/(')'<"'</. The can- f,'iar, or Oriental poniard, is a straight, sharp-pointed weapon, or small daf:j,'er, used only for stabbinf,' ; the scimitar is a larj^e sword with .\ curved blade. Not the . monarch Why is the negative placed at the begin- ning of the sentence ? Fanatical —marked by a kind of Ireiizy or mad religious z.-al. Charegite. — By this name Scott probably means one of the Khari- jites, a fanatical Mohammedan sect which arose about twenty five years after Mohammed's death. Mohammed is reported to have said : " My community will separ- ate it'-olf into seventy-three sects;" this prophecy has been largely ful- filled. Intrusive -entering wiiho'..t permission or welcome *• Ha, dog !"— " Dog " is some- times used with us as a term of re^ropch or conte •.;pt, out in Eastern countries it is one of the most coptoniptucj, ? ejiitl,' :s that one person can app'y to another. Assassin. — Distinguish from viurderer. Once in a loud . . tone —Why the change of tone ? Allah — Literally, " The Adora- ble " — the Arabic name of the Su- preme Being This paragraph presents Ricliard to us in a cha- racteristic light. He nvs the very model of a feudal kni;,'!it, and became a favorite figure in romances. Wonderful stories ire told of his greci bodily strength, and of the prodigie-. of valour per- formed by him in contests with thi: Saracens. TIu; head of his battle axe is said to have weighed twenty pounds. Hangman's work The com- mon hangman, or executioner, in early days had to execute all sen- tences (jf Hogging or maiming, as well as the (leath-sentence. Ob- serve the irony in Kichard's speech. 261. Carrion — knr r^-m — the dead and decaying llesh of animals. Mecca.- (Jne of the old(;st cities in .Arabia, the birthplaci of Mohammed, and hence the sacred city or religious capital of the Mohammedans, to which* every faithful follower of the prophet must make at least one pilgrimage, either p(;rsonally or by proxy. The Mohammedans turn their faces towards Mecca while per- forming their devotions. The foul impostor. — An im- postor is a cheat, one who imposes on, or deceives, others. King Richard here calls Mohammed by this name, and suggests that the Turk was instigated by (he false prophet, though the la'ter had been long dead. Sped prospered, succeeded. Swart swarthy, dark, sun- burnt So weak an animal hide.— Develope the metaphor. Raze. — What is the usual or proper sense of this word ? In what sense does it seem to be used here ? The venom . . blood.— The use of poisoned weapoi.j was quite common at one time, and is not uncommon in our own day among savage or half- civilized tribes. Animal poisons are considered inert, or P'oducti.j of no effect, when snt; oduced into the stomach. What Queen of England saved her husband's life by sucking the ^Kvson from his wound .-' Jli : KING K1CH\I;[) AND Till". NTIUW. '57 Confusedly— with ashamL-d or ronfusinl looks. Sirrahs an old form of sirs. Sc(! note on " Sirrah," p. if^y. Dainty-lipped —What does the kint; mean hy this ? Dally -delay, waste time. Methinks— it seems to me, I think ; an old impersonal form, rare exci^pt in p(X'lry Chattel —any article of mer- chanilise, with the exception uf houses or lands ; especially ap- plied to cattle as the chief wealth in an early st'i,i;e of society -here used in contempt of the black slave. Cattle is but another form of the same word, Martlemas — usually m.utin- mas — the eleventh of November the day of the feast of St. Martin Martinmas was the slau:^hter- time amonj^ the early English ; hence the proverb : " His Nlartin mas will come as it does to' every hojj," — that is, all must die. Go to— an old phrase u.sed in encoura<;ement or exhortation , like our "come, now." The "to ' is used adverbially, as in " heave to." Ceremony —ado, formality Give other meanings of this word. King^ of England . . slave.— Note the contrast. Ridicule. — Distinguish from scorn and contcnif't. 262. Resistance. — Distingui'^h from expostulation and remon- strance . Intermitted.— Distinguish from ceased. By gestures — Why ? Treatment . . kind.— What other phrases are used in this paragraph to express Richard's act ? Make not . . lost.— What does the king mean by this.' What common saying has a simdar meaning ? Had dealt. — That is, would have dealt. What mood ? Orvietan ~or-vii'tnn—7ir\ anti- dote, supp>)S»;d to counteract the effect.i of poison ; first used at Orvieto, in Italy. " Oiviit.tn, or Venice treacle, as it was some- times called, was uni!er;tood (o be a common remedy against poison." — Siutt. Though sanctioned . . grati- tuted. — I'-xpl.iiii clearly the mean- ing of this clause. Prithee —See not >, p On. Ignorant . . knaves. -See note on " knave," p. 252. Richard's language is characteristic of the ttme, and shows the (;stim ition in which the lower classes were held. Caitiff -Ad'-///— a me.-<n, base fellow ; from the same word as caf-tive Sarbacanes. — These were pro- bably a species of catapult. In Brachet's French Dictionary, sar- bacane is defined as a pea-shooter, or air-cane Hark . . ear. —A. rhetorical pau.se is necessary between " hark" and " in." These words, and tho.se that follow, are spoken to Neville in an undertone. So that . camp.— S'o that is not used here in the ordinary way, indicating />(<r/)05^ or consequence ; it stands for the more usual ex- pression, " provided only," or " so long as." I. Discriminate, by examples, the uses of : — ample, w ide, copious, extend'.-'d, plentiful, capacious, liberal; alarm, apprehension, ter- ror, fri^jht, consternation ; bril- liant, t)rii^ht, radiant; apparent, obvious, manifest, plain ; anger, wrath, resentment, choler; care, heefl, precaution, watchfulness, vii;i lance. II. Analyze; — extended, pursu- \n^, ebriety. satisfy, collapses, life- lessness, interfere, arches, opposi- tion, applied, intermitiod, degrade, condescension, gratitude. III. Transform to phrases the '5« NOTliS TO THK FOURTH READER. italicized, clepnndcr.t clauses in tl:e following: — His movements re- sembled those of the spider, which collapses into apparent litelessiiess 7vhin she thinks herself the subject (if observation. Set his face toward Mecca, that he may tell the foul impostor how he has sped on his errand. Suck the poison from the wound — the venom is harmless on the lip, though fatal when it miufrlcs 7i'ith the hJnod. I did it but to show these knaves how they niifrht help each other ivhen these coivardiy caitiffs covie against us with sarhacanes and poisoned shafts. The Nubian beheld that the mara- bout raised his head 'gently from the ground, moving with a well-ad- justed precaution, which seemed entirely inconsistent xvith a state of ebricty. LXXXVIT. THE SONG OF THE SHH<T. 1^8 263. Unwomanly — unbecoming a woman, unfit for a woman to wear. Stitch, stitch, stitch.— Note the repetition, a device used through- out the poem, m some parts with even more striking effect, to indi- cate the weary monotony of the seamstress's task. Dolorous pitch — dul'-o-rus — sad, wailing key Pitch means the degree of elevation oi the voice, or the key in which a song is writti^n. Aloof— apart. at a little distance The hne means simply "in the morning," and is in contrast with the fourth line of this stanza. Shine . . roof. — The j^oet indi- cates, by a clever side stroke, the squalor and poverty of the home What idea of the length nf the sewing -woman's day's work is conveyed in the first four lines of the stanza? The barbarous Turk. — " Bar- barous" seems to be used partly in the sense of " barbarian." To other European nations, with their toasted superior civilization, the Turk ha? always, since the Cru- sades, been the type of cruelty and coarseness, lacking particu- larly in chivalrous regard for wo- men, a point referred to in the line, " Where woman has never a soul to save." Where woman save.— There is some doubt as to the kind of Paradise the Mohammedan or Turkish religion promises to wo- men, but it is certainly an immor- tality of some sort, so that the idea here conveyed is hardly cor- rect. Seam . . seam.— Note how skil fully the drowsy repetition in these two hues prepares us lor the sen- timent in the two following Gusset— a small piece of cloth inserted in a garment to enlarge or strengthen some part. 264. \Arearing out . . lives. - This expression has here both a literal and a metaphorical appli- cation. The lives of the sewing- women are represented as if stitched, so to speak, into the linen of the shirt — a most graphic representation. Scott has the same idea in The Antiquary, chap. >i., where he represents Maggie Mucklebackit as saying: "Its no fish ye're buying — it's men's lives ; " and indeed we seem to be far from that time when such ex- pressions cannot be used with truthfulness. A shroud . . shirt. — This helps out the force of the line, " But human . lives!" The allitera- tion makes us think of the shroud and shirt as a couple or pair, and THK SONG OF THE SHIRT. 159 would indicate the subtle connec- tion in the poet's fancy between the real thread that enters into the make-up of the shirt, and its unreal, imagined companion thread which seems to be stitching away at the shroud soon to en- wrap the unfortunate worker. Phantom — a fancied or shadowy appearance, a spectre. Grisly — horrible, frightful. The reference of the line is to the common representation of death as a hideous skeleton. It seems . . own. — A pathetic reference to her own gaunt and bony frame, shrunkei; " because of the fasts she keeps." Flags— lessons, ceases. That shattered roof.— Compare with fourth line of the second stanza, A wall so blank —so bare of any ornament or picture that her own shadow falling on it helped to relieve its cheerless appearance. From weary . . chime- — The bells and clocks in the various towers of t)ie city ring out the hours, but the weary round of time brings her no relief from work. For crime. — On account of, in punishment for, their wrong-doing. Till the heart . . hand.— How these lines picture to us the stupor which follows a dreary, unceasing round of monotonous toil. 2G5. And twit . . spring.— A depth of pathos is in this line, as if the swallov, the bird which is frequently represented as the har- binger of spring, were taunting the poor workwoman, whose un- happiness is so much in contrast with the brightness and joy of all else around her And the walk . . meal. -So great is her poverty, that if she were to take time for a walk her daily wages would not be earned, and she would be obliged in con- sequence to go without a nieal. Respite— r^s'/*^/— a putting off for a tune, a short delay. Blessed leisure. — Why blessed ? Note the contrast with the follow- ing line. A little weeping . . thread.— In this stanza, and especially in the last four lines, the sentiment of the poem reaches its climax. Would that . . rich.— The point and moral of the poem, a desire to ameliorate the condition of the seamstresses, is well indicated by the repetition of the opening stanza, with this significant ad- dition. This poem first appeared in the Christmas number of Punch for 1843, and was soon afterwards translated into nearly every Euro- pean language. It was successful in awakening a benevolent interest in the sufferings of the poor Lon- don netdle- women, and on the poet's monument, erected seven years after his death, in Kensal Green Cemetery, is sculptured the mscnption • " flE sang the Song OF THE Shirt." In vividness and pathos this poem is a masterpiece, and will repay the most careful study. Pupils should he questioned on the meaning, and required to recast the stanzas in their own words, until they have vivid con- ceptions of each feature of the inexpressibly sad picture drawn by the poet. Teachers and pupils would do well to compare the "sweet pitv and frowning indignation " of tiie poem with the same sentiments in the poet's " Bridge of Sighs," and also in Mrs Browning's " The Cry of the Children." In reading, the repeated words, " Work— work— work ! " " Stitch — stitch — stich ! " should be given in a slow monotone. Where the order of words is reversed, as in i6o NOTIiS TO TlJi-: l-OURTH l<I':.\I)liK. " Seam, and f^nsset. and band, Haad, and gusset, and scam," the emphasis will naturally be reversed accordingly. The lines are skilfully constructed to bring out the idea that the only variety in the life of the poor seamstress is the wearisome one presented by the change in the order of these three words, a variety winch makes tlie killing monotony seem even more dreuiful. It is hard to conceive of a more pitiful case than that depicted in the tenth stanza, of the woman who longs for the relief and luxury of being able to weep in tier misery, but cannot, because every tear-drop 1 would cause her to lose a stitch— i and this she dare not do. LXXXVIII. THE DEMON OF THE DEEP. 266 Recourse— a going to for help. Limpets— the common name for small univalves, or shell-fish of one shell, found adhering to rocks. Cray-fish — a small shell-fish resembling the lobs'.er, but smaller ; spelled also craw-fish. Gorge -a narrow passage or entrance. Breakers. — Properly waves broken by the rocks ; the name is here applied to the broken pieces of rock lying outside the larger mass. In the "gorge" of the main rock caverns had been fash- ioned by the action of the waves, and in these Gilliat had previously sought his food. Prosecuting— carrying on, fol- lowing up Solitary retreats —Give a syn- onymous expression. Cockle — a small bivalve, or two-shelled fish, with a furrowed or wrinkled shell. Sea-urchin — a sea -animal, having a firm, round shell, covered with spines. 267. Crevice— fy^."' -Is — a nar- row opening resulting from a split or crack. Refuge. — Distinguish from shelter. Escarpment — the abrupt face of a rock or cliff. Vaulted — having the shape of an arch or vault. Blind passage — Properly, a passage with an opening at one end only , here it appears to b< simp'y a dark passage, as it opens into a larger space. Inaccessible — that cannot he reached. Moulded arch— the arche;! roof, so worn by the action of tht sea as if it had been shaped in a mould Grottoes caverns, eitlier natu- ral or artificial , here, natural apartments or recesses formed within the larger cavern. See note on " Grotto del Cane," p. 215- Horizontal fissure— a fissure, or cl<;ft, in a direction parallel to the bottom of the crevice 26S. Aperture — a/>Vv'-/«/'f — opening, open space. Persistence— continuance, per- severance. Spiral — spiral — winding like the worm of a screw, and con- stantly advancing. Why call the spiral form mysterious ? Recoiled — started backward in terror or dismay. It was supple . . night.— Dis- cuss the aptness of the compari- sons. Elongated. — Distinguish from rHIi DEMON OF THI-: DKF.F'. i6i Innumerable -more than could 1)6 numbered. Undulating — wave-like, rising and fallin;,' like the waves. 269. Agony — intense pain. Note the Sletoiiymy. ICxpress the mean- ing of the sentence differently. Repulsive —hateful to the sight. Ligature - Ug'-a-turc — a band or bandage. Focus. — Strictly, the point at which the raysof light arecollected by a lens, or mirror ; hence the centre at which a number of ob- ^vjcts or sensations are collected. Singular — peculiar, unlike (Hhers. Compression -the act of com- pressing or forcing into narrower compass. Living thongs. — Note the dif- ferent names— thing, form, shape, etc., — which the author gives to the arms or antennae of the animal. Glutinous. — Generally, adhesive lik(! glue, tenacious. Here it means covered with a slimy or .slippery moisture, or perhaps, jelly-like, having the appearance of glue. Nave. — Name the other parts of a wheel. Tentacles — feelers, or organs of touch proceeding from the heads of many of the lower animals; in this case used to denote the arms of animals of the octopus species. Observe how minutely the author describes the seizure of Gilliatt by thf octopus, so that our attention is riveted, an^ f»ur anxiety aroused for the fate < the poor sailor, as the monster is gradually pictured before us in all its hideous defor- mity. Octopus— oit'-/o-/>«5 — also octo- pod ; from two Greek words meaning " eight " and " foot." The devil-fish has eight arms or tentacles. In the chapter of The Toilers of the Sea immediately following - Hook iv. chap. 2 — the author continues his vivid description of the devil fish. For a long time the existence of these monsters was doubted, but Victor Hugo states, in the chapter refer- red to, that he saw a very large one at the island of Sark, and they have been caught recent- ly at Newfoundland, and on the Pacific coast. The cuttle- fish and the squid belong to the same order of fishes. All these animals move backward through the water with great rapidity, the motion being produced by muscu- lar contraction of the body, which expels, through a sort of tube or " funnel," placed below the head, the water previously drawn in through the gills. Vampire. — The vampire was originally an imaginary dead person, superstitiously believed to leave the grave during night, and wander about the earth in the form of different animals, doing every kind of mischief to the l.vii.g, especially sucking their blood, and thus causing their death while sleeping ; hence, generally, a blood-sucker, an extortioner. The superstition still exists among the races on the lower Danube. 270. Unfrequented— »M-/r<r- qutiit'cd — seldom visited. Testacea — tes td'-she-a — ani- mals having soft bodies and no internal skeletons, mollusks. The term is applied particularly to shell-fish, as here. Crustacea— Ar»s-/a'-s/«'-n — ani- mals which, like the crab and lob- ster, have not only a shelly cover- ing, but jointed limbs, a heart, and other organs belonging to the higher species of fishes. Genius— presiding spirit. See note, p. 64. Sombre— sowj'-ft^y— dark, gloomy. Demon— </e'-wo« — a spirit, either good or evil, but generally, as here, an evil spirit. The slippery . . bottom.— Paraphrase. 1 62 NOTES TO THE FOURTH KliADER. ^ Suckers — the " flat, rounded points" before described, with which the tentacles of the octopus were covered, and which adhered tenaciously to Gilliatt's body at every point of contact. Loathine. — The horrible repul- siveness of the animal, both in appearance and touch, were as painful as the crushing and suck- ing. Note the vividness of the description in this paragraph. Antenna — another narie for feeler, or tentacle ; plural, cntenncB. 271. Cephalopod — scJ'a-l6-pod, or se-fal'5-pod — another name for the octopus, derivec from two Greek words meaning " head "and "foot"; so called because the tentacles, which serve ihe animal as feet, are arranged in a circle around its head. The mouth of the octopus somewhat resembles a hawk's beak. Vulnerable — capable of being wounded. Convulsions — violent muscular movements, spasms. Four hundred suckers. — The author estimates fifty on each arm. Gilliatt closed his knife.— Note the abruptness with which the narrative closes, these being also the closing words of one of the chapters of the tale. It may be observed, too, that this abruptness is characteristic of Hugo's style. Victor Hugo died May 22, 1885, in the 84th year of his age, having long before his death securely gained for himself a place among the greatest of Frenchmen. The high regard of his fellow coun- trymen was shown in the vast num- bers that flocked to his funeral from all parts of France, so that the funeral procession was seven hours passing a given point. See last note on Lesson XXVII. p. 90. descriptions, and that feeling will manifest itself in his tones and inflections. The style is often in- tensely nervous. The short, sharp sentences should be read with corresponding quickness and en- ergy. The longer, more purely descriptive sentences, will require a more deliberate utterance The pupil will scarcely fail to feel the masterful power of Hugo's I. Add as many as possible of the suffixes, th, al, ed, er, ous, ness, ful, to the following words, and give the meanings of the deriva- tives thus formed: — calm, warm, thought, content, noise, lonely, continue, busy, lofty, centre, plenty, watch. II. Analyse : — relaxed, sustain- ing, describe, vulnerable, increases, attempt, difficult, opposite, repul- sive, disturbing, suspected. III. Form sentences to illustrate the meaning of the following words : — solitary, escarpment, horizontal, spiral, pangs, nave. IV. Transform the following tc simple sentences, explaining the transformations fully : — His over- coat, jacket, overalls, and sheep skin, he spread out and fixed with large round stones here and there. Gilliatt held his open knife in his hand, and from time to time scraped a cockle from under the bunches of sea- weed. Gilliatt clutched the projections of the rock, and stretched out to search for it. It seemed as if innumer- able suckers had fastened to his flesh. Agony when at its height is mute. It passed over the others, and wound itself tightly round his chest. The movem«»''t was rapid as a flash of lightning. When the water is low. the cral s are accustomed to crawl out into the air. These living thongs were pointed at their extremities, but broadened like the blade of a sword towards its hilt. V. Sketch the lesson, putting yourself in the place of Gilliatt. AFTER DKATM IN ARABIA. i6j LXXXIX. AFTER DEATH IN ARABIA. Az&n—dz'an. — This word refers to the hour of Moslem prayt^r. Every Mohammeian is obliged to pray five times a day, when the prayer call, Adan (Azan ?J, is chanted from the minarets by the muediiins or muezzins. See note on " minarets," p. 52. This — the message contained in the stanzas following. The spirit of the departed is repre- sented as sending this message of comfort to the friends weeping over his remains. The first two lines are a brief introduction. It lies. — The body from which the soul has just gone. The use of the indefinite word "it" to denote the lifeless body is expres- sive, and suggests the universal belief that the real person is no longer there. Note the various epithets ap- plied throughout the poem to the friends. I — the spirit or soul, which is represented as addressing the sorrowing friends and kinsmen of the deceased. Abdullah — an ordinary Arabic proper name. Yet I smile. —The living spirit smiles to see so much misdirected grief expended over what is merely its cast-off garment, or empty cage. That thing you kiss. —Note the gentle contt;mpt of the language used about the cast-off body, seen also in the expression, " let it lie." Mine. - Notice the studied meaning of "mine" instead of "me," which one might expect in contrast to "I." The speaker would indicate that not even in life is the moving, speaking body the real person, but a mere ad- junct or accident of existence, the soul being the real individual. Lave — wash, bathe. Washing the body for burial seems to be an almost universal custom. Of the grave. —A good instance of the appositive use of the posses- sive. Compare " the city of Lon- don," Like a hawk. -The free, strong, upward flight of the hawk makes this metaphor perhaps the most striking of the beautiful series. Note the development of the chain of metaphors in the lines that follow— "the room," "the garb," and " the bars," corresponding to "hut," " garment, and " cage," above. Plume— a feather ; here used in the sense of pliiinagc, the whole covering of feathers. Falcon — a species of hawk. See note, p. 112. Splendid. — Used in its classical sense of nspUit<lciit,th:it is, shiiiiiifr. Wistful —^ wishful. The more ordinary use of the adjective is with the nouns eye or look. 'Tis an empty . . gone — I'ara- phrase so as to bring out fully the I comparison between an empty sea- I shell and the lifeless body. Pearl. — This precious stone is, as is well known, found in the interior of certain species of shell- fish, especially the pearl oyster. Of course the shell must be broken before the jewel can be obtained, and when the pearl is gone the shell is worthless. Shell is broken —How can the term " broken" be appropriately applied to the body from which life has departed ? Compare Ec- clesiastes xii., 6. 273. The pearl . . soul.— Much more forcible than if in the order, "the pearl, the soul, the all," as " soul ' thus becomes explanatory of "all." Allah.— See note, p. 2C0. 164 NOTF.S TO Tin". lOUKTH RKADKK. t ;1 :i The treasure treasury - That is, the b'jst and choicest treasure of his treasury, "a mind th.. loved him." Shard - a fragment of an earth- en vessel ; happily us.;(l in con- tinuation f)f the metaphor in "an earthen jar." Slurd is another form, as in potsherd. Name the different things to which the poet compares the budy, and show how he illustrates the greater value of the soul, l^ead Longfellow's poem. The Slave's Dnain, in which the body is compared to " a worn-out fetter." Let the shard . . more.— Let it return to the clay of which it was made — an expression applicable alike to the earthen pot, and to the body which is compared to it. See Genesis iii., ig. His store. — That is. His store- house ; same as "His treasury " above. Thy world. — Not merely Hea- ven, as God's own more particular sphere, but His whole Universe with all its mysteries, which, to the enquiring mind, are " a long, long wonder." These last words are a pathetic allusion to the vain effortsof men to unravel the knotty problems so numerous in our pre- sent existence, but whose solution, as here indicated, is only to be accomplished in the fuller know- ledge that follows after death. See I Corinthians xiii., I2. My erring friends. — Why err- iuf; ? Unspoken. — That is, unspeak- able, or, perhaps, in a passive sense, untold, unheard of. Compare"Eye hath not seen," etc., i Cor. ii., 9. Instead. — That is, instead of being dead, as ye call him. Lost, 'tis true . . you. -The meaning is, I grant that he is lost, judging his state by such light as you have shining around you upon earth, but the clearer, purer light of heaven reveals the glorified spirit in the enjoyment of the lilt that never dies. Unfulfilled felicity- Enlarging paradise — These phrases mean much the same thing, and are ex- planatory of each other ; the ever- increasing joy of the state of bliss after death is referred to, the con- tinued growth of the capacity for enjoyment, and the continued en- largement of the sphere in which that enjoyment is found. See note on the two last lines of the eleventh stanza of Longfellow's Resii^noi'on. Paradise is used in an abstract rather than in its usual concrete sense— happiness, rather than the place of happiness. I am gone . . space.— Compare the fifth stanza of Longfellow's Rcsifrnation, and see first note thereon. That here . . naught.— Para phrase the line so as to bring out the contrast between " here " and " there," " all " and " naught." Fain— desirous. A rare use of a somewhat rare word. Sunshine . rain. — Show the bearing of this line on the sense of the context. At death. — That is, at the time of death, or, perhaps, in prospect of death. For death . . centre.— Perhaps the most suggestive metaphor of the poem — the soul at death, com- pared to an infant at birth, enters for the first time upon anything like real life ; and by implication the life which the soul lives here in the body is no life at all. 274. All seems love . above.— See the same thought (expressed in Resignation, " But oftentimes . . disguise." Compare, also, such passages as Romans viii , 28, He- brews xii., 6 Your home. What is meant? La Allah ilia Allah ! -This eter- nal truth, often translated "no god but God," accompanied by that necessary lie, as Gibbon calls AFTKK DKATH IN .\U\|5I\ MKRCY. 165 It, " ami Moh.imim (1 is tlie pro- phet of Oovl," forms the funeral tlirge of the Arabs, and they repeat it over and over until they reach the };rave Thou love. . alway!- Ad- dressed to the Supreme Heinj;. Aiwa;' " see;ns, at first sif^ht, to be an ao ective, but it may l>e ex- plainer! as an adverb on the ground that ' love " is used more as a predicate than as an address or vocative — "Thou who art Love alway." It may be doubted whether the noble Christian philosophy of iiMs poem is really to be found in the Mohammedan religion, but it must be remembered that seve- ral of the Mohammedan articles of belief are based upon the teach- ings of Christianity. Lines on the same subjcc t, by an Arabian p«nl of the twelfth century, seem to have suggested this ji«<em. Mr. Arnold's treatment of the subject closely resembles that of iheoldn writer, both in language and in tlu' metaphors employed. This poem contains a great nuui- ber of contrastcul words, and it will, therefore, afford the reader good practice on emphasis 1. Reproduce, in your own 'an- guage, the thought, or sentiment, of the poem. 2 Construct sentences to dis- tinguish the following pairs of words: bier, /'<•</-.■ tear, //< r ,■ naught, uou'^ht ; sealed, ciilni . dies, dyes ; fain, /(//u ; rain, rdn XC. MERCY. This extras; —from The Merchant of Venice, act iv., scene i. — is part of Portia's famous speech, in which she tries to move the heart ol the unfeeling Jew to pity for the unfortunate Antonio. It is one of the most beautiful and oft-quoted passages in Shakespeare's writings, and should be committed to memory. Ecclesiasticus xxxv , 20 : " Mercy is reasonable in the time of afflic- tion, as clouds of rain in the time of drought." Gentli is a happy epithet for the rain thai comes down quietly, and is all the more welcome and refreshing because unaccompanied by damaging winds. From heaven. — Is this phrase attributive or adverbial ? Why ? Twice blessed . . takes -en- dowed with a double or twofold blessing which it can impart to others, blessing alike him who shows mercy and him that receives it ; 4n instance of the truth ex- pressed in Acts XX., 35 : " It is more blesst.d to {^ive than to re- reive. " 274. Qualityof mercy— the trait or feeling which we call mercy; or. perhaps, the exercise or exhi- bition of the feeling by some act of benevolence. For the gram- matical construction, see note on " of the grave," p. 272. Strained — forced, granted "on compulsion. ' Portia had previ- ously told the Jew that he must be merciful, and he had replied, " On what compulsion must I ? Tell me that." It droppeth . . beneath.— The metaphor ma/ com. from Matt, v., 45, where t^e I iiullv imparti- ality with wh'ch the rain falls alike " on the just and on the un- just ' is spoken of; or it is pos- sible that Shakespeare had in mind 166 NOTKS TO THE FOURTH KRADKk. 'Tis mightiest . . mightiest- This sontimunl is in opposition to the once prevalent notion that the exhibition of the gentler quali- ties is a sign of weakness. Becomes— suits, befits. Throned. — Expand into a clause. Shows — represents, is the em- blem of. Temporal power — power in matters temporal or earthly ; op- posed to power in matters religious or spiritual. Cruivn and sctptre, each being part of the outward insignia of power, are used inter- changeably. What is the mean- ing of " force " here ? Attribute . . majesty.— The sceptre is the symbol of that out- ward respect and honor which is due to kings, " Awe " and " majesty " are used by metonymy for the king, to whom ihese attri- butes belong — "majesty" having more particular reference to the dignity and grandeur of kingship itself, and "awe" to the feelings of reverence and fear which the majesty of kings inspires. The former is used subjectively, the latter, objectively. Wherein . . kings. — The sceptre being the outward sign of royal power, the fear that men have for that power is rightly said to settle or centre upon the scep- tre. Of kings is used objectively — the dread and fear of men for kings. For the singular verb with a compound subject, see Mason's Cirammar, art 381. But mercy . . kings.— The royal authority and |x)wer of which the sceptre is the symbol. is, after all, only an accident, le- sultmg from the weakness of hu manity ; but mercy is al)ove and beyond this man-conferred power ; it is a divinely-bestowt;d (juality of the heart, ruling the man who sways the sceptre ; it is one of the attributes or qualities ascribed to God Himself. Show — appear, show itself. Compare with " shows " above. Likest.-Shakes])eare often com • pares with er and est where later usage prefixes more and most. Seasons — tempers, tones down. Though justice . . plea.—" 1 stand for judgment," said the Jew- before. Legally, the Jew was in the right. Antonio, the merchant, had forfeited his bond, and the iew could justly exact the penalty ; ence, Portia's eloquent appeal for mercy. Course of justice.— If pure, hard justice ran its course — a sentiment borrowed from the teachings ol the Bible. That same prayer.— The refe- rence here seems to be to the pe- tition of the Lord's Prayer, " For- give us," etc. It has been objected that it is out of place to represent Portia as making this appeal to a Jew. who rejects the New Testa- ment. Render.— Here, to give or pay in compliance with duty. Compare Romans xiii., 7. It also means to repay, as in i Thessalonians v.. 15 State in your own words the argument in favor of showing mercy to others. Read in connection with thi? extract. Lessons CII. and CIV. ROBKRT Bl'RNS. 167 XCI. K()1U:KT IJl'KNS. thi? 'C75. Burns -Seep. 91 of Fourth RilADKK. Came . . world. —ICx press dif- ferently. This probably refers to iiiirns' introduction to Edinburgh society in 1786, after the publi- cation of the first volume of his poems. There he was lionized for a few months ; but he was soon neglected by the society to which he had been welcomed at first, and he left Edinburgh, " a sadden- ed and embittered man." See Shairp's Ri,hcrt Burns in " English Men i)f Ix'tters" series. Prodigy— something out of the ordinary course of nature, a won- der. Usual fashion.— Explained in the next two lines. I'oint out other instances from the lives of men of genius that would justify the author in calling this the " usual fashion." Vague— not clear. Many join in applauding the hero of the hf)ur without clearly knowing why. Tumultuous —noisy, confused. Subsiding - sinking, falling away. His early . . death. — Burns died in his thirty-eighth year. Why mournful ? Enthusiasm — en-thu'zi-asm — in- tense, passionate zeal ; an admir- ation into which the feelings enter largely. Nothing . . time. — Note the Carlylean satire, implying that people are much readier to do justice or honor to another in word than in action. •* Nine days." — Anything that attracts much attention for a short time, and is then forgotten, is spoken ofasa "nine days' wonder." Vulgar wonder. — Vulfrar, com- monplace. Altliough Burns was of the common people, he did not excite their wonder only, but the wonder of the educated literary class as well. Sober judgments -minds that calmly and dispassionately judge of the merits of any case or per- son, irrespective of popular pre- judice. Where.- Equivalent toi« which. Compare with its uses in the next paragraph. Exclusively— to the exclusion or shuttinf( out of all other con- siderations. His own . . merits.— Merits that belong to his works as literary productions, apart from any con- sideration they may have had be- cause of the poet's social stand- ing or other circumstances. Casual —kazh'u-al — accidental. Radiance — brightness, brilli- ancy. True . . poet. — That is, not merely as a Scotch poet, or one of only local reputation. Considerable — of importance, not insignificant. If the work . . it— This meta- phorical sentence is partly ex- plained by the one following. Show, from the life of Burns, that the statements in the paragraph are true. Materials. — What were they ? Metal. —What was the " metal " on which the poet wrought ? Moor — a waste country with a poor, light soil. Tools.— What does Carlyle mean by the "tools" with which Burns fashioned the " metal " ? Obscurity. — Properly, dark- ness. He was without friends or influence. Without model . . sort —What is meant ? Show wherein other British poets have had the advan- tage of Burns in this respect. Arsenal -magSLzine—dr'se-nal — ma^-a-zeen' — st(jrehouses for arms i6S Nf)Tl S TO Till'. lOUk'HI kKADKK. 1 and oltu-r military ('(]iii| niciits. An iirsiUdl is also an cslahlish- nu'tit Idi their lunniif.u lurr Ex- plain the n i: of those terms in this connection (iivc other meaninj,'s of " maj^a/in(!." How different . him 1- Change! the structure freni tlie rhetorical lo the common orclci. Toiiu out other sentences in this lesson simi larly constructed. 276. Stormed — •itlacked by open force, taken by assault. Titan. — The Titans were a race of denii-j.;ods, children of Heaven and Earth, described in ancient mythology as possessed of im- mense slren^^th. Notice the gra- dations of jwwer in stmin-atf^iin , pick axe, arms. Explain the sen- tence fully, anil show by means of a paraphrase the meaning of the whole p.'uagraph. Criticism— the art of judging of the merits and faults of a book or a writer. Cold business. — Explain. Genial — enlivening, clK^erful Show from iJurns' poem n the Fourth Keadeu tKit his poetry is properly characterize d as triw and genial. Tragedy. -See note, p. 215, and Introduction to the Notes, p. 10. What is the meaning of "tragedy" here? What was the tragedy which Burns enacted ? Brawl — to wrangle or quarrel noisily, generally about small mat ters. Another writer says, that " the conqueror at Jena and Aus teriitz presents a pitiful sight, squabbling with Sir Hudson Eowe about the quality of his soup, and the length of his rides." Sir H'Adson Lowe — a British general who served in the French war, and was afterwards, in 1816, apjxjinted Governor of St. Helena, in charge of Napoleon. His rock - the rocky island of St. Helena, in the Atlantic Ocean, off the West Coast of Africa. Sec I'lih/ii- Silioul History (Enf^lish) . chap xviii , sec. 7. Main the great deep sen, as distinct from any of its p.irt' ; a poetic word. "Amid . . main." - From Tiiomson's CastL of liidvhncc, canto i., St. 30. Base entanglements. What were they ? See Shairp's liohfrt Burns, chapter vii. Is th( com- parison in thissentencea ju t one r Observe the metaphorical lan- guage employed Excellence.— Of the excellence referred l<> here, point out in- stances in the poems of Burns in the Foi:kiti Kk.xder. Indisputable — in-dii>'pu-tahl ~ tliat cannot be questioned or dis- puted Those scenes . . resolves. - Paraphrase, so as to bring out fully the meaning of " beautiful emotions" and "liefinite resolves." Outward call . interest — What is nu'ant ? Contrast with the meaning of the clause that follows. 277. Susceptibility capacity for rereiviiig impressions or emo- tions. Affectation false pretence the assumption of a ch.iracter or man- ner not one's own. Glitters . . o^^n. — Express differently Carlyle's admiration for the 5/;/- ccrity of Burns, as thecliief virtue of thi- poet, is in harmony with all his teaching See Biographical Notice, p. 62 I. Distinguish between prodigy .iiid frcnins ; usual and frcncral ; fashion and en .torn . vague and uiucrtain ; censure and hlavic ; prolonged and cxtiinhd ; clamor, noise and cry . judgment and deci- sion ; consider ami think ; exis- tence and beiitfT , obscurity and itarkncss : mode' and example ; concern and hn.-tnrss ; genial and kind ; enacted and pcrjormcd ; ROlJliRT I'.l'KNS »:i)lNnURGH AFTHK FI.ODDKN, iGiJ excellence .nul superiority : also between casual .111(1 1 <;;< .// ; metal and mettle ; desert .ind desurt ; tragedy and cumniy : main and mane ; greater and ^ratt-r ; plain Tind plane ; soul an ! sole. II. NVrite sentences containing the followinR correctly used : — aversi tu, possessed of, possessed by, divided hetueen, divided atnunf^, danf^er of, dnnfrer from, taste of, taste j or, relieved of, relieved by. in Combine into a connected par.im.iph : — Kobert iJurns was born in 1759. He is Scotland s greatest poet. He is the most popular writer of lyrics in the En<-;lish languagf. Most of his poi.tns are written in his native .\yrshire dialect His serious potMUS are generally in English. He received no aid from the poetry of other lands. His poetry is purely Scottish. He sprang as it were from the so.l His distin- guishing characteristics are great humer, gayety, originality, ten- derness, and pathos. "TheUn e" and "A Man's a Man for a' That" are among his finest poems. IV. Express in yt)ur riwn words the meaning of the third para- graph : — " Let it not," etc. tress sin- irtue 1 all lical digy lal : and une ; ■mor. leci- ■exis and ph ; and iicd ; XCII. KIMNBUKGH AFTICK FI.OfM^EN. Flodden Hill is a spur of the ('heviot Range. A short distance to the east is the River Till, a tributary of the Tweed, (lowing in a north- erly direction. In the plain between the hill and the river v\as fought tiie battle of ElodJen Tield, in which James IV. of Scotland was dcTeatt'd by the troops of the English King, Henry VIK., commanded by the Earl of Surrey. The battle was most disastrous to the Scots. They lost nearly 10,000 of their best soldiers. The flower of the Scot- tish nobility and King James himself were among the sl.iin. " Scarce a Scottish family of eminence." says Scott, "but had an ancestor killed at Flodden." 277. News of battle.— The in- troduction is worthy of note for its vigor, and for the directness with which it hurries us into the spirit and meaiiing of the poem. Clang-an onomatoj-ioetic word ; that is, one which is formed by imitating the sound of the thing to be described. Give other words of this class. Our gallant king —Who ? Beacons — signal-fires kindled on hill-tops as a means of spread- ing any expected and important news. F'or a graphic description of the conveyance of news by sig- nal fires, see Macaulay's Lay, The Armada. See also note on " Pea- con lipht," p. 7.}. Northern streamers -the auro- ra borealis — nw-rora bo-red'lis — popularly called the " Northern Lights," a wavy curtain of light seen at night in the sky in north- ern latitudes ; supposed to be elec- trical in origin. This phenome- non was superstitiously regarded as a forerunner of some great calamity, a< war, famine, the death of son great man. Trembling sky.— The Northern Lights seem to impart to the sky behind them a waving motion. To the mind if the terrified on- I70 NOTIiS 1() THK I'OUKTll UKAPI.R. ! I n -i looker till shy iniKht stu-ni to tri'tn- ble vvitli ft:ar of appronc hiiij,' dis- aster Beckon - Anotht-r riadinu is " bericon." (live the rnenniii}^ with each reading;. Save . die — (*orn{iare Shakes- peare's jfulius Casar, act ii. sc. 2: "When bejjgars die there are no comets seen : The heavens themselves blaze forth the death of princes." 278. Warder- the gate-keeper, or guardian of the gate. Bending crowd.— Not stooping or bending in the ordinary sense ; but surging back and forth, as each one presses forward eagerly to get the first glimpse of the messenger, and hear the news from the battlefield. Battered harness —dinted ar- mor, llanuss was th<; name fre- quently given to the whole accou- trement or efpupment of a knight or horseman. Wan -7*'/J«— of a sickly hue. Hard-stricken- exhausted, worn out with hard fighting. Spearless. — Tlie pole, or staff, on which a banner or ensign was carried, was usually surmounted by a gdt spear-head. This spear- head was gone, and probably the whole staff, as the banner had been used as a shroud for the king. Drooping— hanging powerless. The city-band— the train-band, or city militia, placed at the king's disposal in thisemergency. ICvery man of any pretension to good breeding was in those days skilled in the use of arms. Weal — woe. — Note the effec- tive use of these two alliterative words, particularly as they are monosyllables. Weal is still found in wealth, and expresses, as an ab- stract noun, the idea of the adjec- tive well, from which it is derived. Woe, as a substantive, should al- ways be spelled as here ; as an in- terjection, the spelling w\t is mou correct. This distinctioi' ifi spell ing should be obser\(d, as tlit words were originally distinct. Grisly warrior Not stern only but pale and ghastly- ihe result of his wounds, and of the sorrow he felt at the d« ith of his kiug. Helm— hclnut. a piece of ar- mor to protect the head. Armed heel - How armed ? Chides. — An unusual usi- of the word ; it is generally used with the meaning, to reprimand by word of mouth. Mischance— ill-luck, calamity. 27() Riven -rent, torn Elders . city — the old men who were too old to follow the king; probably refers to the mem- bers of the city council. Note the apt change of metre, to assist in impressing the change of scene and subject at this point of the recital. Their hall -the city hall. Bide —remain. Maiden Town— a name popu- larly given to Edinburgh, from a tradition that the I'ictish kings used to send their daughters to this stronghold for protection in time of war. Fray— battle, bloody contest. Burghers- -burfr'en — inhabi- tants of a burgh, or borough, more especially in their capacity as citizens. What is the meaning of " stout " here ? And fight . . way— fight to the last, fight as long as you can. Do![ed.—Doff, to do off, to put off What is the opposite word ? Corselet — a piece of armor covering the front of the body, a cuirass. 280 Wistfully— wishfully, long- ingly Leaning . . brand — supporting himself heavily on his sword. Sorely does not mean,rt5 if in pain ; but heavily, as if in sore need of help. • ! P.DINIU'Rr.H AFTER Fl.onDKN. 171 ,ir to in the tinR orcl. iiiii ; c/ of Brand swonl . ,1 {XM-tical n.imt; H'lvru to ,1 sword, troin its ^'litt<:r- inj,' bri^^htncss, like buriiinf,; or ^ilouiiij^ wood. Straight —straightway, iinine- diatfly. Couched a spear. — When not in Use, *he sp<«ar was carried per- pendicular, with the butt placed in a foot-rest on tht; ri^lu stirrup. To couch a s{)ear was to brin^ it down to the char^'c. hokl it hori- zontal, with head to the front, in readiness for attack or defence. Provost —/>;v'5r'«s/— the chief magistrate of a Scottish city or town. What is the corresponding; l'2nj,'lish title ? Chivalrous degree shiv'al-rus — the degree or rank of a cheva- lier, or knif^jht serving on horse- back. Explain the other descrip- tive epithets of the Provost. Visage —face, countenance. Right bitter . . aloud. — The principle of suspense is employed here very effectively. Not only does Randolph decline to answer any enquiries on entering the city, but even after being escorted to the hail where " the elders of the city " are met, he replies only after the third effort to do so. Ay. — Distinguish from aye in pronunciation and meaning. 281. Valiant —val'yant — brave. As the archers . . low. -English archers were famed for their skill, and they were instrumental in the winning of many of England's victories. See Les.son XXXVI. Grimly dying . . foe. —What is meant ? Costly dye.— Explain. Oh the blackest . . before. — Note the irregularity in the gram- matical construction of these two lines, allowable in order to height- en the effect of the despairing, impulsive cry of the people. Southron— Southerner. To whom is the name applied here? The language of this stanza is very elliptical Supply theellipMs necessary to sh.)w the con struct n>n. Till the oak . stem A strong expression of impossibility. Dunedin -</«'! «•'<//'* or I>un Ed'in, the hill or fort of I'^dwin. It is the Celtic name of ICdinburgh (that is, Kilwin'i hurf^h), and is at the same time diiscriptive of its site, the words meaning " the face of a rock." The name is often used in Scott isli poetry. As bur^h — the modern hotuiif^h — meant originally a fort or castle, Dun- edin and lidinhuffrfi have the same meaning. Describe the different pictures which this poem presents. Conceive the state of excite- ment into which the whole city would be thrown by the kindling of the beacon fires on all the sur- rounding hill-tops, telling the peo- ple that husbands, brothers, fathers, sons, were engaged in deadly battle with thtur enemies. In the midst of the intense strain of anxiety the shout is raised, " News of battle! newsof battle! " and all the inhabitants with one impulse go hurrying to the gate to meet the messenger from the battle-field. A vivid conception of the scene will best enable one to read with due animaticm. "All night long. . die "should be read in a tone of awe suited to the superstitious dread indicated, and " Warden ! warden ! ' with tone and gesture of tierce impatience. " Then a murmur," etc., suggests another change, as a feeling of awful dread creeps through the crowd. The picture of the crushed, wan warrior will naturally suggest a sad, plaintive delivery, to be followed by the voice of desperate, despairing entreaty, in which the people, feeling that knowledge of the worst is better than this terri- ble suspense, eagerly implore him to tell them all. 172 NOTHS TO THE lOl'RTIl UKADIik. XCIII. THE FOUNDKUS OF UIM'FU CANADA. 282. Declaration of Indepen- dence. ~ This was a document drawn up by Thomas Jefferson of Virginia, and signed at Philadel- phia, July 4th, 1776, by fifty-six of the chief men of the thirteen ICnglish colonies in America — New H;imi)shire, Massachusetts, Rhode Island, Connecticut, New York, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Dela- ware, Maryland, Virginia, North Carolma, South Carolina, and Georgia. The Declaration set forth the wrongs which these colonies had suffered from the English government, and declared the in- dependence of the thirteen colo- nies, under the name of the United States of America. United Empire Loyalists. — This name — usually abbreviated into U. E. Loyalists — was given to those of the American colonists who, in the War of independence, remained luyal to the mother country, desiring to keep the British Emnirj united. Party of independence— those who opposed the claims of Eng- land, and subsequently declared for independence. Confessedly. — Change into a phrase. Allegiance ~(i/-/<5'/<7«i— the ob- ligation of a subject to his sover- eign or government. Sovereign. — Who was King of England at that lime ? Constitution of government — A system of laws, whether written or unwritten which constitutes the basis of government of a state or nation. Name ;-.ome points of difference between the English Constitution and the Constitution of the United States. Avowing . . subjects.- Give the meaning in other words, and name some of the rights referred to. Contradistinction -distinction. not simply by different, but by opposite, qualities. Rights . . people. — From time immemorial the sovereigns of Eng- land had rights which they exer- cised independent of Parliament. Trace the steps by which the rights of the Crown have been curtailed, and those of the people extended. But the Declaration . . parties. — Explain this statement. Exiled — banished from their native or adopted country. Impoverished -made poor. Domains - du-mCins'. — The word primarily refers to land or terri- tory under the rule of a sovereign ; here, it means the land owned or held by the Loyalists in their ow n right. Compensation.-Distinguisli from satisfactiun, amends, recom- pense, reivnrd, by using these words m sentences. Appreciation— valuing accord- ing to worth. By making . . Country.— Ex- plain the construction, and bring out the meaning by a new con- struction, or by a substitution of synonyms. Fidelity - faithfulness. 2Sj. Civil war. — Vv^hat is ^civil war? In what respect was the War of Independence a civil war ? Wilderness provinces. — !5eo Public Scliuul Hislury (Canad^r.n J, chap iii., sec. 4. Upper Canada . . game. — By what name is Upper Canada now- known ? Contrast the condition of the Province then with itS present condition. Venomous reptiles. — Probably, fuisontjus snakes are meant. The term "reptile'" includes, besides serpents, animals which either crawl or move by means of small, rnii F(jundi:rs of uffer Canada. 173 , — Ex- brinj; con- tion of I5co id^rji ), .-By a now idition ith iiS )bably, The jesides either small, short legs, as crocodiles, lizards, turtles, froKs, etc. Indian tribes. — See note, p. 156. Redeeming feature. — Give the meaning in other words. Colony. — See note, p. 155. Refugee — one who flees to another country for refuge. Point out a previous reference to these refugees. Sore\-Sr-rcl'. Prosecuted- continued. Give other meanings. Destination — the place intended to be reached. Cataraqui-- Kat-a-rd'kive — Names of places in Ontario, of French or Indian origin, which formerly had a French pronuncia- tion, are now generally pronounced as English words. Bands. — Distinguish from com- pany, crew, gdHf^- Military highway— a road made for military purposes, as Dundas Street, or Kingston Road, in Ontario. Lower Canada.— What is its name now ? Plattsburg. — A town in the State of New York, on the west side of Eake Champlain. Oneida — 0-ni'da. Portage— a break in a chain of water communication over which goods, boats, etc., have to be car- ried, as from one lake or river to another, or along the banks of rivers round rapids or waterfalls. 284. Coasted. — Distinguish from cruised, sailed. Quinte. — Now pronounced quin'tc. See note to " Cataraqui " above. Pursued their course. Point out a synonynK)Us expression in a preceding paragraph. This journey . . months. -Para- phrase. Privation — destitution, want of the comforts and necessaries of life. Distinguish from h:irdslii/> and exposure. Unite . . company — Express differently. Is the phrase " in one company " needed ? The then wilderness. "Then" is here used as an adjective for the sake of brevity—" which was then a wilderness." Hou3ehold effects. — What does " effects " mean here ? Give other meanings. Pack-horses — horses employed in carrying packs, or loads of goods,clothing.etc..on their backs. Which subsisted. — Notice the correct useof the relative "which." Why is it preferable to " that " in this connection ? Pilgrim Fathers.— See note. p. 229. Upper Canada . . pride.— Para- phrase. Point out on the map all the places mentioned in this lesson, and trace the different routes fol- lowed by the Loyalists. I. Distinguish between allegi- ance and adherence ; declaration and proclamation ; homes and do- mains ; close and end ; refuge and safety ; venomous and poisonous ; banished and exiled ; route, way and road : unite a.nd Join ; parent age and ancestry ; affection and love : prosecute and persecute ; effects and affects. II. Analyze . — declaration, con- fessedly, professing, allegiance, ad- herence, differing, contradistinc- tion, domains, agents, apply, com- pensation, appreciation, fidelity, refuge, wilderness, redeeming, ex- cept, abundance, contents, hard- ship, privation, impoverished. III. Paraphrase: -The Loyalists found themselves exiled and im- poverished. They showed a noble appreciation of their character and services by making them com- pensation for their losses and suf- ferings. With no redeeming fea- ture except abundance of fish and game Five v(:ssels v.er«' procured »74 NOTKS TO TUli I'OUKTU KliAOKR. and furnished to convey the first colony. They prosecuted their voyage, and reached their des- tination. Flat-bottomed boats, specially built or purchased for the purpose, were used. IV. Combine into a connected narrative: — In 1775 war broke out between England and her colonies in America. This war resulted in the independence of the colonies. These colonies are known now as the United States of America. Many of the set- tlers remained faithful to Eng- land. Large numbers of these had to leave the country when peace was made. They settled in Canada Many of them settled in Nova Scotia. Many others settled in Ontario. Ontario was then a wilderness. They had to leave good homes in the United States. They had tc build homes in the woods. They had to clear land again. Many of them re- ceived grants of land to compen- sate them for their losses and sufferings. V. Sketch the lesson from the following heads :--\Vho the U. E. Loyalists were.. Why and how they camci to Canada Where they settled The condition of Ontario then Why we should cherish their memory. XCIV. THE RIDE FROM GHENT TO AIX. The reader naturally expects to find that this stirring poem was suggested to the author by some historical fact. This is not the case , it is all purely fanciful. "The poem was written to illustrate the general .>pirit of tht- Spanish war in the Netherlands, as pictured by Motley in his ' Dutch Republic' and 'United Netherlands,' but refers to no particular incident." The following is an extract from a letter of Mr. Browning's, published in 18.S1 in the Boston Literary World :—" There is no sort of historical foundation about ' Good News from Ghent.' I wrote it under the bulwark of a vessel off the African coast, after I had been at sea long enough to appreciate even the fancy of a gallop on the back of a certain good horse ' York,' then in my stable at home." The poem is usually entitled Hon' they Brousrht the Good News front Ghent to Aix, and the indefinite date [16 — ], added to the title by Mr. Browning, is no doubt intended to give an air of reality to the mad gallop of the three messengers. The history of the Netherlands during the period of resistance to Spanish rule— from about the middle of the sixteenth century to the middle of the seventeenth — is full of stirring incidents ; and in the civil conflicts of that period as well as in the struggles against Spain, a forei'iost part was borne by the populous and wealthy city of Ghent, which, on account of its frequent commotions, well deserved to be called an " abt)de of anarchy." as Mr Motley has described it THE lilDE FROM GHHN T TO AIX. /J Ghent — f^ent (ij'hard) — the chief town in East Flanders, H( l^iuni. Aix— a/;s. -That is, Aix-la Cha- pelle (shd-pcl'), a tt)wn in Rhenish Prussia, near the Helf^ian frontier, famous for its mineral springs. Its (lerman name is Aachen. The distance from Ghent to Aix is morf' than loo miles in a direct line, and about 125 miles by the route which the imaginary riders take. The towns mentioned are on the route between the two places, in the order in which they occur in the poem : Lokeren [lu- kS-rcn — in the reading, accent the second svllahle), Bcom [bom), Diiffeld [iilf'fcld). Mecheln [mck'- cln), Aerschot {air -shot), Hasselt {h(is'-sclt), Ivoos (loze), Ton^;res {fon^'-frers, or ton'gr), Dalhem (ila -lent). Stirrup stlr'-up. I galloped . . three. — Note the Imitative Harmony. Watch — Make sentences co:i- t.iining this word used 1.1 different senses. " Speed !"^Note the accuiacy in detail, and the fine effect of the word " speed." Just the last half of the watchman's greeting is echoed by the thick wall, through which the horsemen were gallop- ing, as through a short tunnel. Echoed. —Show that this is the right word to use h( re. Why were cities surrounded by walls formerly, but not now ? Postern -a small side or back gate in a fortified enclosure, by which exit or entrance could be given in secret, or to a small num- ber, without opening the main gates. It is probably used here for the city gate ; or perhaps the poet uses this word as if to inti- mate that the riders were on an important secret mission, and thus to increase the interest of the reader. The lights . rest.— Express in Tie language of prose Into the midnight — As if the darkness were greatest then. Mid- nif:;ht is used, not in its ort'inary sense, but for nii^ht, darkness. Compare Longfellow's " into the night are gout;. ' Not . other. "We spoke," omitted. The brevity and abrupt- ness, which characterize the poem throughout, are studied, and are quite in keeping with the head- long haste and intense excitement of the riders. They have no time for t.ilk. and the narrator catches their spirit, and cuts short his sentences. The great pace Flxplam^r,',,,/. Neck . . stride— The metre is I just suited to the subject ; the 1 rhythmic rise and fall of the gal- i loping hoofs can be heard through- out, perhaps more plainly here, in the somewhat jerky, disconnected I phrases that introduce the ha-d ! night-ride. i Never changing a place- — What is meant ? I turned . . bit.— The appar- ently trivial particulars are here introduced skilfully and with good effect The rider knows tliat the tremendous ridi; before him will tax the powers of endurance of his steed to the utmost, and neglects rot the most trifling matter that may affect its ease of movement. Pique— the bow of the saddle, or raised part in front of the rider. Roland the horse he was rid- ing, named after a famous hero of the early French romances, the favorite nephew and captain of Charlemagne. During these pre- parations by his rider for the long gallop, the horse keeps up his pace without interruption. A whit. — Used adverbially, modifying "galloped." See note, P 50 Lokeren— a town in East Inlan- ders, north-east f'-om (Jhcnt. All the other towns n.niK'd follow in 176 NOTES TO THK FOURTH HKADliR. succession, tl'.rnii^h the provinces uf Antwi'rp, Soulli iJrab.ini, arid Limburg, up the valleys of the I )yle and Demer, tributaries cf the Scheldt from the East, tdl tho rid'.rs cross the Meuse, south 01 Maestrichf, into Prussia Yellow star the morning star. Why yellow ? Half-chime— the bells chiming the half hour. Hells once played an important part in political af- fairs, being useil to summon the people to arms, and to announce the time for carrying o»it revolu- tionary projects. Th<! alarm-bell at (iheiit bore the following in- scription: " My name is Roland ; when I toll there is fire, and when I rii;g there is victory m the land. ' It is probably on account of their political significance during the civil wars in Holland and Belgium, that the chiming and the playing of btiUs in those countries have reached a high degree of perfec- tion ; "the tinkling called chimes usually accompanies the striking of the hours, half-hours, and quar- ters, while the playing of tunes comes in as a special divertise- ment." Yet . . time.— Why this excla- mation ? See last part of note on ' postern." At Aerschot . . spray. —Do not fail to note the distinctness with which each picture stands out to the view, though painted in the fewest words. The sudden up leaping of the sun, the black figures of the cattle brought into relief by the horizontal rays, and the gal- loping horse butting aw ay the haze with his shoulders, are all drawn to the life. Of a sudden.— Why of a sud- iUn ? Express differently. The cattle black. —What caused tlu'lil to look hiuk :^ And I saw galloper. -The darkness and mist hail been so dense thus far th.a ihe rider rould not see his horse. The warm rays of the sun were now dispelling the mist. Resolute firm, steady. Butting away thrusting aside. As some bluff spray.- Sup- ply the ellipsis. We have here a very striking simile ; each shoul- der of the horse is compared to a bold, outstanding bluft, cr steep bank, which scatters into spray the waters of the river that are dashed upon it. 286 Head and crest. - What is the grammatical relation ? What other words in this stanza have the same relation ? Pricked . . track— erect, and turned forward towards the road in front of him. The picture in this stanza, of the willing, intelli- gent horse, keen to do just what his rider wants, is a finely drawn one, with great fidelity of detail. One eye's intelligence. Th«! abstract used in a concrete .sense . the epithet "black" is happily transferred from "eye," the noun to which it properly belongs, to "intelligence," the wise expression seen in the eye. Askance— sideways, with side- long look, turned back towards his rider. Why ? Spume-flakes— flakes of foam. or froth, tossed up from the horse's mouth. Aye and anon —For " ever and anon " — every few minutes. Dirok groaned. Why ? "Stay spur I" Express dif- ferently Roos »(»j— the name of Dirck's hor.se. Rons is a common (ier- man name for a lurse, particu- larly a saddle-horse. Explain the use of the dash after .\ix. Wheeze — ciiOlcult breathing, gisping. Horrible— painful to behold. As down . . sank. -Notice how the grammatical order is lureinterfe . .^.i' ; the phrase, ■^v^v THE KIDK FROM GHENT TO AIX. 177 md s ler- icu- the lice is tise, " down on hor liannches, " can HKjdify in sense only the verb " sank," but it is written as if modifying luith " shuddered " and " sank." These lines present a vivid pic- ture of an exhausted horse, as it falls under its rider. Laughed . . lau^h.--As if tnockmn them in their distress. In poetical languaj^e the sun is said to smile when his warmth and light are cheering and wel- come , but. as in this case his heat was oppressive to the labouring horses, the stronger term is used, and strengthened by the adjective •■ pitiless." •Neath . . chaff. -Note the onomatopoetic effect of this line. Dome-spire -the spireor steeple rising from the dome of a church or cathedral. '•How . . greet us!"— Ac- count for the use of these words. See the fourth line of this stanza. Roan — ron. — That is, roan- colored horse — a horse of a sor- rel, bay, or dark color, with gray or white hairs thickly interspersed. Neck . . over. — What would be a more common expression ? The croup is the hinder part or buttocks of the horse ; hence " crouper " or "crupper," the name giv^3n to the part of a har- ness that is fastcmecl at the croup. See also note on " croup," p. 170. In falling, as in lying down, the neck of the horse almost always comiis first to the ground. The whole . news.— As if the important tidings had actual weight, which was shared among the three, and which became heavier for the one remaining, when the others dropped off. With his nostrils . . rim. — Describe the appearances denoted in these two lines. Buff-coat— a close-fitting outer garment, with short sleeves, made of buffalo-skin, or some other thick, heavv material, worn as a defensive covering by soldiers in the 17th century The coat is so named from its color-ftw^, alight yellow with a dash of pink. Holster — h^l'itcr — a leathern case for a pistol, fastened to the forepart of the saddle in front. Jack-boots -large boots, reach- ing above the knees, designed to protect the legs. Peer.— Give different meanings. A ount for the actions de- scribed in the lines, " Then I cast good." 287. Measure —cup; used in this sense when denoting a limit«,'d Quantity of licjuor, such as may be runk at one time. (Jive other meanings See Lochinrar, st. 4. Burgesses — citizens, inhabi- tants of a borough who enjoy the franchise and otlier civic rights. See note on " burghers," p. 279, and on "borough," p. 211. Who brought. — What is the antecedent of " who " ? Riding Together (see p. 231), another imaginary poem, may be said to illustrate the spirit of the Crusades, as this poem illus- trates thespirit of the Spanish War Point out any line in the poem which might suggest the time of the year when this ride is sup- posed to have taken place. Trace on a map the rourse of the riders. Point out lines in the poem from which the length of time re«piired for the ride may be calculated. Burns' Tam o' Shanti r has been called "the maddest and most riotous of gallops," and in this respect Browning's poem deserv- edly holds a second place Paul Revere's Ride, by I^ngfellow, and Sheridan's Ride, by T. B. Keade. are poems of the same class, but are not so full of dash and vigor ; there is some " historical founda- tion " for these two poems. Ky^ I7H NOTHS TO THK FOUkTH READIiR. This poem is worthy of careful study for the graphic realism of its descriptions. Each act of the riders, and each incident of the journey, is so true to the life, that the reader is made to feel as if he were an actual spectator of the ride. In order to read with proper animation and expression, the pupil must be made to realize the picture presented by each line, and thus to feel something of the excitement and suspense of the riders. The movement of the verse throughout imitates the galloping of the horses, and in the reverbe- rating rhythm of some of the lines we seem almost to hear the beat of the horses' feet ; as, for example, St. i., 1 2 ; St. vii., 11. i, 4. Observe also how well the first two lines of the second stanz.i imitate in their movement the quiet energy of ti fiorses as they settle down to tl. >■ night's work ; the same movement may be noticed in the last two lines of the fourth stanza. These lines should be read in a firm, crisp tone, the voice being clear and ringing, as indeed it should be throughout the poem. I. Distinguish between gate and gait; right and ritf : tail and talc; weight and wait ; due and dew. II. (i.) Write an imaginary account of a .state of affairs at Ghent and at Aix which might have required the speedy despatch of three messengers bearing good news from the one city to the other ; (ii.) Describe the midnight ride of the three messengers. XCV. A FORCED RECRUIT AT SOLFERINO. ■ Solferino (sol-fd-re'nn) is a town in the northern part of Italy, near which the Austrians were defeated in 1859 by the combined forces ot Sardinia and France. The Austrians at that time ruled Lombardy and Venice— the districts north of the Po and east of the Ticino— and exercised a prevailing influence in several of the other Italian states ; but Victor Emanuel, King of Sardinia, headed a patriotic movement for the independence of Italy, and for the union of all the petty Italian states into one strong nationality. He declared war against Austria in April, 1859. Sardinia was joined by France, and together they rapidly gained the brilliant victories of Magenta and Solferino. By the peace of Villafranca, in July, 1859, the Austrians gave up Lombardy to Sar- dinia ; and several of the states soon afterwards drove out their rulers who were in sympathy with Austria, and acknowledged the sovereignty of Victor Emanuel, who, in 18O0, proclaimed himself king t f Italy. Venetia, the state to which the "forced recruit" belonged, was not freed from Austrian rule till 1866. In the war of that year between Austria and Prussia, the Italians sided with Prussia, and on the conclusion of peace, Venetia became part of the kingdom of Italy. Finally, in 1870. the French troops withdrew from Rome ; the States of the Church then A FORCED KI<:CKUIT AT SOLFEKINO. >79 submittt'd to the rule of Victor Emanuel ; and thus, by the union of all Italy under one j,'overnment, with Rome as the capital, the aspirations of the Italian patriots were realized. all. -What -If the patriots 287. In the ranks . . him- The recruit is a youn},' Venetian forced to serve in the Austrian army against his fellow-countrymen. Quote lines referring to this/tin<'</ service. You found. — The authoress supposes herself to be addressing the victorious Italians, who re- tained possession of the battle- field of Solferino. With his face is implied here ? Yet . . fall, found him in the ranks of the Austrians, with his face turned towards themselves, why should they give him a place of honor amongst their own bravest ? Venetian — a native of Venice, or of the Province of Venetia. Shot to death. — For the more usual •' shot dead." Mere soldier— one whose busi- ness it is to fight. Explain why the recruit's smile might be differ- ent from that of a tiiere soldier. What faultv rhyme in this stanza ? No stranger . . traitor.— What is meant ? Alien — foreign, of another country. Underneath it . . rest.— "It " refers, grammatically, to the "cloth on his breast," that is, to the Austrian uniform ; but, to ex- press the writer's sentiment, "it" must have reference to any sol- dier's uniform. Give the mean- ing of the two lines fully, expand- ing "underneath it " into a clause. Tortured and goaded. — Are the hardsiiips of foiced ser\ ice so great as to justify those strong expressions .'' rile I row of soldiers ranged behind one another ; opposed to rank, wliich ineans a row rangc^d side by side. lleiice " r.ink and file," the whole body of soldiers. 28S. His musket . loaded.— Why not ? What effect is pro- duced by the introduction of " See ! " into this line ? Facing . . smile. -An absolute construction. What effect would be produced by changing " that " to " a " before " smile " ? Yearn— to desire with eager longing. The ordinary phrase, yiiirn for, does not express such intense, vehement desire, or long- ing, as the one used here. "Let me die . . hands."— Why are the quotation marks used ? How could he thus die fur Italy ? Spare me a ball - spare or spend one for ine ; not, deliver me from. Deliver my heart. — Whut is meant ? Me. — Indirect object of " tear " — for me. This badge — the Austrian uni- form, which was hateful to him. So thought — so died. - Ex- pand " so ' in each case into a clause. What then ? . . died.— Spoken by an imaginary objector to his burial with honors. The reply comes, " Ay, but it is easy for men, when surrounded by friends and sympathizers, to die bravely, to scorn death ; but it is hard to die, cut off from the sympathy of friends, and regarded as a traitor. " Tricolor - a national flag of three colors, arranged in equal stripes, or masses, ordinarily as- sumed by nations which profess to have wrested their liberty from tyrannical rulers. Besides Italy, France, Belgium, and Holland have tricolored ensigns. The Italian colors are green, white, and reel, divid(;d viTtically. The white stripe bears a device a I Ho NOTKS TO THK l-orKTII UKADER. whit«* cross on a re<l shield, with ! son's ohciUntce, and with a strong a (Town al)ov(: it. What othtT tricolor Hoat(!(l al)ove the com- batants at Solfcrino? Struck down.-~Connccti;rl with " m(Mi " in xhi". preceding stanza. Acclaims shouts f)f victory. Italy rescued. Str first note. To love them. — Whom ? Blazon — to dt-ck, or adorn, en- j^ravt; conspicuously, as on a monument or tablet. Mixed -mingled. Parse. Shamed . regard— disgraced in th»! opinion of his country, by b«'in^,' found (h^ad in the uniform of h(!r oppressor. Faithful and passive. -He could only suffer for his country /»<ij- sivily, without resistance ; his countrymen nctivcly fuuf^ht for her. Lihow that his was the harder task. How did he show himself faithful •" ( )l)serv<; the cf)ntrast expressed between the glorious fate of the patriot soldier and the hard lot of the conscript —the one dying among his comrades, under his own Hag, sure of the praise and affectionate remembrance of his countrymen ; the other, without any witness of his fidelity, dyinj; among his country's enemies, and wearing lh«rir hated uniform, which would brand him as a traitor. 'Twas sublime !— To be shot down by his own countrymen, while faithful in heart tohiscoun- try, shows a spirit more lofty than that of a mere solditT. and a death more sublime ; it was the spirit and death of a martyr. Restriction restraint. He was a forced, not a willing recruit. Why cruel /> The g^uerdon of sons —^cr'don — the reward usually given to sons ; here, praise and honor. See (he c'ighth stanza With most . guns. Though he could not enjoy the reu'iird oi a son, lie lu-vt-rtlielrss yielded a convictif)n, or sense of duty, he was ready to <lie for his country, though hv could not Jif,'ht for her. In th(r last line of the stan/a. the sotd of the recruit is represented as gratefully kissing the guns from whence came his death-wound — a beautiful poetic fancy to express his eager longing for death. See the fifth and sixth stanzas. That moves . . it. ICxplain. Show clearly to what " that " and "it " refer. Grudge not— be not unwilling. The others . . glory liy " your poet " is probably meant Horace, who wrote, " Dulcf ct decorum est pro patria nmri." " Sweet and glorious is it to die for one's native land. " Tell the story of the " Forced Recruit " in your own worils. To read this poem with pro|>er expression and feeling, the reader must carefully study it until the whole of the picture is represented clearly to his own mind- the bat tie-field, the Italian soldiers re cognizing their countryman in the enemy's uniform, their excitement and anger, gradually giving way to feelings of tenderness and pity, until they are nwived to tears by the words and sentiments of the poem, which are supposed to be addressed to them. St. I. Kmphasize"to." Why? 3. What inllection on " stran- ger," and on "traitor"? Very slight suspension of the voice after " greater." 5. What inflection on " ranks," and on ' hands " ? 7. " What then . . died." Compare in sentiment, " Tis but . . said, " Lesson LXVI,, first stanza, and see hint thereon. Falling inflection on "then,' and rising on " died." 10. "Twas sublime! " Head with full fone, expressive of ad- inir.itioti. CANADA AND TUl-; UNITKD STATI.S. iSl XCVI. CANADA AND THK UNITKD STATKS. )Ut rst on. nd ■ad ad- 28<j Commercial prosperity. — How can coniinercial prosperity be a bond between nations ? Would "commercial intercourse" be .'i more correct expression here ? Three . family— the three divisions of the Anglo-Saxon, or Knglish-si>eakinf,', race — (Ireat liritain, Canada, and the United States. Canada and the United States are properly the branches, Great Britain herself being the parent stem. Theme— the subject of discus- sion Name it. Petty -small, trifling, such as those springing from mere local considerations. Concerns— affairs, interests. To come. — Kxpress by an adjec- tive. Different . . government.— Name the different systems re- ferred to. Show how each system differs from the others. Common origin.— What ? Advanced civilization. — Ad- vanced, chielly in political liberty. Trefoil — tre'/oil. — Literally, three leaves. The three leaves of the clover spring from one leaf- blade. What comparison does the sjxiaker wish to make by introduc- ing the trefoil ? For nearly . family— In what respect is this statement correct ? Hastings— See I.^>sson VIII. Curfew— Corrupted from the French, couvre-feu, meaning cover fire. This was the name given to a bell, anciently rung in England at eight o'clock in the evening, as a signal to extmguish fires and lights. This custom probably ex- isted in Anglo-Saxon times as a means of guarding against fires and disturbances at night. It was rigidly enforced by William the Conqueror, who has, therefore, the credit of introducing it from Nor- mandy. The practice of ringing a bell at suns(;t, or at some othirr stated time in the evening, stil) continued in many places in ling- land, is a survival of the ancient curfew. See the first line of dray's Elegy, Less(.)n ("\'., and Longfel- low's poem, Curfew. They fought . . Saviour - The reference is to the ("rusades, or so-called Holy Wars. These were ex> ;ditions undtjrtaken by the Chr—iian nations of Lurope with the object of recovering I'.il- estme, or the Holy Land, from the hands of the Mohammedans. 'Y\w.y were carrietl on in the nth, wth, and 13th centuries. The Knglish to )k an active part in several of these Crusades, especially the Third. See Public School History (English), chap, v., sec. 6; also, Lessons LXXXIV. and LXXXVI. Sepulchre— a tomb, a place of burial. See Matt, xxvii 290. Common ancestors —Kx- press " common " by a phrase. Great Charter— c'ommonly called Magna Charta. The Lnglish Barons wrung this famous charter from King John, and forced him to sign it at Runnymede, in i.;i5. It is regarded as the founilation of the liberty of British subjects, because, in addition to many ciauses or provisions relating to the rights of the Barons and of the Church, it contains the first legal declaration of what has since been a vital principle of Lnglish law — that no freeman shall l)e impris- oned, dispossessed of his properly, or outlawed, save by the judgment of hi.: peers (equals), or by due course of law. Bill of Rights.— An Act of I'ar- liament passed in 1689, limiting the power of the king, and giving the people's represe-ntatives in Larliament the right to depose him, to change the order of suc- cession, and to set wlnmi they 1 82 NOTKS TO TIIK FOUKTII RI-.ADKK. I would ii|»>i) t)))- throii«'. It t(x)k away all claim of diviiu; ri^lit. or \ hereditary riulu in(lep(!ndent of the law, which the Stuarts had insisted on. S(!e Pnhlic School Hiitory (/i»i/,'//sA), chap, xiv., sec 9. and chap xv., st-c. ^. Free Parliaments — I'arlia- miMits whose meuibors are freely elected by the people, without the interference of the Crown or the nobles. HabeasCorpus -An Act passed in lOjg It provides that no sover- eign can detain any of his sub- jects in prison beyond a sp<!cified time without brin^'in^; him to a fair trial. Every prisoner can by this act demand a writ, com- pelling; his jailer to brin^ both prisoner and warrant before a court of justice to test the legality of the imprisonment. Trial by Jury. — It has been long supposed that this form of trial was established by Alfred the Great, but there is no evidence that he did more than reduce to a uniform system a practice al- ready common. Jurisprudence— the science of law. Coke — Sir Kdward, Chief Jus- tice of Hnj^land in the time of James I., celebrated for his rev- erence for the law. I le sided with the people in their struf^'gle for political hberty, and took an ac- tive pari in framing the I'etition of Rights in lOzH. Mansfield -William Murray — became Chief Justice of Kngland in 1756. Marshall and Story. — John Marshall and Joseph Story were celebrated American judges of the present century. The former was Chief Justice of the United States, and died in 1835 ; the latter died in 1S45. Chaucer — cluuv'ser. — <leoffrey Chaucer, the first great ICnglish poet, lived 1328-1400. His chief work is tli«' Cnnli >l>iir\ Talti, .1 poem remarkable for the pictur- esqueness of its descriptions anrl for the knouIedg(M)f human nature; which it dis{)lays. lie lived at the court of I'.dward III. Shakespeare. — See Introduc- tory Notice, p. 306. Our literature inheritance. — l'"xplaiii what is meant. Tennyson and Longfellow.— The former the greatest living English poet ; and the latter the greatest living American poet at the time this oration was deliv(;red. See Introductory Notices, pp. 105 and 121. Enriched . . Atlantic— Recast in your own language Distin- guish the use of " either " in this sentence from its common use. Navigators. — Distinguish from sailors, as commonly used. Cortereal. — Gaspard Cortereal, a I'ortugui'se navigator, was sent from Lisbon on a voyage of dis- covery in 1500, and made some discoveries on the coast of Labra- dor. He set out on another voyage in 1501, but was never heard of afterwards. Hudson. — Henry Hudson, a great English navigator, was first sent in lOcy by some London mer- chants to discover a north-west passag<! to China and Japan. This and a second voyage were unsuc- cessful. In his third voyage in iCxy). under the auspices of the Dutch East India Company, he dis- covered Hudson River in New York State. His fourth and last voyage, in 1610, was rewarded by the discovery of the strait and bay in Northern Canada, which bear his name. He was about to return home when his crew mutinied, and set him, his son, and seven infirm men adrift in a bt\at ; they were never afterwards heard of. Name some of the navigators who made voyages of discovery " from Cortereal to Hudson." CANADA AND THK UNITKH STATKS. 183 Moving accidents . field. - A (juotation from Othello, act i , sc 3 We have . . elements.— Who are meant by " we ' here? Com- part; "us" in tin- next sentence. Name the localities in America peopled by the Ciermans and the French respectively. Is "but" the proper connective in this sen- tence ? The Germans . . freedom What is the historical allusion? Is the statement true ? Give an account of the most important events by which our freedom has been established, and show in what that freedom chieflv consists They give . . thrift. — I'ara phrase so as to brin^ out the full meaning, substitutinj,' synonymous expressions (or "industry," " in- tel!ij.;ence," and " thrift." Account for the change of tense in this sen- tence. Fortune . . control— Give the date, anil name chief events of the war which separated Canada from France. For the last and decisive battle, see Lesson LXXIX. What difference in meaning by substi- tuting •' should " for "could " ? Two wars. —First, the Revolu- tionary War mentioned below, by which the thirteen British colonies were separated from Great Britain and formed into a Republic. See first note on Lesson XCIII. The war began in 1775, and lasted eight years. Secondly, the War of 1812, between Great Britain, with Can- ada, and the United States. See Public School History (Canadian), chap. iv. Pictured Rocks. — These are cliflsof red and gray sandstone ex- tending for about five miles along the southern shore of Lake Su- perior, 100 miles west of the Sault Ste. Marie, and rising, in most places, abruptly from the water to a height varying from 50 to nearly 200 feet. These rocks have "Deen v.orn by the action of the lake into fantastic forms, and large |K)rtions of their surface are marked by perptMulicular stripes ( f brilliant colors. Keels of commerce. Kxplain this metaphor by a paraphrase. Drawn . . heaven. How is this done ' See Lesson XV. Is it true that the water forms the rainbow ? Point out on the map the places mentioned in thi^j paragraph 291. Campaign. — See note, p. 107. Civil— national. — Distinguish between the two kinds of war mentioned. The civil >var here referred to was between tne North- ern and the Southern States of the American Union, 1861-1865. The question as to the extension of negro slavery was the real cause of the war. During the progress of the war, slavery was abolished throughout the United States, by proclamation of President Lin- coln, Sept., 1S62. Two . . elements.— What is meant ? Recollection. — Distinguish from remembrance, I see . . countries.— The con- vention being of an international character, the door of the chamber in which this spet.'ch was d<;livered was draped by the British and the United States flags. Draped —hanging intertwined. Give the ordinary meaning. \. Distinguish between theme and subject ; petty, small, and insignijicant ; flourish, thrive, and prosper; plans, methods, and sys- tems ; common, mutual, and gene- ral; distinct and separate; sepul- chre, tomb, and grave; estab- lished, founded, and initiated; language, tongue, and speech; thrift, diligence, and industry; control, govern, and manage; encircle, embrace, and enclose ; unite, combine, and join ; rebuke and reprove. y ^^ / 7 IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) 1.0 I.I .'If 1^ t 1^ 1.8 Photographic Sciences Corporation W^.^ 125 1.4 1.6 ^ 6" - ► 4 '% ^^ 23 WEST MAIN STREET V/EBSTER, NY. M580 (716) 872-4503 ^ . 'm.s '<> i34 NOTliS TO THE FOUK'IH KliADEK. il. Define the following words: — commerce, prosperity, civiliza- tion, ancestor, navigator, intelli- gence, campaign. III. Constru-t one or more sen- tences, illustrating the meaning and use of the following words: — theme, origin, sepulchre, thrift, knell, dirge. IV. Paraphrase : — In the pres- ence of this great theinc all petty interests should stand rebuked, The clover lifts its trefoil leaves to the evening dew, yet they draw their nourishment from a single stem. From Chaucer to Shake- speare our literature is a common inheritance. The people of the United States hope to draw to- gether the two confiictingelements, and make them one people. I would have the flags draped to- gether, fold within fold, and let " Their varying tints unite. And form in heaven's light One arch of peace." V. Vary the following by change ing the voice of the verbs ; — We are not dealing with the concerns of a City, a Province, or a State, but with the future of a race for all time to come. Our common an- cestors won the great charter. Tennyson and Longfellow write in one language, which is enriched by the genius developed on either side of the Atlantic. It may be said we have been divided by two wars. Since the last war we have had fifty years of peace. I see around the door the flags of the two countries. VI. Give an analysis of the extract, making as clear as you can the course of the speaker's thought and argument. ODE. The Ode may be defined as a poetical composition which expresses in elevated language the most intense feelings of the poet. It may be written in a great variety of metres, and it usually takes the form of an apostrophe or address to the person or thing that forms the subject of the composition. (See Introduction, to the Notes, p. lo.) The odes of William Collins (b. 1721, d. 1759) are among the finest lyrical poems in the language. The ode beginning " How sleep the brave" appears in his collection with the title, "Ode written in the year 1746." Observe the beauty and melody of the versification, and the frequent use of metaphorical language and of Personification in this ode — the fingers of Spring, the feet of Fancy, Honor represented as a gray pilgrim. Freedom as a weeping hermit. Examine also the epithets — dewy, halloved, sweeter, etc.; and contrast the happy lot of "the brave who sink to rest," as described by Collins, with Scott's descrip- tion of the forlorn condition of the selfish, unpatriotic man, who " Living, shall forfeit fair renown. And, doubly dying, shall go down To the vile dust from wt-eince he sprung, Unwept, unhonored, and unsung." —The Lay 0/ the Last Minstrel, ci ate vl., st. i. THL^ SUBLIMITY OF GOD. 185 XCVII. THE SUBLIMITY OF GOD. This sublime psalm is a hymn of praise to ihe Lord, or Jehovah, as the great Creator and Preserver of all things. The Psalmist seems to follow the order of creation as described in the first chapter of Genesis, with which the pupils should compare the psalm. Verses 2-5 will be found to refer to the work of the first and second days; 6-18 to that of the third ; 19-23 to that of the fourth, and 24-30 to that of the fifth and sixth. The notes are mainly intended to direct attention to the beauty of the language and the grandeur of the images, and to help the pupil to appreciate the noble thoughts and sentiments of this inimitable poem. 292. Light . . garraent— What grander conception could be formed than that of the Great Jehovah enshrouding Himself in ight as in a garment ? The crea- tion of light was the work of the first day. Stretchest . . waters.— The Great Architect is poetically re- presented as spreading out the sky as an overarching curtain, or canopy, supported by pillars or beams resting in the waters of a great sea surrounding the earth, His chamber. This corresponds to the conception in Genesis of the second day's work, the crea- tion of the firmament of heaven, and lifting it up above the waters. Who maketh . . fire —In the new version, " Who maketh winds his messengers; his ministers a flaming fire." Jehovah is repre- sented as creating those subtle but powerful agents, wind and fire, and using them as His servants to do His will. Who laid . earth.— Compare with Genesis i., 6-8. Compare marginal rendering, Revised Ver- sion : "The mountains rose, the valleys sank down." He sendeth . . man's heart.— Compare this beautiful descrip- tion of the uses and blessings of water with the work of the third day, Gen. i., 9-13- 293. The trees . . sap. —The meaning is clearer in Revised Version • " The trees of the T.ord are satisfied;" i.e., fed by the waters. By " trees of the Lord " are meant the great forest trees, especially the majestic cedars, which, springing up and growing to such magnificent proportions without man's cultivation, seem as if more immediately planted by His hand. Conies. — The cony of Scripture is thought to be the animal now called a daman, still to be found in Syria and other Eastern coun- tries. It is feeble and timid, and hides in the clefts of rocks and mouths of caves. He appointeth . . riches.— A graphic picture of the results of the division of day from night, light from darkness — the work of the fourth day. 294. Manifold — great in num- ber and variety. So is therein. — "Yonder is the sea, great and wide." — Re- vised Version. Leviathan. —See note, p. 248. That thou givest . . gather.— Some translate without the that ; " Thou givest to them, the^' gather." They gather what God gives, and God gives all they gather. He looketh . . smoke. — If 1. 1. ■Hi i86 NOTIiS TO THE FOURTH RRADKR. these expressions njier to the earthqual-f and the volcano, re- spectively, no image could more strikingly illustrate God's con- tinued power over His works. The glory . , praise ye the Lord. — The psalm closes with celebrating the everlasting glory of Jehovah, and His delight in the works of His creation ; expres- sions of confidence in Him, and a prayer tnat the defilement of sin may be taken away from His beautiful universe. XCVIII. NATIONAL MORALITY. ; i I '< 295. Permanent— lasting. I do not care . live. — Note the contrast between the two sen- tences, heightened by their short- ness and directness. Mr. Bright here shows his fidelity to the prin- ciples of the Friends, or Quakers, of which society he is a member. In 1882, he withdrew from the Gladstone Cabinet when it re- solved to bombard Alexandria, because he could not give his con- sent to the bombardment. "What is meant by " the condition of the people"? Is it possible for any one to care for military renown and for the condition of the people at the same time ? Less like!' . — Why ? Irreverently — in a manner not reverent or respectful. Note the difference between reverent and reverend, the first meaning respect- ful, the latter worthy of reverence, Mr. Bright advocates the rights of the people. Does such advocacy imply disloyalty to the Crown ? Crown . . empire. — Not refer- ring literally to the objects named, but to what the objects represent — the power and dignity of the sovereign, the nobles, and the clergy. The orator, in this sen- tence, enumerates those things in which nations take most pride, and contrasts them with that which he regards as the true test of a na- tion's greatness — the happiness of the people. Coronets - inferior crowns worn by princes and noblemen. There are distinct coronets for each rank of the nobility. Mitres. — A mitre is a covering for the head of the Pope, bishops, cardinals, and certain other church dignitaries, worn only on special occasions. The mitre is a sort of lofty cap, rising in two points. Wide colonies.— See note on "colony," p. 155. What two meanings may "wide" have here? Great body . people.— Who, besides these, constitute a nation ? Baronial castles— casues of the nobility. See note on " nobles and barons," p. 84. Halls. — Certain great houses of the nobles are called Halls. The name originated in the custom of holding courts in these houses Compare "My manors, halls, and bowers " in Marmion and Douglas, and see note on "halls," p. 256. Tantallon Castle was also called Tantallon Hall. The nation . . cottage. — Al- most a proverb in its triteness and expressiveness. Show what is meant by the statement. Unless the light . . govern- ment. — A plea for such legislation as will benefit the masses, and give them a fair share of recognition and influence in their own gov- ernment. Show that "light," "beauty," and "excellence," are suitable descriptive words, as used in this sentence. Express the full meaning of the sentence in simpler language. Constitution. -See note on NATIONAL MOPALITY 187 )vern- slation ^d give inition gov- llight," ' are IS used the full timpler lote on "Constitution of fjovernment," p. 282. Legislation — statesmanship. - -Give the meaning of these words. What is the difference between a legislator and a states- ;nan ? Duties of government. — Write a concise statement of what you consider these duties to be. I have . . pleaded. — Where? Explain. Adequate — sufficient, equal to the necessity of the case. Scientific . . defence. — What are these at the present time? AiA.. they the same as those to which Mr. Bright refers? Show that means of defence may be unscicntijic? Statesmen. — Name some Brit- ish and some Canadian statesmen. 296. Principles — beliefs, rules which govern one's conduct. Dis- tinguish from opinions. What principles are referred to ? What are the principles of the other one per cent.? To which class does Mr. Bright belong ? But . . efficiency. — Show that there is sufficient contrast between "moderation" and "efficiency" to require the use of " but." Confines — boundaries. Para- phrase the clause " which , . king- dom," showing the full meaning of " within " and "on." Repudiate — disclaim, refuse to be responsible for. Distinguish from " denounce." Note the vigor and firmness with which the sen- tence opens, and show that the views expressed are consistent with Mr. Bright's well-known peace principles. Engagement — employment. — Distinguish in meaning. Could these words be interchanged here ? Too large . . statesmanship. — Explain how this could be. To what peculiar dangers are large Empires exposed ? The most ancient . . historians — Flerodotus, the Greek hi.sto'"ian, often called the 'Father of His- tory." In what sense is " pro- fane " used here ? Scythians — the inhab'tants of Scythia, the ancient name of the territory lying north and east of the Black Sea and the Caspian. They were a pastoral people and nomadic in their habits , that is, roaming about with their flocks and herds. Scimitar. — See note, p. 69. Symbol. -What is meant? Give modern examples of the use of symbols. How do we symbolize wisdom ? justice ? British author- ity ? the naval supremacy of Britain? Mars — the Roman name of the god of war, from which our word martial ia derived. Sacrifices . . country. — Show that m such expressions as " He made a sacrifice for his friend," •'He sells goods at a sacrifice," the word •' sacrifice " retains some shade of its primary meaning, which it has in this place. Of what kind of people are horses and cattle the main wealth ? What IS the main wealth of our country ? Sacrifices . . scimitar— Bright's contemptuous namefor thenation's expenditure for war purposes. As a member of the Sc.ciety of Friends he opposes war as a means of set- tling national difficulties, prefer- ring arbitration. The National Debt of Great Britain — now amounting to the enormous sum of ;^70o,ooo,ooo — has been con- tracted chiefly on account of war expenditure. This debt may be said to havcj begun in 1693, when the Bank of England was estab- lished. Have no political power -have not the right of voting. A wonder- ful change ha? been wrought in England since tnis speech was de- livered. At that time the artisan and agricultural classes were al- most wholly without votes. Suc- m '■'J- I; ii 1 88 NOTES TO THE FOURTH READER. I cessive reform bills have extended the franchise to almost all classes. See Public School History (Eng- lish), chap. XX., sees. 6 and lo. Limited means. — Why limited .? Explain fully. Am privileged.— What peculi- arity in this form of the verb ? Express differently. 297. In whose hands . . dis- trict- — In what respect ? Those whose gentle . . suf- fered. — Who were these? Finer instincts —Explain. Turmoil — excessive labor, tu- mult. Explain how the minds of people suffer in the turmoil and strife of life. You can . . power.— Ho"/? Paraphrase and expand to express the meaning in full. A good thought. — What is meant by good thoughts on politi- cal subjects ? Show that the strife of political parties is antagonistic to such thoughts. Social. — Distinguish from "so- ciable" in meaning and use. More general meetings — Ex- plain " more general." Affecting. — Be careful to dis- tinguish this word from " effect- ing." Make sentences using each correctly. Sensibly. — Write sentences to illustrate different meanings of this word. The course . . pursue. — The discussion of political subjects would tend to create a public sentiment. This public sentiment would sensibly affect the ballot, and through it the Government. Devoutly.— Give synonym. Moral law. — What is the moral law ? Quote our Saviour's sum- mary of it. Mr. Bright maintains that a nation should be guided by the same principles as an individual ; that what is morally wrong in the individual is equally so in the nation. If nations reject . . follow. Give a synonym of "deride." How can nations reject and deride the moral law ? How can they suffer or be punished for so doing ? Refer to an instance in illustration of your answer. Great Italian. — Dante fdiin'-tdj, another of La Divina Cummedia, the great Italian epic poem. Born at Florence, 1265; ^ied at Ra- venna, 1321. **The sword . . linger."— Ex- press the meaning of these lines by a paraphrase. We have experience enough. — Express fully, showing what the speaker means by bea- cons and landmarks. Beacons. — See note on " beacon light," p. 74. An ancient people. — The Jews. Urim and Thumtmn—u'-rim, thum'-im. — See Exodus xxviii., 30. These words literally signify lights and perfections. The Urim and Thummim were some kind of emblem or decoration worn on the breastplate of the high priest when serving at the altar, in vir- tue of which he made known the will of God to the people. It is not known exactly what these em- blems were. "The utmost that can be satisfactorily known res- pecting the subject is that it was the manner or thing through which a knowledge of the divine will was sought and conveyed, or rather, the breastplate which the high priest wore when God spoke by him." — Eadie. Oraculous — having the nature of an oracle, being instruments or symbols of divine inspiration. This is a rare form of the word ; oracular is more common. Notice the simplicity and direct- ness of expression which charac- terize all the paragraphs of this lesson. The orator is expressing sentiments to which most people give at best a mere Intellectual H NATIONAL MORALl :Y — THE FORSAKEN MERMAN. I«9 assent, while in practice nothing so impresses them as the very " crowns, coronets, mitres," etc., which Mr. Bright esteems so lightly. While outspoken and franl. as to his beliefs, he does not indulge in violent statements cal- culated to offend. He tries to overcome national prejudices, not by fierce denunciation, but by appealing to the better natures of his fellow-countrymen, and by pointing out to them a more ex- cellent way to national greatness. I. Write sentences to illustrate the different uses or meanings of the following : — morality, virtue ; g;rcatness, renown ; monarchy, king^dom, empire ; statesman, politician ; repudiate, denounce ; profane historians, profane writers of history ; compare, contrasted, costly, valuahU ; audience, congre- gation ; adequate, sufficient ; x^- novrn, fame ; topic, subject. II. Analyze —permanent, mor- ality, military, irreverently, legis- lation, impressed, scientific, effi- ciency, expenditure, profane, deride, sacrifice, influence, affect- ing, pursue, reject, penalty, inevi- tably, eternal, adequate. III. Changethethird paragraph to indirect narration ; that is, put- ting the speaker in the third person. IV. Wiite compositions, taking as a subject, (i) the last sentence of the first paragraph ; (2) the second sentence of the second paragraph ; (3) the last sentence of ths lesson. XCIX. THE FORSAKEN MERMAN. In popular mythology, the mermen and mermaids {mere, a lake or pool, allied to mer, French for sea) are a class of beings represented as having the upper parts of the body like those of men and womv..p,.a.:d the lower parts like the tails of fishes. They possess human intelli- fjence and the power of speech ; they dwell in caves in the depths of the ocean, but are able to live on land, and to enter into social relations with men and women. The mermaids are usually described aa extremely beautiful, and, like the Sirens of classical mythology, posfiossed of a magical power of song, by means of which they entice men away to their ocean caves. In The Mermaid, a ballad contributed by John Leyden (1775-1811) to Scott's Minstrelsy of the Scottish Border, we are told of one of these water-sprites who tries " with her silver tongue " to lure Macphail, the chief of Colonsay. One of the most charming tales of the water-maidens is that of Undine, by Fouque. a (jernian writer, in which we have the story of a mermaid who marries a brave knight, and forsakes her ocean-home to live with him. In 2'he Forsaken Merman, on the contrary, we are told of a merman who has a human wife. This woman, on hearing the I go NOIKS TO THIi lOUKTM KI'.AlJhR. Easter bells, i-^ seized with a sudden desire tj revisit the land, and, repenting of her .strange, unnatural .node of life, rhe forsakes husband and children, and returns to her life on land, freed from the enchant- ment by which she had been held. 298. Down. — The merman and his children have been on shore seeking for the wife and mother who has left them, and they are represented as standing on a height near the sea and overlook- ing the little port-town and church. Away below — below the waves to the still water beneath. My brothers — the other mer- men, who want to keep him away from human beings, and who are perhaps afraid that when the tide has ebbed he may not be able to come to them. White horses — a poetic name for the foaming waves of the ocean. What is the common name ? The white horses are fancifully sup- posed to disport themselves amidst the foam of the seething waters, while waiting to convey their riders to their ocean caves. Champ and chafe. — Explain Point out the same thought in the next stanza. Wild with pain. -Why? Mother dear . . fret. — Whose words are these ? Note the despairing tone of the third stanza. 299. Was it yesterday? — Ob- serve that this question is fre- quently repeated, as if the mer- man, dazed with grief at Mar- garet's desertion of him, could not tell how long it was since they were happy together in their "pale-green sea-groves." Sweet bells. — What bells are these ? Sand-strewn caverns. — Caverns is a repetition of " caverns " three lines above, and, of course, in the same constructions. What added idea in sand-strewn ? Where the winds . . sleep. - Express in prose language. The spent lights. — An effecuve touch to a picture already vivid ; the light from above the waves is dim — as it were tired and spent — when it reaches the depths where they were lying. Ooze— soft mud or slime , that which oozes out from the ground of the ocean bed. Compare its use on p. 180. Mail. — That is, coats of mail, armor ; here, the scales of the sea monsters. How can the sea- snakes be said to dry their mail ? Bask- — Is the meaning of "bask" here different from its usual meaning } With unshut eye. — The eyes of whales and most other fishes are not protected by eyelids ; hence they cannot be opened and shut Aye — a — ever. See note on "ay," p. 218. Music— What music ? Observe the weirdness and im- aginative beauty of this stanza. Call yet once.— Observe the pathos of this parenthetical ex- pression. The merman has lost all hope, yet he again urges his children to make one more de- spairing effort to attract the atten- tion of their mother. Sate — sat — old form of the past tense of sit. Red gold throne. — The coloring is perhaps suggested by the red coral which, according to the legends, is combined with amber and pearls to form the dwelling- places of the mermen. Compare " He lies within a coral cave." — Leyden, The Mermaid. She combed . . hair. — The sea-fairies or mermaids are always Till-: FOKSAKKN MEKMAN. IQI im- a. the ex- lost his de- t ten- represented as having long, flow- ing locks of golden hair, which Thomas Carew calls the " mer- maid's yellow pride of hair." Combing their hair seems to be a favonie pastime. See Tennyson's poem, The Me*-mnid ; also, I^ey- den's poem. Swung the sound. —As if the undulating motion of the waves above them had imparted the like motion to the sound as it de- scended ; or, as the bell swings, so the sound swings, and the motion continues till it reaches the depths of the sea. Clear green.— The color of the sea /rum beluio. It is a darker color when seen from above. Why ? Pray. — Is this verb in the indi- cative, the imperative, or the infinitive mood ? Give the differ- ence of meaning for each. Easter-time. — Easter is the first Sunday after the full moon— or, more properly, the 14th day of the calendar moon — which hap- pens upon, or next after, the 21st day of March. It may fall as early as the 22nd of March, or as late as the 25th of April. In memory of what event is the Easter festival held ? I lose . . soul. — The sound of the Easter bells causes her to think of the unchristian life she is leading. According to the fairy-tales the mermaid has no soul, but can obtain one by marriage with a mortal ; thus Undine is repre- sented as saying to her husband, " Now have I a soul, I thank thee for my soul." The poet has pro- bably in his mind this feature of the tales, and intends to present the opposite view, that the woman is in danger of losing her soul on account of her marriage with the merman. 300. Down — an undulating tract of land, covered with short grass. It is used chiefly for pasturing sheep, aj the soil is too light for cultivation. 'I lie downs are in fact a succession of low sand-hills or dunes, covered with a thin layer of mould ; hence the epithet " sandy." Sea stocks— flowers of the wide- spread stock family, found grow- ing on sandy soil near the sea- shore. They produce a large purple flower, which is fragrant only at night Cold blowing^ airs. — By a natu- ral touch thf winds are lepre- sented as strange and unpleasant to the merman, living, as he did, in the dead calm of the deep sea — an idea to be noticed elsewhere, in " windy shore," " windy hill," etc. Leaded panes — small panes of glass set in lead ; still to be seen in old churches Hist. — rienerally, hush; here used siuiply to attract attention. Humming town.— Why hum- ming ? Holy well. — Probably the basin of holy water which stands at the door of Roman Catholic churches. 301 . Shuttle — an instrument for passing the thread from one side of the web of cloth to the other in weaving. Anon — soon. Account for the change that has come over Mar- garet. Amber — semi-transparent fossil gum or resin, found chiefly on the shores of the Baltic Sea. Amber, being found mostly on the sea- shore, may be readily fancied as forming the roof of a sea-cave. See note on " red gold throne." Singing. — Give grammatical connection. A mortal.— Explain. And alone . . sea. — Show the connection in thought between these lines and the preceding ones. Who are the " kings of the sea " ? Spring-tides— tides at the new and full moon, which rise higher m 192 NOTES TO THE FOURIH READER. and fall lower than the ordinary or neap tides. 302. From heaths . . broom. — For " heaths," see note on "heather blooms," p 99. The broom is a common flowering plant which grows abundantly on sandy pastures and heaths in Britain. With wh^t are the flowers of the broom here compared ? Blanched — whitened, white. Hie— hasten. Ebb-tide— low tide, when the tide is out. Write a short account of the forsaken mermnn. "Nil The best preparation for read- ing this beautiful poem with true expression will be th j careful study of its meaning and sentiment. The pupils should first read il carefully tor the purpose of discovering its true meaning, and putting them- selves in sympathy with the mer- man and his children It would be well also to ha'^e them write in their own language a clear account of the story, showing that they thoroughly understand it, and ap- preciate the sentiments it con- tains. They will then naturally express the tones and emotions of the speakers in their v.arious utter- ances and situations. The first stanza should be read in a tone denoting dejection. The merman has given up hope. In the second, hope is faintly re- vived, and a last call uttered The third should be read in a tone of despair. Observe the rising inflection throughout the fourth stanza, ex- cept in the line, " When did music . . way ? " A despairing tone will properl) mark the reading of the latter part of the sixth stanza. Brmg out the contrast between the joyous song of the woman and the sadness which comes over her when she thinks of her sea-born children. The description, in the last stanza, of the proposed secret visit of the merman and his children to the home of the wife and mother should be read in a very subdued tone, with soft, gentle force. The variety in the metre re- quires a corresponding variety in the reading, and if the voice, without sing-song or droning, be made to respord readily to the several changes, they will greatly help to make the reading effective. I. What is the force of the termi- nation in the words shoreward and seaward? Give other examples. II. Write sentences showing the distinction in meanings of the fol- lowing pairs of words: — pain, pane; soul, sole; air, ere; aisle, isle ; steal, steel ; stare, stair ; hie, high ; rains, reins. fifl'i. \ ! I SONNET. This sonnet, entitled " Night and Death," was declared by Cole- ridge to be the finest and most grandly conceived sonnet in our language; "at least," h. added, "it is only in Milton and in Words- worth that I remember any rival." Its author, Joseph Blanco White was born at Seville, in Spain, in 1775. His father was of Irish descent] and his mother was a Spanish lady. He went to England in x8io and SONNET. 193 lived chiefly in London as a man of letters, contributing to the Reviews and other high-class periodicals. He died in 184 1. It is somewhat remarkable that one of the greatest English sonnets should be the work of a foreigner, and it is perhaps equally remark- able that he wrote nothing else in verse that is worth reading. It has been observed that the execution of the poem is not equal to its con- ception, and fault has been found with the eleventh line, which Rossetti calls "a fatally disenchanting line" — "fly" and "insect" being syn- onymous terms. Another poet has pointed out that in an early copy the line ran, "Whilst flower and leaf,' etc . but in an extant autograph copy of the sonnet, presented by the author himself, the line in question reads as in the text. This form of verse is of Italian origin, and was introduced into England by the Earl of Surrey (1516-1547), who is said to have written the first English sonnets. The word sonnet was used by the Italian poets to denote simply " a short poem limited to the exposition of a single idea, sentiment, or emotion." Compare this definition with that on page 27 of the Notes. The form of the sonnet is regulated according to certain definite rules. The fourteen lines of which it consists are divided into two groups: the first, of eight lines called the octave; and the second, of six lines called the sestette. In the Sonnet proper (on the Italian pattern), the octave contains only two rhymes, the first, fourth, fifth, and eighth lines rhyming together, and the second, third, sixth, and seventh forming a second rhyme. In the sestette there may be two or three rhymes, variously distributed. In Shakespeare's sonnets the first twelve lines rhyme alternately, and the last two rhyme together. The sonnets in the Fourth Reader all differ in arrangement : Wilson's sonnet, p. 45, follows Shakespeare's arrangement ; in Milton's sonnet, p. 73, we have the model of the Sonnet proper ; Blanco White's sonnet partakes of the arrangement of both. The unity of thought in the sonnet must be preserved throughout, and, therefore, the sense should flow on without break from the first group into the second. " In the first eight lines the subject is intro- duced and expanded ; in the last six the conclusion or result is drawn out; but both parts must relate to one main idea." In some sonnets the last couplet contains the application of the thought or sentiment which has been set forth and illustrated in the rest of the poem. Apply these tests to the three sonnets in the Fourth Reader, 194 NoriiS lO THE FOUKTll KEADKK. C. SHAKESPEARE. 303, Frankfort — Fr.inkfort-on- the-M.iin, as it is usually called ; not Frankfort-on the-Oder. The former city is situated on the Main, not far from where it emp- ties into the Rhine, and is one of the oldest cities in Germany. It is noted for its extensive bank- ing institutions, which were at one time the most important in Cen- tral Europe. Goethe — geh'/Sh {j, like e in her, nearly). — Johann Wolfgang von Goethe, greatest of German poets, and one of the most accomplished men of his time, lived 1749-1832. The most important of his works is a dramatic poem, called Faust (fowst ). Stratford -on -Avon — a small town in Warwickshire, England, the birthplace of Shakespeare. Free town. — In the middle ages many of the German towns along the Baltic and the North Sea had become sovereign commonwealths, still acknowledging the supremacy of the Emperor, but ruling them- selves according to their own ideas, and holding equal rights with the Princes and Electors in the Diets, or Parliaments of the German Confederation. The four greatest of these were Lubec, Bremen, Hamburg and Frankfort ; the three first named still retain many of their ancient privileges, and are known as the Free Cities of Ger- many. Frankfort lost her inde- pendence, and was annexed to Prussia, in i866, for having sided with Austria in the Austro-Prus- sian war. Frederick Barbarossa— Frede- rick I., Emperor of Germany (ii52-ii9o),surnamed Barbarossa, from his red beard. Crowned . . walls. — The Em- perors of Germany were elected and crowned at Frankfort, and the Diet held its sittings there Why are large cities not now walled as of old ? Speak, . . Germany.— What is meant ? Proud mother . . Germany.— Explain fully the meaning,. Note- that the author reckons it a more- distinguished honor to be a really great writer than to bean ICmperor. This message.— What message is referred to ? Which I . .asked.— Is "which' restrictive or connective ? Why ? What is its antecedent ? Schiller —shll'er. — Frederick Schiller, poet, dramatist, and his torian, lived 1759-1805. His fame rests chiefly on his splendid lyrics and on his dramas, the principal of which are The Robbers, Wallcn- stein, Maria Stuart, and William Tell. Homer — the great epic poet of Greece, author of the Iliad and the Odyssey. He is supposed to have lived about the gth century B.C. Virgil -♦he greatest of the Ro man poets, born near Mantua, Italy, in 70 b.c. ; died 19 e.g. His chief work is the Mneid, the great Latin epic poem. Dante — ddn'-ta. — See note on " Great Italian," p. 297. Comei\\e—kor-ndi'{d,as in/arc), or kor-ndl). — There were two brothers of this name, Pierre, or Peter (1606-1684), and Thomas (1625-1709). The first is here meant ; he was a great French dramatist, and is styled by his countrymen " Le Grand Cor- neille." As we admire . . statue.— Show the force of this comparison, and in what respect it makes Shakespeare greater than the other poets mentioned. He has . . ourselves. —What SUAKESTKAKli. 195 on IS meant ? Show that this is .1 cotnplitnctit to Sliaki'spc.ire. 301 What we owe . . litera ture. -ICxplain clearly what this sontmut' implies. Allude. -Is this word correctly used here ? His art . . artless. -Paraphrase, showing the effect of the play on the word "art." Genuine. — Distinguish from iiiithcntic. Give other synonyms. Petty . . false.— Distinguish. Ciive words with opposite mean- ings. Great nations . . nations. - I low can this be ? If we look , . long. — Observe how skilfully the speaker contrasts the humble surroundings of the poet's early home with the far- reaching influence of his works. Note, too, the rhetorical effect of the arrangement of the sentence. World-quickening.— 7 <7M/f^t« is to make alive. See note on "quick with life, " p. 154. 305. Pilgrimage — a journey to the shrine of some departed saint, or to some sacred place, for the purpose of worship. Festivals — feast-days; days of solemnity or joy, rather than the feasts themselves. " Feast " is often used, however, with both meanings. Shrine. — See note, p. 1x2. Cold — critical. — In what re- spect do these epithets character- ize this "age of ours" ? Compare Carlyle's stitem'>nt, " (Criticism . . . business," p. ."/o The power . loving. — Could any of the words, "power," "art," "passion," be interchanged ? Ob- serve that in the next sentence the order of words is changed, and notice the effect produced by the rep'tition and the chan»;ed order. Nursed . . judged. — How can an author's works produce such effects? Common blood . . victories. — Show from the origin and history of the iMigHsh that these expres- sions are properly applied to the two nations. Common teachei . . friend.— In what sense is this true ? This extract is a good example of simple, vigorous English. The style is that of the public lecture, and the language is, in some places, so highly eulogistic as almost to savour of hero-worship. Note the rhetorical effect pro- duced by the many inversions. Write out a paraphrase of Wilson's estimate of Shakespeare, and find passages in the lesson which contain similar sentiments. I. Distinguish between admire, esteem, and like ; applaud, praise, and commend: student, pupil, and scholar; vie, strive, and compete ; simple, artless, and in- genuous ; proud, haughty, and arrogant; reprove, reproach, and censure. CI. SCENE FROM KING JOHN. King John was the fourth and youngest son of Henry II. Henry, the eldest son of that monarch, died in 1183, six years before his father, and Geoffrey, the third sjn, who had become Duke of Brittany by his marriage with Constance, the heiress of the Duchy, died in 1186, leav- ing a son Arthur. Kichard, the second son, succeeded his father, and should have been succeeded in turn by his nephew Arthur, then a boy ma 196 NOTES TO THE FOURTH READER. of twelve. On the death of Richard, however. John seized the throne, and was supported in his claim by the paople of England. But in the French possessions of the English king a strong party was formed to support Arthur's claim, and Philip of France, to further his own ends, espoused Arthur's cause. John defeated his enemies at Mirebeau ; Arthur fell into his uncle's hands, and was kept in prison in the castle of Falaise, a town in Normandy, under the charge of Hubert de Burgh, the king's chamberlain. Shakespeare has departed from the facts of history in making Northampton Castle, England, the place of Arthur's imprisonment. In the third scene of Act iii., John is represented as instigating Hubert to murder Arthur. In the scene forming the lesson is described the interview between Hubert and Arthur, when Hubert comes to fulfil his murderous commission,. 306. Heat . . hot — Expand so as to show the full force of " hot " joined to " heat." Look thou stand. — Look, or see to it, that thou stand. The conjunction is sometimes omitted m animated or excited speech. Within the arras— behind the tapestry, or figured curtains which in Norman times ornamented the walls of the rooms in the baronial castles. This tapestry received its name from Arras, a town in the north of France, where it was first manufactured. The bosom . . ground. — The comparison of the earth to a hu- man being is very common. Com- pare " lap of earth " — Gray's Elegy. "Which. — In Shakespeare's time " which " was often used referring to persons. Compare " Our Fa- ther which art in heaven." Shall find.—" Shall " for " will." The present distinctions between "shall" and "will" were not observed by Shakespeare. Heedful. — A rather unusual word. What word would be used now ? Give the word of opposite meaning. Note the short, sharp sentences, as indicating suppressed excite- ment and stern resolution. Warrant — a writing, or writ- ten document, giving a person authority to act. The attendant wishes to be assured that he will not be required to act illegally. Uncleanly — httclin'lt — In thf adverb thee is long (clen'll). " Un- cleanly scruples " means scarcely more than foolish doubts — un- worthy of being entertained by any one acting under his orders. Exeunt. — ex'e-unt — Latin fo. " they go out." I have . . you. — Supply •'some what," or " something." 307. Good morrow. — A custo mary salutation, morrow being used in its old sense of morning. Little prince.— Notice through- out this dialogue the different ex- pressions used by Hubert in ad- dressing Arthur. In these ex- pressions trace the change in Hubert's feelings towards the prince. As little • . be. — Arthur pur- posely misapplies Hubert's words. He means, as little princely, or as little of a prince, as is possible to one who has so great a title to be more of a prince— that is, to be a king. Why does Arthur sp)eak thus ? Note the play upon words. Methinks. — See note, p. 261. To be grammatically correct, " but" SCENH IROM KING JOHN. 197 in this line must be treated as a conjunction, and the full construc- tion will be, " but I should be sad." The inflections of the personal pronouns, however, were fre- quently neglected or misused by Shakespeare. Only for wantonness. — Merely to please their own fancy, or for the sake of change. Wantonness, playfulness. My Christendom— my Chris- tian name, or perhaps my faith as a Christian. " Christendom " formerly meant the faith and pro- fession of Christians, Christianity itself. How is the word now used ? So I were— provided that I were. Point out simiUr uses of " so " in the extract. I doubt — I suspect or fear. Practises— plots, works. He is afraid . . him. — Para- phrase, showing the difference be- tween John's fear and Arthur's. Is *t not. — For it is not. Aside.— An aside on the stage is a remark not supposed to be heard by any of the actors but the one who makes it, and the one to whom it is specially directed ; but, of course, it must be heard by the audience. Prate — prattle, childish talk. He will . . dead. — Express in prose language. Sudden — quick. Despatch. — Compare the uses of this word on pages 195 and 316. Sooth — truth, reality. Warrant — assure, declare with assurance. Show the connection in meaning with the noun " war- rant " in the sixth line. Certain wordsof Teutonic origin beginning with w changed the ini- tial w into gu in passing through the French, and these words, com- ing into our language from both sources, have given us surh doublets as wise, guise ; ward, guard ; warrant, guarantee. His words . . bosom —Express differently Rheum— rwwi — tears; literally, "anything flowing down" — applied especially to the secretions of the body. Shakespeare makes Shy- lock in The Merchant of Venice apply this name to saliva : " You that did void your rheum upon rny beard." A der-^ed word is "rheumatism,'' which was for- merly supposed to be caused by fluids passing through *hf> part of the body affected. Dispiteous— cruel. Its older form is despitous or dispitous, meaning full of despite or malice ; it is not connected with piteous. The coming tears threaten to drive out of his heart the pitiless resolve to torture young Arthur. Lest resolution . . tears. — Resolution, fixedness of purpose. Hubert interviewed Arthur to prepare him for the terrible ordeal, but the "innocent prate" of the child unnerves him. It is inter- esting to watch the struggle in Hubert's mind ; at one moment he is overcome by feelings of pity, and the next he remembers his juty, as a true soldier, to obey his master's commands. Fair writ— clearly or fairly written. Writ is an old participle of write — not now used. Effect — meaning, intention. Note the antithesis in this li.ae, arising from the double meaning of fair." 308. Knit my handkercher. — Knit means tied or fastened. Kercher is an old form of kerchief (French couvre-chef, head-cover- ing). The two forms were used indifferently in Shakespeare's day. It me. — Compare " me " in the first line. Like . . time. — Arthur's viva- city was to Hubert's seriousness as the quickly flying minutes to the slowly passing hours. Anon — again, another time. 198 NOTES TO THE FOURTH KEAUEK. Nay, you . . cunning -Show clearly what Arthur means. An if. — In early English and was used where we would now use if; for example, " He bade the carter drive over and he durst." Afterwards the final d was dropped when the word was used in the sense of if, and when the force of an became weak if was added to stre'ngtnen it, so that and if or an if is a kind of double conjunction. The form and if is preserved in the Bible. See Matthew xxiv., 48. Nor never. — A double negative, perhaps used to strengthen the negation — a common usage in Shakespeare's time. What would be the force of a double negative in our day ? Iron age. — Note the play upon "iron." The ancient Greeks showed their belief in the con- tinuous degeneracy of the human race by dividing the history of the earth into a number of periods or ages. The golden age was the period of innocence and happi- ness (see note, p. 154) ; the silver age was voluptuous and godless ; the brazen, warlike and cruel ; and the iron age — the period at which they placed themselves — was ex- tremely wicked and unlovely, all the virtues having vanished from the earth. Heat red-hot— heated red-hot. This shortened form of the past participle is common in Shake- speare and in older writers. See "create" for "created" below; also, " writ" and "spoke" above. The iron . . eye. — Were it m any other than this iron age, the red-hot iron itself would be quenched in the tears that flow from my innocent eyes, and would cc nsume away in rust, for shame at having contained the heat to 1 arm mine eye. Note the old use of " his " as the possessive case of "it." Stubborn-hard—Compound adjective, for stubbornly hard. Such compounds are common in Shakespeare. Compare " bois- terous-ro"gh " below. No tongue . . Hubert's— .— Why is the dash after ' ' Hubert's' ' ? Complete what Arthur intends to say. 309. What need you. — " What " for " why " — common in old fc-nglish. Stand stone-still.-— Notice the effect of the alliteration in com- pelling slow utterance. For heaven sake. — The pos .sessive inflection is frequently dropped in Shakespeare, and the uninflected noun is then regarded as an adjective. Wince — shrink, as from a blow or from pain. Angerly— angrily. Precious sense.— That is, organ of the precious sense of sight. Why does Arthur wish that there were a r:ote, a grain, etc., in Hubert's eye ? Boisterous — troublesome, pain ful. Is this the ordinary meaning? Go to. — See note, p. 261. Must needs . . pleading.-iV^^rfs, of necessity — an old genitive used adverbially. Want here means fall short of The utterance (speaking) even of a brace of tongues would not be sufficient to plead for a pair of eyes. Let me not — make me not ; an old use of "let." Though to . . you. — Supply the ellipsis, and give the full meaning. 310. Troth— trSth. — Old spell- ing of truth. To be used — at being used ; that is, with grief that it should be used. Undeserved extremes— suffer- ings that are not deserved. See else yourself. -- Expand " else " into a clause. Burning coal — How do you reconcile the use of the epithet SCENE FROM KING JOHN. 199 " burning " with the rest of this line and the next line ? A sug- gested reading places "burning" after " malice." And strewed . . head. — An al- lusion to the old Jewish custom of wearing sackcloth, and sitting in ashes or sprinkling them over the head, as a sign of repentance and grief. This speech of Arthur's is full of metaphorical expressions. Change the whole speech into the language of prose so as to bring out fully the meaning. Sparkle — send off a spark. Tarre. — An old verb, now obso- lete, meaning to incite, to urge on. Show clearly the comparison in- tended between the coal and the dog. You should use. —Note the force of "should." Compare with its other uses in this lesson. Deny their ofifice— refuse to per- form their office. Extends — shows. Why singu- lar? Some think it is the old Northern plural in t's which Shake- speare is supposed to have used, as in The Merchant of Venice, act i., F'",. 3: "Whose own hard dealings teaches them suspect the thoughts of others. " Creatures . . uses. — Things that are noted for the cruel, de- structive uses to which they are often applied. "Creatures" is here used m its old sense oi created things, whether animate or inani- mate. See to live. — Keep your eye- sight thai you may live; go on seeing and living. Owes— possesses; used in the sense of ozvns, which is from the same root. Purpose — resolve, determine. Carefulh distinguish from propose, which is often confounded with it. Adieu. — See note, p. 256. But you are dead— but that you are dead, that you are not dead. Dogged— surly, obstinate; or, lurking about to watch his move- ments. Doubtless and secure — free from doubt or suspicion, and sure that, etc. Secure has here a shade of its classical meaning, free from care. Offend. — Not in the sense of make angry, but with its old force of hurt, injure. Closely — cautiously, stealthily. Of the beautiful scene between Arthur and Hubert Hazlitt the Shakespearian critic, has written as follows : " If anything ever was penned, heart-piercing, mixing the extremes of terror and pity, of that which shocks and that which soothes the mind, it is this scene." Shakespeare represents Arthur as meeting his death by leaping from the castle-wall, while trying to escape in the disguise of a " ship-boy." According to the historians, Arthur was removed from Falaise and placed in the castle of Rouen, under the care of a less scrupulous jailer than Hubert. He was mur- dered there in 1203, within the castle ; or, as some say, being enticed from the castle at midnight to enter a boat with the hope of escaping, he was slain by John himself, and his body thrown into the Seine. The reading of this scene may be made very efl'ective if the reader will study carefully every thought and expression, until he is in com- plete sympathy with the speakers in their various moods. There must be a striking con- trast in tone and inflection to exprejs the difference between the pathetic simplicity and tenderness of the pleading child, and the gruffness of Hubert, struggling with the love and pity which he vainly strives to keep down, and which finally gain the mastery. 200 NOTES TO THE FOURT'; READER. CII. THE MERCHANT OF VENICE. FIRST READING. 311. Usurer — yu'-zhu-rcr. — Now, one who lends money at high or illegal rates of interest. In Shakespeare's time it meant one who took any interest, the taking of interest at all being considered disreputable. Amassed — massed together. Rialto — real to — the chief of the islands on which Venice is built, called Isola di Rialto, or Island of the Deep Stream. Here, it means the Exchange, or place where the merchants met to tran- sact business, which was on this island. Best conditioned. — " Condi- tion " is usad in the sense of temper or state of mind — of the best tem- per or disposition. Courtesies — acts of kindness. Roman honor. — An allusion to the Roman citizen's love for his native city, and his profound rev- erence for its laws at the time of Rome's greatness. He was thor- oughly patriotic, and willingly sacrificed his property, and if need be, his life, for the honor of his country. Bassanio — bas-sd'ne-o. Patrimony — property or estate inherited from ancestors. 312. To repair his fortune.— In ■what sense is "repair " used here ? See note on "repairing," p. 192. Speechless messages. —What is meant ? Compare Byron's line, " Soft eyes . again," p. 240. Ducats — dak'ats. — Originally, a coin struck in the dominions of a duke. The silver ducat is about equal to a dollar in value. The gold ducat is about twice the value. Catch . . hip. — " Some explain this as a phrase of wrestling ; others, of hunting. To have one on the hip was to have the advan- tage of him ; as when a wrestler seized his antagonist by that part, or a hound a deer." — Hudson. Gratis — gratis — for nothing, without recompense. Bargains. — Here, the same as gains. What is the ordinary meaning ? Signior — sen'yur.— An Italian title of respectful address, like our Mr., Sir; written also signor. This whole speech of Shylock's should be so read as to express the utmost scorn and hatred. See Introduction to Fourth Reader, p. 14. Many a time and often— A strong expression for ' ' very often. ' ' Usuries. — Originally, what is paid for the use of money, interest. See note on " usurer." Shake- speare's word here is " usances." Sufferance — meek, unresisting endurance. Unbeliever. — Shakespeare uses " misbeliever " here. The two words do not usually express the same idea. Distinguish the words according to prefixes. Cut-throat dog. — Some texts separate these words by a comma. What difference in meaning would this make ? To a Jew, " dog " was a term of the greatest possi- ble reproach. See note on '• Ha, dog ! " p. 260. Spit upon . . cur. — Though Antonio is represented as an ami- able and worthy gentleman, he is npt free from the prejudices of his class, especially that hatred of the Jews which is still so characteristic of many European races. Even in asking for the loan, he trusts nothing to Shylock's kindness, but everything to his greed of money. 313. As like. — " Like " for 'likely"; common in Shakespeare. If I break. —That is, break my day ; a current expression, mean- THE MERCHANT OF VENICB. 201 inq. "to fiil to meet an cnf^age- iijont." I would be . you. —This ex- pression is common in familiar speech, and m.iy be explained thus : " I would that we should be friends." Shames. — The insults which have put me to shame. Merry sport. — The Jew uses th(ise words to mask his deep malii:,'nity towards Antonio. Al- though he cherishes the most deadly hatred, he wishes to con- ceal it till he accomplishes his purpose, and secures the signature to the fatal bond. A pound of flesh. — This inci- dent of the pound of flesh appears in an old Italian tale ; also in an old collection of Latin tales, trans- lated into English as early as the time of Henry VI., and in an old English ballad, in which the Jew's name is Gernutus. In this, as in other cases, Shakespeare uses material already existing in history or tradition as the basis of his plot. 3T4. Their own hard dealings. — Note the cunning of this speech. Shylock retorts upon the Chris- tians with the charge which is usu- ally made against the Jews. Break this day — Should be, "break his day"; that is, break the agreement by failing to rej ay the money on the appointed day. See note on " If I break." Exaction — compulsory pay- ment. Forfeiture— penalty, that which is forfeited. Estimable. — Here used in the sense of valuable — a rare meaning of the word. If he will . . so. — So, let it be so; that is, on the condition named. Adieu — See note, p. 256. Cato. — There were two distin- guished Romans of this name, Cato the Elder, or the Censor, and his great-grandson, who is referred to here. The youngf-r Cato sidotl with Pompey in the struggle against Cjesar, and pre- ferring death to submission to Caesar's despotism, he committed suicide at Utica, in Africa, n.c. 46. His d.iughter, Portia, became the wife of Brutus, one of the chief conspirators against Caesar, H.c. 43, and she is represented by Shakespeare as inflicting a wound upon herself to prove her constancy , and to show that she was worthy to share the counsels of her husband See jfuliHs Ccesar, act u., sc. I. Train — a retinue, body of at- tendants Gratiano — grd-shc-ano. Dispraised.— The usual opposite of " praise " is " blame." Dis- praise implies a less degree of cen- sure than blame, and is very ap- propriately used in this connec- tion. Unlessoned— unschooled -un practised. — Distinguish in mean- ing between these words ; or, are they tautological ? 315. Gentle spirit.—" Gentle " is used here in the sense of tract- able, teachable. 316. Unpleasantest. — Compa- rison of words of more than one syllable by -cr and -est is quite common in Shakespeare. Notwithstanding. — Strictly, the participle of withstand used abso- lutely, " ray wish to see you not withstanding, or standing in the way of, your nleasure." Here, it performs the office of a conjunc- tion, and may be classed as such. Begone. — Used now chiefly to inferiors, with perhaps a touch of resentment or anger in the com- mand. Event — result, issue. What is the more usual meaning? Write out in indirect narration the conversation between Antonio and Shylock concerning the lend- ing of the money. ^H 202 NOTES TO THE FOUKT'l READER. cm. TO A SKYLARK. 317. Blithe spirit — Blithe [th as in the), merry, joyous. These two words furnish the key by which to interpret the sentiment of the entire poem. Compare the openinglinesofHogg'sand Words- worth's poems, pp 99 and 187. Or near it. — Some regard this alternative as unpoetic, as, in fact, a sort of anti-climax to the first part of the line; but the addition seems rather to intimate that the word " heaven " is not to be taken merely in its conventional sense of sky, but literally, as being the only place whence such melody could come. Compare Shakespeare's " Hark, hark ! the lark at heaven's gate sings." — Cymbcline. Pourest . . art. — Compare Wordsworth's .^entiment in "Whence . . harmony," p. 187. Strains — prolonged musical notes. Unpremeditated — not thought out beforehand ; the result of im- pulse, not of study . Compare note on "instinct," p. 187. Like a cloud of fire. — For an interesting description of the cloud-like ascent of the lark, see Mudie's account in C.assell's Popu- lar Natural History, vol. iii. Compare E. W. Gosse's descrip- tion in The Return of the Swallows : — " And we Shoot into air with our strong young wings Spirally up over level and lea." In the . . brightening — De- scribe the appearance which is here referred to. VJhy golden? Sunken sun. — Generally taken to mean the sun that has set, but it may mean the sun not yet risen, and shedding its rays upon the clouds that are brightening over it. Compare Hogg's "O'er the red streamer . . day. Thou dost float . . begfun.— In " unbodied joy " we have the sam»> thought as in ' blithe spirit," but more refined and subtle. It is not enough to compare the glad thrill of the lark's song to a Joy merely, or even to an unbodied joy — the very spirit and essence of joy ; but the thought is still further refined by represc^ntiug this joy as just entering upon its race, with that delight and exhila- ration which the spirit may be sup- posed to feel when released from the body that has confined it. Pale purple even. — Note the change of color from golden to purple, as the light fades away. " Purple " is a favorite word with the poets to describe the coloring at sunset and sunrise ; as in Milton, "when morn purples the East, " and in Scott, "The dawning beam purpled the mountain and the stream." Melts— Describe in your own language what y^-u understand the poet to mean by the even melting around the bird's flight. Like a star. — Show the force of thq comparison. Why is a star invisible in daylight? Hear . . delight.— Note the Metonymy " Thy shrill delight " may mean that the song gives delight to the listener, or that it is the expression of the delight felt by the bird. The latter is probably preferable. See note on " Not the less," p. 187 ; and com- pare Scott's Lady of the Lake, canto iii., st. 2 : " Invisible in flecked sky. The lark sent down her revelry *' 318. Arrows . . sphere.— The moonbeams are called arrows, in allusion to Diana, the goddess of the moon, who, being also the To A SKYLARK, 203 ikc, •y ;s of the goddess of hunting, was repre- sented in ancient mythology as armed with a bow and a quiver full of arrows. What is meant by the silver sphere ? " Silver " is a common descriptive epithet of the moonlight ; as " silver light " (Scutt), "silver he:^^^" ( Shelky ) , " silver moon " (Shakespeare). Whose . . there. — Explain, and compare " Like . . delight," in the preceding stanza. The heavenly bodies are frequently (ailed the " lamps of night," and the term " intense" may possibly be applied to the light of the moon as compared with that of the stars. All . loud — Probably, because of Its position high in the air, the lark's song seems to flood the whole air, and to come upon the listener from every direction. When night is bare. —Explain. The poet in this stanza compares a sound sensation to one of sight, the flood of the bird's song to the flood of the moon's light. He seems to confound the senses one with another, as if he were so filled with rapture that he could not tell by what channel the sensation reached him. The same peculiarity may be noticed in the seventh and eleventh stanzas. What . . not.— We are re- minded of Wordsworth's familiar Ode to the Cuckoo : "O cuckoo ! jhall I call thee bird, Or but a wandering voice? " What is . . thee.— The poet, as if unable to describe the enrap- turing melody of the lark's song, tries to convey some notion of it by comparing it to whatever is most beautiful, and concludes that its music surpasses " all that ever was joyous, and clear, and fresh." From . . meiody.— Supply what is wanting to nil out the comparison, showing exactly the two things which are compared. Rain of melody. — Compare " flood of harmony," p. 187. Observe that in the four beau»i- ful and suggestive similes that follow, the notion of concealment is kept up — the poet, the maiden, the glow-worm, the rose, all, like the lark, giving delight and pleas- ure, while they are themselves unseen. It may be worthy of re- mark also that in these similes, the sense of pleasure comes to us in each case through different channels. Hidden . . thought —As the bird is invisible in the brightness of the evening sky, so the poet wraps himself up in the bright abstraction /f thought and fancy, away from the sight and compre- hension of duller minds. Com- pare Tennyson's sentiment in The Poet, and The Poet's Mind. Unbidden. — Does "unbidden" qualify "hymns" or "poet"? Compare with the sentiment in " unpremeditated." Heeded not. — Until wrought upon by the poet's spell. The power of the poet's song is beauti- fully presented in this stanza. Bower. — See note, p. 192. Glow-worm golden. — " Golden" is probably used, rather for its euphonious sound than because it describes either the general appearance of the glow- worm or the light i* emits ; but see note on "aerial" below. Dell of dew — dewy dell, or retired spot in the grass or shrub- bery, a little hollow or ravine. "Dell " is another form of " dale." "Dew" suggests the evening, when the glow-worm's light is seen. Unbeholden — without being itself seen. Where else is the same thought expressed ? Aerial — d-e'-ri-al. — It is difficult to see how this word, whose mean- ings are connected with the air or atmosphere, fitly describes the peculiar greenish phosphorescent 204 NOTES TO THE FOURTH READER. li^^ht emitted by the p'nplish rIow- ^vorm. r. II. fioss*;, the iiatiirilist, says of the Caiiadi.iii glow-worm, or fire-fly : " Tlie lif^ht is of a yel- low color, very different from the blue j^Ieam of the Knglish glow- worm. It proceeds from the last three segments of the abdomen, which are of a delicate cream color by day." Shakespeare has " aerial blue," the term being sug- gcste 1. no doubt, by the blueness of the sky or atmosphere, the air in large masses having a blue tinge. 319. Embowered . . leaves.— E.xpress differently, showing the full meaning of "embowered." By warm winds . . thieves.— The warm winds are represented as laden with the perfume of which they have robbed (dcjiuzvered) the rose, so that they move slowly, as if burdened by the weight Winds are frequently personified as having wings. Compare Psalm xviii., 10. Vernal — belonging to spring, spring-time. Twinkling grass.— The epithet " twinkling " may be suggested by the quivering motion which the patter of rain-drops gives to the short blades of grass, or perhaps by their sparkling appearance in a light shower. Sprite. — A contraction of spirit ; spelled also spright, but this spell- ing may be regarded as obsolete, except in the adverb sprightly. Rapture— extreme joy or de- light, such delight as carries one out of one's self. Hymeneal — hy-mcn-e'-al — per- taining to marriage ; a word de- rived from Hymen, who, in Greek mythology, was the god of mar- riage. The poet enumerates the most joyous and exultant of songs — love-songs, drinking-songs, mar- riage-songs, and songs of triumph — and finds them all lacking in that rapturous joy which distinguishes the song of the lark. Vaunt — a boast. See note on " haunt," p. 64. Hidden want. — Explain hidden. Note the peculiar and question- able rhyme of the third line of this stanza, two or more short words rarely being used together to rhyme with a long one, except in parody or to produce a comic effect. What objects . . pain. — The " objects " enumerated are to be found among the chief sources of poetic inspiration. Exprv.^ss the stanza in different language to show the meaning fully. Joyance — rejoicing— Why keen ? Languor — lang' gwer — weari- ness, the feeling caused by loss of energy. Shadow . . thee.— Express in other words. Satiety — sa-ti'-c-ti — fulness, an excess of gratification which de- stroys enjoym.3nt; sad, probably because that love is strongest which has C9me triumphant through trial and .sorrow. The poet l.iinks that the lark has not had any sad experience, else his song would not be so joyous. 320. Deem — tj be of opinion, to think ; evidently used here for the sake of the rhynic in the sense of conceive, know. In prose, deem is not used with a simple noun as object. As the poet listens to the bird's enchanting music it seems no longer the utterance of mere instinct — " unpremeditated art " — but the expression of a fuller, clearer insight into the mysteries of existence than is vouchsafed to man. Crystal stream — Express dif- ferently. Point out expressions of the same thought in the poem. Before and after-into the future and into the past. The sentiment of the two lines, "We look . . not," is. from a poets -♦andpoiut, a true one. Men of TO A SKYLARK. 205 finer mould and more delicate perceptions are often the most unhappy, for their keener sym- pathies are able to detect jarring notes in human society which are unperceived by men of coarser fibre; and of no poet can this be said more truly than of Shelley himself. Compare the sentiment in Keats' lines, p. 249, "Therefore, on every morrow . . spirits." Our sincerest . . fraught. — Ex- press this sentiment in different language. Fraught — laden, weighed down; an old forn oi freight. It is now obsolete in prose. Our sweetest . . thought.— This is u common sentiment ex- pressed in a great variety of ways, both in poetry and in ordinary language ; in The Merchant of Venice, Jessica says, " I am never merry when I hear sweet music." We are told that the springs of laughter and the sources of tears lie close together ; and it hqs been said that there is "a sad minor key," an undertone of sadness, running through the sounds of nature ; and so we speak of the sighing of the trees, the moaning of the winds, the murmuring of the waters, etc. Yet if . . near. — Hate, and pride, and fear, the poet rightly deems the things which most in- terfere with human joy. But why does he say that even were we to rise above these and other caases of sorrow, we never could come near the joy of the sky- lark ? Measures. — This name is given to poetry, because each line of poetry is measured bv the num- ber of accented syllables in it. See note on " Mournful num- bers "p. 119. " Metre" (see under " Rhythm," Introduction to the Notes, p. 9) is derived from a Greek word, metroil, meaning a measure. Thou scorner . . grouid. Find a similar setitinicnt in Wordsworth's Skyltii k Harmonious madness. - N<> tice the contradiction in terms This expression may be regar(l( d as the climax of the series of dc scriptive epithets which the pot 1 applies to the lark's song, begin- ning with "profuse strains" in the first stanza. Find these epi thets, and compare them in mean ing and expressiveness. The world . . then. — Compan the last two lines of the eighth stanza. The poet in the two last stanz is asks to share in the gladness which inspires the song of the lark, and which, better than all the art oi poetry, and all the knowledge of books, would inspire him to pom forth strains of joyous world-en trancing melodies. In similes, the well-known, the visible, the material, should In- taken to illustrate the unknown, the hidden, the spiritual. Examine- the similes of the poem to see if this law is followed out. Examine also and explain the metonymies of the poem Enumerate the different objects to which the poet compares the lark. This poem was written in Italy in 1820, at what was perh.ips the happiest period of the poet's lifo, and it may be said to bear out his own definition of poetry, as " the record of the best and happiest moments of the happiest and best minds " It is an example of pure or abso- lute poetry, in which the overflow- ing emotion or passion of the poet finds utterance in the most charming rhythmical language, producing a pleasurable sensation in the mind of the reader. It is the elaboration of a sentiment, without any purpose in view, except perhaps that of making 2o6 NOTKS TO THE lOUKTH READER. others feel something; of what the poet himself teels. driiy's ICL'fry also belongs to the same class of poems. The charming melody of the verse will at once suggest a clear, rich, full tone for its appropriate . expression, and the beauty of the reading will depend in great mea- sure upon the quality of the tone employed. The first six stanzas are descrip- tive, and should be read with ani- mation of voice and manner, the last line of each s.;: -.a much more slowly than the otl .,i-s. In the succeeding stanzas there is more of reflection, shaded to- wards the end with a tinge of sad- ness, arising from the contrast which is suggested between the " clear keen joyance" of the bird's notes, and the pain with which the sweetest songs of the poet are fraught. The poem ends in a glad out burst of rapturous emotion, which can be fitly expres.sed only by one who has given it close, sympathe- tic study, and has been able in some degree to see and hear the beautiful visions and the joyous music presented to the poet's imagination. CIV. THE MERCHANT OF VENICE. SECOND READING. 321. Nothing doubt. -"Nothing ' is used advt;rbially, and is etjuiva- lent to ' not," with the meaning intensified — not in the least, in no respect. Counsellor in the law—" Coun- sellor-at-law " is the more modern expression. What terms do we chiefly employ in Canada ? Equipment— dress, outfit. 322. BalihaLSSLr—bal-thazar. Counsellor's . . wig— I.amb, not Shakespeare, dresses Portia like an English counsel. E'lglish judges and barristers still wear wigs and robes in court ; ours have discarded the wigs, but re- tain the robes or gowns Arduous —very hard or difficult; from a Latin word meaning steep. It dropped . . show mercy. — For this appeal to the Jew, see Lesson XC, and the notes thereon. Attribute — a quality of mind or character, a characteristic. 323. Wrest — turn aside from its strict meaning. ^ Daniel •. . judgment.— The allusion is to a story of Daniel re- lated in the History of Snsniuia, one of the books of the Old Testa- ment Apocrypha ; these books were read in churches in Shake- speare's time. In Portia's plea for mercy there is another allusion to the Apocrypha in " It droppeth . . beneath" (see note), and per- haps also in "And that same prayer . . mercy." What is the meaning of "judgment " here ? Honorable— noble. Give other meanings. Would lose. — Would de- notes iviliingncss ; so in "would sacrifice." 324. Pronounce the sentence. — Announce the decision of the court. 325. Expressly. — Give synony- mous words or expressions. Confiscated- appropriated, asa penalty, to the use of the State. Sagacity— shrewdness, keen- ness of perception. Plaudits— expressions of praise and admiration. THE MERCHANT OF VIiNlCIi. 207 O wise . . judgment -Tht-se words arc used 11: dirii-ion. W'hil intlcction iti tin- rt-aclinj^ ? Nor pound. — See noie on " Nor ncer." p. joS. A just pound -an exact pound. More or less . scruple. •in It- play has " the twentieth part of one poor scruple." To the senate.— That is, to the " State of N'enice," as ahovi;. Conspired -plotted. Not used in its ordinary sense of a union of several persons for bad or illegal ends. 326. Our Christian spirit.— In the play it is simply 'our spirit." Does the addition of " Christian " alter the meaning ? I pardon . . life.— 1 pardon you so far as to spare your life. The generous Antonio . . wealth. — Antonio does not pro- pose to give up " his share " ab- solutely, but to hold it " in use," or in trust, for Lorenzo during Shylock's life — Antonio himself to derive ijO benefit from it. Disinherited -cut off from in- heriting his property. Despoiled— stripped, deprived of ; now generally used i.T a sensa which implies wrong cr injustice. If you repent • . riches —It was Antonio that rei^uired the Jew to become a Christian , the Duke confirmed Antonio's pro- posals. Ingenuity —quickness and skill in inventing. The " wisdom and ingenuity " of Portia will not appear so surpris- ing, if we bear in mind that many Italian women of the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries were distin- guished for their learning and eloquence. We read of them studying and teaching in the Italian universities, at that time the best schools of learning in the world . 327 Affected . . affronted.— Ex- press differently. 32S. Tax charge. accuse Wii.it connection with the 01 di- nary meaning ? Naughty world iV<n/^'/./^' in Shakespeare's tinu! meant ivicked. Clive other WDrds that have so changed in nifaaing as to express more or less of praise or blanit; than formerly. Methinks— See note, p. 261. Paltry — />«?./'.'/ 1 — worthless. Notii e how Gratiano tries to de- preci.ite the value of the ring, now that he has given it av.'ay. 3-J9- Scrubbed- dv/arfed, or stunted in growth. Scrubby is now more commonly used. Civil doctor. — A man learned in the law. C/V-// is here used in the sense of pertaining to the laws of the State, and doctor to denote a learned man. Beset— surround, hem in, with hostile intentions ; hence, to press hard upon, as here. N otwithjtanding^. — Compare with its use in the hrst paragraph. Lend my body. — What does Antonio mean ? Note the iorcibleness of An- tonio's speech. Ome he had pledged his body for Bassanio; now he was willing to pledge his soul. 330. Surety — security, bonds- man. Tragical- of the nature of tra- gedy, mournful. See note on " Tragedy," p. 215. Leisure— 7t'z// Mr —Often with e short in poetry, to rhyme with " pleasure." Comical — of the nature of com- edy, humorous, mirthful. For the definitions of " Tragedy " and "Comedy," see Introduction to the Notes, p. 10. The " comical adventure of the rings " was introduced no doubt for the purpose of relieving the almost tragical trial scene, and bringing the play to 9 mirthful clQ^se, 2o8 NOTES TO THE FOURTH KEAUER. CV. ELEGY WRITTEN IN A COUNTRY CHURCHYARD. It is not known with any dej,'ree of certainty what churchyard Gray had in mind when he composed the Hlej^y, and there is nothing in the poem itself that enat)les us to associate it with any particular place. Of the various places suggested, however, there is none whose claim is so generally admitted as that of Stoke-Pogis, a hamlet near Clough, in Buckinghamshire, about eighteen miles west of I-X3ndon. The poet often visited Stoke-Pogis, where his mother resided after his father's death, and it was in the " beautiful seques- tered churchyard " of this place that he was buried, at his own ref^uest, beside his mother. 331. Curfew. — See note, p. 289. Here it me^ns any bell ringing in the evening, fanciiuUy supposed to announce the death of the: day. Tolls. — To toll ir, lo ring slowly at regular intervals, as at funerals. Knell.— See note, p. 240. Parting.— See note, p. 80. Lowing. — Is this word used as a mere general epithet of cattle, or is there a special fitness in its use under the circumstances the poet is describing ? Winds. — Another reading is "wind," which makes the line more melodious, but it is not so cor- rect, grammatically, as "winds." The word may refer either to the slow, leisurely movements of the animals or to the winding course they follow; perhaps to both. Lea. — See note, p. 98. Plods — walks with slow, heavy tread, as a tired man does. Weary way. — Transferred Epi- thet — a common Figure in this poem. Notice that the words of this line may be placed in almost any order to give the same thought. And . . to me.— Explain, with special reference to the last two words. Darkness. — Show from the two following stanzas that the poet does not mean absolute darkness. Glimmering. — To glimmer, fre- (juentative of ^leam, is to give forth feeble, unsteady rays of light. Landscape.— That is, land- shape, the shape or aspect of that portion of land, with the various objects it contains, which the eye can take in at one view; hence often used for a picture of such a portion. Solemn stillness. — Show the appropriateness of the epithet " solemn." Holds. — Point out the subject and the object of this verb. Give reasons for your opinion. Save. —Once a participle ; now usually parsed as a preposition. See Mason's Grammar, art. 282. Beetle. — Probably the May- bug, or cockchafer, which, on summer evenings, flies about in a clumsy, tumbling sort of flight, well described by "wheels," a word which Tennyson also uses to describe the motions of the bat. Droning — giving forth a low, humming sound ; perhaps, also, buzzing about in a useless man- ner, like a drone. An example of Onomatopoeia. Tinklings.— That is, of the sheep-bells. Show that the epi- thet "drowsy" and the verb "lull " are aptly used. Ivy-mant:led— covered with ivy, as with a mantle or cloak. By ELEGY WRITTEN IN A COUNTRY CHURCHYARD. 20(J the tower tht; port probably moans the oM church at Stoke Po^jis Moping; Out of spirits, dull. Why appTiofl to th«' owl ' To the moon complam.— The owl seeks its prev at ni^^^ht. Why is it represented as comp'ainitiK to the moan of those who disturb her solitude ? Such as —See Mason's Gram- mar, art. 165. Bower. —See note, p. 192. Ancient . . reign. — Kxplain. The three first stanzas are de- scrr^iive, and form a prelude to the poem ; " with the next stanza is infused into the poem that hu- man interest which pervades it to the close." Rugged. — Is there any special fitness in this term as applied to the elm tree> Rude forefathers.— Not r»r/f in the modern sense of boorish or impudent, but simply unculti- vated, not polished in manners. Hamlet— a small country vil- lage ; from Anglo-Saxon ham, meaning home, and the diminu- tive termination let. This stanza gives the key-note to the poem, the poet's intention being not to eulogize the rich and influential people who are buried within the church, but to relate the " artless tale " of the poor and obscure, whose resting-place is in the churchyard. Breezy— incense - breathing. — Anyone that has felt the refresh- ing, genial influences of a bright spring morning will be able to see the beauty and expressiveness of these epithets. The flowers and grasses are more fragrant in the morning when the dew is on them. Milton has the same thought in "the humid flowers that breathed their morning incense," and Byron, in ' the dewy morn with breath all incense." Iitctiise is the name given to a mi.vture of gums and spices which, when burnt, emits a fragrant odor ; alsc ap- plied to the odor itself. Clarion a kind of truTn|iei which g:ves a clear, shrill sound The word is derived from the Latin cwjrMs, clear. Does the acljt'ctive " shrill " add any new idea ? Shakespeare wrote, " the cock that is the trumpt^t to the morn." Compare also Milton, Paraifist Lost, vii., .143. Echoing. -Justify the use of this word. Horn. — What horn is referred to as a familiar morning sound ? Shall rouse— What is the force of "shall " here? Lowly bed — the humble bed at home ; not ihe ffrnve, as some have supposed. This is one of the most beautiful stanzas of the poem, but its beauty is slightly marred by the closely recurring sounds of "breezy" and "breathing." 332. Ply— Strictly, to fold, or cover over ; hence, to apply closely, to attend to with diligent industry. Evening care. — What is refer- red to? Describe in your own language the picture painted by the poet in this stanza, carefully bringmg in all the incidents. For similar pictures, see Hums' Cotter's Saturday Ni/^ht, 21-27 ; rioldsmith's Traveller, igi-igC ; Thomson's Autumn, 1339-1344. Furrow — What Figure ? Stubborn glebe -the turf or sod which is difficult to plough. Glebe is now used to signify the land belonging to a parish church. Jocund -yo:'«//^/-merry, sportive. A-field- to or on the field. See Mason's Grammar, arts. 267 and 28 1. Name the class of laborers de- scribed by ea( h line of this stanza. Ambition —■ Grandeur. — What Figure ? dive (jther instances of its use in this poem. Write ou' mmmm 2IO NOTES TO THE FOURTH READER. the stanza without using figura- tive language. Obscure— darkened, or shaded ; hence, little noticed, humble. Annals, — Strictly, a history of events from year t'> year ; hence, generally, records of any kind Note the imperfect rhymes in this stanza. Heraldry — the art or profession practised by those who devise and describe crests and coats of arms for noble families ; here, not so much the profession, as the pride of rank and family connection de- noted by these distinctions. A^vait. — Another reading is " awaits." Give the full construc- tion and meaning with each read- ing. Inevitable hour— the hour that cannot be avoided or escaped — the hour of death. Paths of glory. — That is, of human glory, whether of arms, literature, or anything else. See Wolfe's tribute to this poem in Lesson LXXIX ,p. 234, and see note thereon. Nor you . . ptaise. — The con- nection between this stanza and those which follow should be care- fully studied. It was their lot, not their fault, or their lack of native ability, which forbade that tro- phies should be erected o'er their tombs, and that cathedral anthems should celebrate their praises. They lost little, for no honors paid thern after death could have either recalled them to life or gratified them in death. But for aught we can tell, some of those lying there might have displayed all the courage of a Hampden, the poetic genius of a Milton, or the force of character and military talent of a Cromwell, had not ignorance and penury condemned them to lives of obscurity. You — ye. — Properly, yc is nom- inative, yuii accusative — a distinc- tipu carefully observed in old English ; but this distinction was not generally regarded by the Elizabethan and later poets. Trophies. — See note on " tro- phied," p. 240. The ancient trophy consisted of the arms, stan- daids, etc., of the defeated enemy. The word is now used to denote any monument or device in honor of some heroic deed, or, anything preserved as a memorial of victory. Probably the poet here refers to the custom of placing trophies of victory, or their own arms, over the tombs o*" warriors, as in West- minster Abbey, etc. Long-drawn aisle — Explain " long-drawn." Fretted vault — the arched roof of a large church, ornamented with fine carving and designs interlaC' ing each other Ukti fretwork. Pealing — giving forth loud or solemn sounds. Anthem— a song of praise sung in alternate parts. The writer of the article "Anthem" in Cham- bers' Encyclopcedia, says : " As a specimen of English music, it can only be heard to perfection in cathedral service." Hence v/e see the appropriateness of the verb '"swells" to describe the greater fulness and volume of the music when produced in the larger churches, where the tombs of great men are frequently placed. Storied urn — an urn or funeral vase with an inscription upon it in honor of him whose ashes it contains, and often embossed w ith figures illustrating some important event in the life of the deceased. Animated— so perfectly formed and life-like that one could fancy it living. Bust. — See note, p. 240. Mansion— Show from the meaning of this word tha: it is properly used here. To what is it ordinarily applied ? Provoke. — Used here in its literal sense— to call forth, ELEGY WRITTEN IN A COUNTRY CHURCHYARD. 211 Ear of Death.— What Fisiire ? What other ii^ures in the stanza ? This neglected spot — Soe in- troductory note. Nc'<>u-ctcii pro- bably means here unnoticed, un- known to the public. Pregnant . . fire— endowed with genius. Celestial jirc refer.s more particularly to poetic inspiration, which was supposed to be sent from heaven by the gods. Cowper has the same expression in liua- f/u<a, prol> d)ly copied from CJray. Rod of empire— the royal sceptre; here used for the hi:,'liest offices of the state. Gray first wrote "reins," but changed it, perhaps, because "rod" is better suited to "swayed," which the rhyme demanded. What is the syntax of " rod " ? Ecstacy. — Strictly, the state of being beside one"s self with some strong emotion, generally of de- light. Written also " extasy." Lyre — a musical stringed in- strument resembling a harp. Ex- plain " living " as nere used. What different classes of people are referred to in this stanza ? 333. Knowledge —What Figure? Explain " ample page" as applied to knuzvledi^e. Rich . . time. — Asif Time, like a conqueror, had gathered together riches for us The spoils of time are the various kinds of knowledge which we have gained from the study and experiments of the ages that have preceded us. The idea finds expression in the saying, " We are the heirs of all the ages." Did ne'er unroll.— Why? Justify the use of "unroll " with " page." Penury — extreme poverty. What added idea in "penurious" ? Rage. — Not anger, as in prose; but ardor, passion, inspiration. Froze . . current.— Checked the impulses of native genius, as frost checks the current of a stream. What is the usual meaning o( " genial " ? Full many . . air. — A beautiful thouglit beautifully expressed in the sim[)lest and choicest lan- guage. This is one of the most frequently quoted stanzas in the I'Ac^^y. Show clearly what thought the stanza is intended to illustrate. Compare Thomson, Autumn, 11. 209-212. Of purest ray serene — of color so perfect as to reflect rays of light accurately and clearly. Desert air. — Distinguish from air of a desert. Some village Hampden —Some unknown villager who showed the same fearless spirit in withstand- ing " the little tyrant of his fields " that Hampden showed in resisting the tyranny of Charles I.; one who under more favorable circum- stances might have stood forth as a champion of the liberties of his fellow countrymen. See Public SeJtool History (English), chap, xii., sec. 9 Little tyrant. — Perhaps some wealthy landlord who tried to oppress his tenants. Why little? Milton. — See Biographical Note, p 73 E.xplain clearly the meaning of this line. Some Cromwell . . blood.— Would you infer from this that Gray approved or disapproved of Cromwell's career ? The poet implies in this and the following stanzas that men are the creutures of circumstances; that their obscure destiny prevented some of these " rude forefathers " from becoming great poets, pa- triots, orators, statesmen. Show that this assumption of the poet is not necessarily true, by giving examples of men who have risen superior to adver.se circumstances, and made a way for themselves to honor and fame. The applause . . flame.— Re- write these three stanzas in prose 212 NOTES TO THE FOURTH READER. order, so as to make the meaning and construction clear. Name also some well-known personages to whom the poet's description may be fairly applied. Senates. — Properly, a senate would be a governing body com- posed of aged men. The word is frequently used to denote any legislative body. What is the general meaning in Canada ? The threats . . ruin. — Such threats as prominent persons are often exposed to. Smiling land.— Personal Meta- phor. Describe a smiling land. And read . . eyes.— Explain what is meant. Their lot forbade. — What is the object of " forbade " ? Circumscribed —limited, kept within narrow bounds. What is the subject ? Their growing virtues — the growth of their virtues. The thought is, if they were prevented by circumstances from being emi- nent for great and noble deeds, they were equally prevented from being notorious for wickedness and cruelty. Conscio s — known and felt by the individual. Strictly, of course, the person, not the truth, is conscious. Show the force of " struggling." Ingenuous. — Distinguish from ingenious. Their lot forbade their learning or practising the art of concealing their real sentiments, and of brazening out any wrong- doing. Or heap . . flame. — What is meant by " shrine of Luxury and Pride"? incense? Muses' flame? In these lines we have the poet's protest against the employment of the talents of his brother poets in flattery of their powerful patrons, and in servile defence of their misdeeds. Such flattery was quite common in Gray's time. Gray himself showed his independence of spirit by declining the post of poet-laureate, which was offered him in 1757. Far from . . stray. — This means just the opposite of what it seems to express. The meaning is, "They being far from," etc. Madding differs from maddening in that, while the latter is active, " making others mad," the former has something of a reflexive force, " making themselves mad " ; hence, excited or furious in their base, unworthy pursuits. Ignoble strife. — We seem to have here the expression of an opinion, quite common among the poets of the last century, that towns were haunts of iniquity and that the country was the abode of innocence. Are ignoble strifes — the greed of gain, the struggle for position, the war of parties, etc. — confined to cities ? Sober— not wild or visionary, temperate. With what contrasted ? Sequestered— retired, apart from the busy world. Why "cool"? What is meant bv the vale of life ? Kept the noiseless tenor— went on in a steady, quiet, unvarying course. With what is "noiseless" contrasted ? 334. Yet even . . protect. — The train of thought is here resumed from the tenth and eleventh stanzas, and a contrast may be noticed between " tomb," " trophies," " pealing anthem," "storied urn," and "animated bust" of the former stanzas, and " these bones," " frail memorial," "uncouth rhymes," "shapeless sculpture," and •' the tribute of a sigh " in this stanza. From insult.— Note the object for which the ' frail memorial ' is erected, as compared with that of the "trophies." What might this frail memorial be ? Still. —This word may mean even yet, till now : or it may mean always, continually. Give the ELEGY WRITTEN IN A COUNTRY CHURCHYARD. 2I3 meaning; of the line in each case. Uncouth. — FoTu\cv\y , tinkni>7vn ; here, rude, unpolislied. Shapeless sculpture — carved figures having little resemblance to the objects intended to be represented. Implores— be^s for. This is done either by the tincuntk rhymes, or by the mere presence of the fyail memorial. Spelt. — That is, labor iou.sly written, as done by an unlearned man. Muse. — In classical mythology the muses were a class of divinities that inspired men to write poetry and to perform other intellectual exercises. The ' ' unlettered m use " of the poem was the unlearned and unskilled poet who wrote the uncouth rhymes. Elegy.-- Here, a funeral song. See Introduction to the Notes, p. 10. Holy text. — Refers to the prac- tice of having passa^^'es of Scrip- ture inscribed on tombstones. She.— Who? Why "she"? That teacli — Strict grammati- cal propriety requires teaches. Mow can "teach" be justified here ? Rustic moralist — The one who stops to read the inscription. Why call him a moralist ? To die. — That is, how to die. , For who . . resigned.— This passage may be construed in two ways: either by connecting the phrase " to dumb . . prey" with "who" as an appositi\e, or by regarding it as the complement of *' resigned," and in apposition with " being." Whichever con- struction is admitted, the meaning is the same — no one ever died without wishing to be remem- bered . Dumb Forgetfulness -Why dumb ? Pleasing— anxious. — Two care- fully chosen epithets, describing two qualities of our being which, in different ways, operate to make us unwilling to surrender it to dumb forgetfulness. Cheerful day. — Show that the epithet "cheerful" is peculiarly appropriate here. Nor cast . . behind. — What poetic ornament ? Give other instances of its use in the poem. This stanza is connected in thought with the last but one preceding it : trace the connec- tion. Pious drops. — Tears of aflFec- tion. "Pious" is here used in the sense of the Latin word pins, from which it is derived, meaning affectionate, dutiful. Voice of Nature. — What is meant ? Wonted fires — aflections and aspirations peculiar to each one, which find expression in the in- scriptions on tombstones. This stanza furnishes an answer to the questions of the preceding stanza. Observe the climax : the yearning for affection and sym- pathy at the near approach of death, at the hour of death, after death, and at a still later period — a strong way of asserting that this feeling never dies. For thee — as for thee. The poet describes himself in the speech of the "hoary-headed swain," and in the epitaph. Chance. — Used as an adverb, for by chance, or perchance. By lonely . . led.— What habit is referrerl to ? Kindred spirit.— One of a simi- lar nature. Like the poet he stops to think about the " unhonored dead." Swain. — See note, p. 80. Upland lawn. — The grassy hill- side or summit where the first rays of the sun would fall. Nodding —Here, drooping. That wreathes . . high. — Re- ferring to the curious forms into 214 NOTES To THE FOURTH READER. which the roots of the beech are often twisted above the ground Babbles. — Give other terms ap- plied to tlie sounds made by run- niiitj water. Hard by . . love. — Point out and explain all the words in this stanza which describe the varying moods of the poet. Wayward fancies. — The name given to the poet's rhymes by the " swain," who no doubt rej^arded tne poet as a sort of harmless lunatic. It is related that one of Tennyson's rustic neighbvjrs ex- pressed a similar opinion of him. Heath. — See note on " heather bloom," p. 99. Dirges — songs expressive of grief. Why due ? For thou canst read.— What is implied here. Lay. — Properly, a species of narrative poetry recited to music. An unsuitable word here ; used evidently for the sake of the rhyme. Lap of Earth. — See note on "bosom . . ground," p. 306. What is the subject of " rests " ? A youth . . unknown. — Gray was the son of a scrivener, or broker, who was a thorough pro- fligate and shamefully neglected his family. Fair Science frowned not.— Gray was educated at Eton and Cambridge, and was one of the most learned men in Europe. Melancholy mariced him.— Gray wrote in a letter to his friend, Kichard West, in 1737: "Low spirits are my true and faithful companions ; they get up with me, go to bed with me, make journeys and returns, as I do," etc. Large • . friend.— What was the bounty, and what the recom- pense ? The second and fourth lines continue and explain the thoughts in the first and third respectively. The friend was probably the Rev. William Mason, v/hose ac- quaintance Gray formed in 1747, and who became one ot his literary executors. His early friend. West, died in 1742. Dread abode. — Where? This is explained by the last line. There they . . repose. — Both the merits and the frailties of the poet are knov/n to God, and with "trembling hope" he trusts in Him for mercy. Gray spent seven years in revis- ing and polishing the Elegy, and his critical taste led him to reject stanzas which have been regaided as equal in merit to some of those now composing the poem. E. W. Gosse writes of this poem as follows: — "The Elegy may almost be looked upon as the typica' piece of English verse, our poem of poems ; not that it is the most brilliant or original or pro- found lyric in our language, but because it combines in more bal- anced perfection than any other all the qualities that go to the pro- duction of a fine poetical effect."